Home

Measurement Studio LabWindows/CVI User Manual

1. essere 8 13 Nae W Meni sti ets eite noii i Oeste de 8 13 Mie Ww TOO Bar ro tpi t a eR elu EP E UU 8 13 Mie Ws BHO ii seii eie Hee ERR UMOR 8 13 View Include Pile tenete teen dk eee 8 13 Na1ew Current Tree iieri prr ne FH fer 8 13 View Function Panel History eese neret 8 14 View Find Function Panel conoooconnnnnooncncconnnnnnnconnnannnoncnonannnnccnnnnnnnnncnonnnnns 8 14 View Previous Function Panel essere eene 8 14 View Next Function Panel esses eene nennen nennen 8 14 View Previous Function Panel Window cccocoocnncconononnncnonananonononannnnnccnnnnnos 8 14 View Next Function Panel Window ccccsssccceesessseeceeeesssseeeesessseeeeeeesees 8 14 View First Function Panel Window eene eene 8 15 View Last Function Panel Window ccccsscccccessssssecceeessseeceeesssseeeeeeeseses 8 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual xviii ni com Contents T strument Mentes e aston dna PUERO os ERE a re bee EO EA TQ 8 15 Instruinent Eoad i tendo enn HEUS 8 15 Instrument Unload ansien eeu et A e LEN ERES NES dans 8 15 Instruments Edit 3 naeh RN ERE RIP RR 8 16 Tools Ment iia a S 8 16 Tools Create ActiveX Controller essere 8 16 Tools Create ActiveX SetVelns eion aevi renni EEEE 8 16 Tools Edit ActiveX Server riei o aer E EAN 8 17 Tools Create IVI Instrument Driver eese 8 17 Tools
2. H E E cul T LEO RE Vx1 Installed 0x00000001 1 Eg C I Run Time Engine E cvirte i My Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE National Instruments C I You do not have to include an unused configuration string in the Registry You must specify an absolute pathname including a drive letter for configuration strings that take a directory name LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 2 ni com Chapter 1 Configuring LabWindows CVI Option Descriptions When configuring LabWindows CVI you can make changes to the directory options date and time options timer options and the font options Directory Options This section contains detailed descriptions of the directory options available in LabWindows CVI cvidir You have to set the cvidir option only if the subdirectories that LabWindows CVI requires shown in the following table are not in the directory that contains the LabWindows CVI executable The cvidir option specifies the directory that contains the subdirectories Name of Directory Contents bin Resource files cvi rsc cvimsgs txt National Instruments function panels 1fp files National Instruments libraries obj and 1ib font Font description files include C header files for National Instruments libraries sdk Windows SDK If you do not specify a directory LabWindows CVI assumes that the directory that contains the executable
3. conconnnnnnonnnonccnconnoornnocononannnnccnonnnnnncconnnn eene 5 27 Run View Variable Value occccnnoncccnnnnnonannncoonannnnncnonancnnnccnnan ano ncconanananoconns 5 27 Run Add Watch Expression cccesscesceseecsseeeseeceaeeeseeesceceaeeeeeeeateeseeeeaeenas 5 27 Run Threads ccccccccccssscccccsssssccccesssssececccsesseeececeessseeeceeessnseeeceesesseeeeceseseeeees 5 28 Iristr ment Merlu e iere ok ea ban dea sens ota ces rane ER ERE EFR SA ERE USE ELSE ITE 5 28 Iabrary MenUu itr e eo e Re o a ree ai Es 5 28 Fools M eB dtes tute i aate esae datu u teta Ai 5 29 Tools Create ActiveX Controller oooooooonnnnnonccnnoonononnnccononononononannnnncconnnn canoso 5 29 Tools Create ActiveX Server ccccccccccesssccccesssssccccessssseeccessssseeccecessseeeeesessseeees 5 29 Tools Edit ActiveX Server ccccccccccsssccceesssscccceessssecccesssseeeceeseseeeeeesensseeees 5 29 Tools Create IVI Instrument Driver oooccnnnooccncccononannncnonannnononononnnnncconananonoss 5 29 Tools Edit Instrument Attributes oooooccnnnoooccnonononnnnncnnnnnnnnnccononanos 5 30 Tools Edit Function Treeren eaer E E ETE 5 30 Tools Edit Function Panel cccccsssccccessssccecceessssceccesssssceccesessseeeceeeenseeees 5 30 Tools Source Code Control 3 3 Gebet dbietu exstet 5 30 Tools Source Code Browser c ccccccssssccccessssscceccesssseccecesssseeeccessssseeeeeessseeeees 5 30 Window MM eme iid 5 31 Options
4. Control Width Specifies the width of the control in pixels The minimum allowed is 24 The maximum allowed is 2 048 The default control width is 145 pixels Label Value Pairs Displays the Edit Label Value Pairs dialog box Use this dialog box to specify the label and value associated with each entry in the ring control A ring control can have up to 32 000 labels and associated values National Instruments Corporation 8 9 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Create Numeric A numeric control is an input control that lets you increment or decrement a numeric value using the up and down arrows When you select Create Numeric the Create Numeric Control Dialog Box appears The following items appear in the Create Numeric Control dialog box Control Label Specifies the label that appears above the control on the function panel Parameter Position Selects the location of the control value in the function parameter list For a control in a common control panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter lists of all function panels in a function panel window The first position is one 1 For a control on a function panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter list after the controls in the common control panel The first position after the controls in the common control panel is one 1 If there is no common control panel the first position is on
5. All the functions in instrsup d11 are multithread safe cvi_lvrt dll is a subset of instrsup d11 and has the following additional restrictions The RS 232 Library is not available The file I O and console I O functions in the ANSI C Formatting and I O and Utility libraries are not supported and will return run time errors Some of the functions affected by this are printf scanf fprintf fscanf ScanIn ScanFile FmtOut FmtFile Beep tmpfile and tmpnam Only the C locale is recognized and all case sensitive functions such as stricmp and tolower only perform conversions from characters a z to characters A Z and vice versa and only perform comparisons using this set of characters Locale specific case sensitivity is not honored DLLs that link to cvi_1lvrt d11 can be built only in the Release configuration and you cannot debug them You can link your LabVIEW Real Time Only project to the VISA library the Data Acquisition library or the NI CAN library If you do so however you must not combine calls to these LabWindows CVI libraries with calls to the corresponding libraries provided by the LabVIEW Real Time development environment If you use a stand alone compiler and want to use cvi 1vrt d11 include evi extlib cvi_lvrt 1ib in your external compiler project instead of cvirt lib and cvisupp 1ib Remember that when you use an external compiler you link to that compiler s ANSI C library If you use t
6. InStandaloneExecutable CVIRTEHasBeenDetached instrsup d11 does not support the Standard Input Output window Functions such as Fmt Out or ScanIn return errors when you use them with instrsup dll All the functions in instrsup d11 are multithread safe e LabVIEW Real Time Only If you select LabVIEW Real Time Only cvi lvrt d11 is installed instead of cvirte d11 or instrsup dl1 Use this option for DLLs that will be downloaded and run on the LabVIEW Real Time hardware cvi lvrt dllisasubsetof instrsup d11 and has the following additional restrictions The RS 222 Library is not available The file I O and console I O functions in the ANSI C Formatting and I O and Utility libraries are not supported and will return run time errors Some of the functions affected by this are printf scanf fprintf fscanf ScanIn ScanFile FmtOut FmtFile Beep tmpfile and tmpnam National Instruments Corporation 3 25 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Only the C locale is recognized and all case sensitive functions such as stricmp and tolower perform conversions only from characters a z to characters A Z and vice versa and only perform comparisons using this set of characters Locale specific case sensitivity is not honored DLLs that link to cvi lvrt d11 can be built only in the Release configuration and you cannot debug them If you use a stand alone compiler and want to use cvi 1vrt d11 inc
7. LabWindows CVI User Manual 2 2 ni com Chapter 2 LabWindows CVI Overview LabWindows CVI Environment The LabWindows CVI environment makes it easy for you to create and test applications that use the LabWindows CVI libraries The environment is a combination editor compiler and debugger with extensive run time checking A special feature called a function panel makes the task of developing programs much easier Using a function panel you can execute a LabWindows CVI library function interactively and generate code that calls the function Function panels also contain online help information for the functions and function parameters You can build execute test and debug the source code for your application in the LabWindows CVI environment The LabWindows CVI environment also has a User Interface Editor for creating a graphical user interface for your application programs You can control the user interface using functions in the User Interface Library Also you can use the LabWindows CVI environment to create instrument drivers The LabWindows CVI environment has the following windows each with its own menu bar e Project window This window appears when you start LabWindows CVI You use this window to open edit build run and save application project prj files A project file is a list of files your application uses Chapter 3 Project Window describes the Project window in detail e User Interface Editor windows You
8. Home or End key To change the binary control with the mouse click on the position you want If you want to type a variable name into a binary control select Options Toggle Control Style Specifying an Output Control Parameter The output control displays a value that the function you execute determines To specify a parameter for an output control select the control and type in the desired variable name An output control parameter must be an array name or the address of a scalar or structure For non array parameters you can leave an output control blank LabWindows CVI generates a temporary variable when you run the function panel If the output control requires an array or if you type a variable name into the output control the variable must be defined statically in the Interactive Execution window or defined elsewhere and declared as extern in the Interactive Execution window before executing the function You can use the Declare Variable command from the Code menu to define a variable in the Interactive Execution window You can use the Select Variable command from the Code menu to select a variable or expression that you have used before To view the value at an output control parameter after LabWindows CVI executes the function double click on the lower half of the output control to open the Variables window Using a Global Control A global control displays the contents of global variables in a library function You ca
9. The Generate command has a submenu that contains the following commands e All Code Generates code to accompany the uir file e Main Function Generates code for the main function and writes it to the target file National Instruments Corporation 4 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window All Callbacks Generates code for all the callback functions and writes them to the target file Panel Callbacks Generates code for the callback function associated with a panel Control Callbacks Generates code for the callback functions associated with one or more controls Menu Callbacks Generates code for menus and menu items connected to callback functions The All Callbacks command is available when any of the Panel Callback Control Callbacks or Menu Callbacks commands are available The Panel Callback command is available if you specified a callback function for the currently active panel The Control Callbacks command is available if you have specified callback functions for any of the currently selected controls The Menu Callbacks command is available if you have a menu bar that contains items for which you specified a callback When you generate code to accompany a uir file LabWindows CVI places the skeleton code in the target file You must save the uir file before you can generate any code based on that file When you save a uir file LabWindows CVI generates a header h
10. e Refresh Status Use this command to have LabWindows CVI update the source code control status of files If you use the source code control system GUI to change the status LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 54 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window of files in your source code control system LabWindows CVI might not know about these changes until you select Refresh Status e Source Code Control Use this command to launch the GUI interface provided by your source code control system e Clear Source Code Control Error Window Use this command to clear the contents of the Source Code Control Error window Tools Source Code Browser The Source Code Browser is a cross reference tool that lists all files functions variables data types and macros in your program You can use the browser to identify how different parts of a program interact with each other The Identifier Filename box lists the last eight items accessed Browse information is not available in Release configuration To access the Source Code Browser select Tools Source Code Browser or press lt Ctrl F1 gt while placing the cursor over functions variables data types and macros in your code You also can enable the Generate source code browse information option in the Build Options dialog box Generate source code browse information generates browse information in the Source Code Browser window at compile time You can find a definition by selecting Edit Go to Definition go
11. fp file function panel Function Panel Editor window Function Panel window function tree Function Tree Editor window G generated code box National Instruments Corporation G 3 Glossary An element of the LabWindows CVI screen that indicates the current text mode as either insert or overwrite Code that is ignored during compilation and execution Excluded lines of code are displayed in a different color than included lines of code A file containing information about the function tree and function panels of an instrument module A screen oriented user interface to the LabWindows CVI libraries in which you can interactively execute library functions and generate code for inclusion in a program The window in which you build a function panel The window that contains function panels The hierarchical structure in which the functions in a library or an instrument driver are grouped The function tree simplifies access to a library or instrument driver by presenting functions organized according to the operation they perform as opposed to a single linear listing of all available functions The window in which you build the skeleton of a function panel file A text box located at the bottom of the function panel window that displays the function call that corresponds to the current state of the function panel controls LabWindows CVI User Manual Glossary global control H hex highlight imme
12. ring control S scroll bars scrollable text box select shortcut key commands slide control slider Source window Standard Input Output window standard libraries LabWindows CVI User Manual A function panel control that displays a value returned from a function as a return value rather than as a formal parameter A function panel control that represents a range of values much like the slide control but displays only a single item in a list rather than displaying the whole list at once as the slide control does Each item has a different value associated with it This value is placed in the function call Areas along the bottom and right sides of a window that show your relative position in the file Scroll bars can be used with a mouse to move about in the window A dialog box item that displays text in a scrollable display To choose the item that the next executed action will affect by moving the input focus highlight to a particular item or area A combination of keystrokes that provide a means of executing a command without accessing a menu in the menu bar A function panel control that resembles a physical slide switch A slide control is a means for selecting one item from a list of options it inserts a value in a function call that depends on the position of the crossbar on the switch The crossbar on the slide control that determines the value placed in the function call A LabWindows CVI work are
13. the separator appears in the toolbar to the right of the selected button Other Positioning Controls You can select any item in the list box on the right and use the Remove button to remove it from the toolbar If you remove a button it moves to the list box on the left If you remove a separator it disappears from the list Your modifications take effect on the toolbar when you click on OK Click on Default to restore the default toolbar configuration for LabWindows CVI To position any item on the toolbar select it in the list box and click on Move Up or Move Down Your modifications take effect on the toolbar when you click on OK Notification of External Modification If you have externally modified a file since you last loaded or saved it in LabWindows CVI and the file is in a Source window a dialog box appears when you switch back to LabWindows CVI from another Windows application You are given the option of updating the Source window from the file on disk overwriting the file on disk with the contents of the Source window or doing nothing LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 2 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Context Menus You can open a context menu in the Source window by clicking the right mouse button The context menu contains a set of the most commonly used menu commands from the Source window menu bar The set of commands is different depending on whether the mouse is over the text editin
14. 3 15 to 3 17 Full Runtime Engine option 3 15 instrsup dll 3 16 to 3 17 Instrument Driver Only option 3 15 Target Type Executable 3 12 to 3 13 Full Runtime Engine option 3 12 instrsup dll 3 12 to 3 13 Instrument Driver Only option 3 12 S Save command File menu Array and String Display windows 11 4 creating help information 9 5 Function Panel Editor 8 2 Function Panel windows 6 7 Function Tree Editor 7 2 Project window 3 4 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 6 User Interface Editor 4 3 Variables and Watch windows 10 3 ni com Save All command File menu Array and String Display windows 11 4 creating help information 9 5 Function Panel Editor 8 3 Function Panel windows 6 7 Function Tree Editor 7 3 Project window 3 5 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 7 User Interface Editor 4 3 Variables and Watch windows 10 3 Save As command File menu Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 6 User Interface Editor 4 3 Save changes before running option Run Options command 3 68 Save Copy As command File menu Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 7 User Interface Editor window 4 3 Save Copy of FP File command File menu adding help information 9 5 Function Panel Editor 8 2 Function Tree Editor 7 2 Save FP File command File menu adding help information 9 5 Function Panel Editor 8 2 Function Tree Editor 7 2 Save FP File As command File menu adding help information 9 5
15. 5 1 to 5 2 adding and positioning buttons and separators 5 2 displaying names of button or icons 5 1 function panels 6 4 modifying 5 1 to 5 2 positioning controls 5 2 removing items 5 2 Tools menu creating help information 9 7 Function Panel Editor 8 16 to 8 18 Create ActiveX Controller command 8 16 Create ActiveX Server command 8 16 Create IVI Instrument Driver command 8 17 Edit ActiveX Server command 8 17 Edit Instrument Attributes command 8 17 National Instruments Corporation 1 35 Index Enable Auto Replace command 8 17 Generate Source For Function Panel command 8 17 Go To Declaration command 8 18 Go To Definition command 8 17 Function Panel windows 6 17 Function Tree Editor 7 9 to 7 10 Create ActiveX Controller command 7 9 Create ActiveX Server command 7 9 Create IVI Instrument Driver command 7 9 Edit ActiveX Server command 7 9 Edit Instrument Attributes command 7 9 Enable Auto Replace command 7 10 Generate IVI C Wrapper command 7 9 Generate New Source For Function Tree command 7 10 Go To Declaration command 7 10 Go To Definition command 7 10 Source Code Control command 7 10 Project window 3 52 to 3 59 Convert UI to Lab Style command 3 59 Create ActiveX Automation Controller command 3 52 Create ActiveX Server command 3 53 Create IVI Instrument Driver command 3 53 Edit ActiveX Server command 3 53 Source Code Browser command 3 55 to 3 56 Source Code Control 3 53 to 3
16. Array and String Display Windows Array Display Window tee e RSS ET EEEE E O Hg 11 1 Multi Dimensional Arrays eeseeeeseeeseeeeeeeee ener nne nenennnenne 11 2 String Display Window 4 tee npa ep RP EO ea ir ren tret 11 3 Multi Dimensional String Array essere eee 11 3 File Menu neee 11 4 File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI eese 11 4 FISS OUMU oriei tm 11 4 Fale Input A E een An ele RG iia 11 4 File Gl088 cti e a rester dei terio 11 4 National Instruments Corporation XXi LabWindows CVI User Manual Contents File Save Allin ta ent eee File Most Recently Closed Files Edit Menu for the Array Display Window esses Edit Edit Value ori its otitis Edit Find iue ea add Bdit GOto nuo E heirs Edit Menu for the String Display Window Edit Edit Character unes Edit Edit Mode assesses Edit Overwrite cunt ee etc cid Edit Find ete ida Edity Goto uae View Menu for the Array Display Window sse View Source Code Browser esee View String Display eese View Memory Display eene View Graphical Array View eene Format Menu 5nd etie itg e ce n P e gie Run Men lomo ia REIR HERR US Window Menu o
17. Function Help from the Edit menu The Help Editor window appears 2 Enterthe following help information This function is the only function in Function Class 3 Select File Save FP File then File Close to save the text and remove the Help Editor window Help information also is associated with each of the controls in a function Complete the following steps to add a control to the current panel 1 Create Input 2 EnterInput Control for the Control Label 3 Click on OK Complete the following steps to add help information to the control 1 Select the control 2 Select Edit Control Help Alternatively click the right mouse button on the control The Help Editor window appears Enter the following text in the Help Editor window 4 This control is an input control on the Function 1 function panel Select File Save FP File then File Close to save the text and remove the Help Editor window You have now added help information to all possible locations Select Options Operate Function Panel and then view the help information for the function panel National Instruments Corporation 9 9 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 9 Copying In Adding Help Information and Pasting Help Text this exercise you copy text between function panels controls and instruments The clipboard retains its contents as you move between controls function panels and even instruments Help text also stays with a control or fu
18. Item Sets the name of the current menu submenu or menu command If you type a double underscore before any letter in the Item field the letter appears underlined in the label The user can select the menu item by pressing Alt and that letter Constant Name Sets the constant name of the item which is appended to the menu bar constant prefix to from the ID for the current item You pass the ID to functions such as GetMenuBarAttribute and SetMenuBarAttribute GetUserEvent returns the ID when the current menu item generates a commit event Callback Function This field is optional In this box you can type the name of the function to be called when the current menu item generates an event Modifier Key Identifies the keys that users can press to cause the current menu item to execute Shortcut Key Identifies the keys that users can press to cause the current menu item to execute LabWindows CVI User Manual 4 6 ni com Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window e Dimmed Specifies whether the menu item is initially dimmed e Checked Specifies whether the menu item initially has a checkmark Insert New Item Inserts a new item above or below the currently selected menu item Insert Separator Inserts a separator above or below the currently selected menu item e The left hierarchy button moves the currently selected menu item up one level in the submenu hierarchy e The right hierarchy button moves the currently
19. LabWindows CVI searches each uir file that is currently open or in the project for user interface objects with a matching constant name or callback function name If LabWindows CVI finds an object the User Interface Editor window that contains the object comes to the foreground If the matching object is a panel the panel title bar briefly flashes and the panel becomes active If the object is a control Find UI Object selects the control If Find UI Object finds a menu object or more than one matching object a dialog box that contains the list of matches appears In this dialog box you can view information about each of the objects or select one to edit Build Menu This section explains how to use the commands in a Source or Interactive Execution window Build menu Use the commands in the Build menu to compile files and to build and link projects Build Compile File You must compile your source code before executing it in a Source window or the Interactive Execution window The Compile File command adds the file to the project if necessary checks it for syntax errors and compiles it If the file has any build errors after LabWindows CVI completes compilation a Build Errors dialog box appears When you want to call a function that you define in a Source window from another Source window from the Interactive Execution window or from a function panel you must first execute the Compile File command in the Source window where you de
20. Library Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the Library menu Refer to each library overview in the Library Reference section of the LabWindows CVI Help Use the Library menu commands to access function panels for the LabWindows CVI libraries Use library function panels to interactively run library functions and insert these function calls into any open Source window When you select a library name in the Library menu you can access the library function panels For more information refer to the Accessing Function Panels section of Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Tools Menu This section describes how to use the commands in the Tools menu Tools Create ActiveX Controller Use the Create ActiveX Controller command to generate a new instrument driver for an ActiveX server When you select the Create ActiveX Controller command LabWindows CVI displays the ActiveX Controller Wizard Refer to the Create ActiveX Controller topic in the LabWindows CVI Help for more information LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 52 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Tools Create ActiveX Server You can use the LabWindows CVI Create ActiveX Server Wizard to provide settings for your ActiveX Server project Refer to the Create ActiveX Server Wizard topic in the LabWindows CVI Help for more information Also refer to the Building ActiveX Servers in LabWindows CVI white paper from Start Program Files National Instruments Measurement Stu
21. The Variables window shows the names and types of all variables including arrays and strings The current values of numeric scalars values and contents of pointers and string contents appear in the Variables window iyi Note When strings appear in ASCII format there is no visual distinction between a space ASCII 32 and a NUL byte ASCII 0 You can see the difference by displaying the string in decimal format To view the Variables window select Window Variables in the active LabWindows CVI window You also can invoke the Variables window for the currently highlighted variable from a Source or Function Panel window with the Run View Variable Value command in the Source window or the Code View Variable Value command in the Function Panel window The Variables window shows all currently defined variables in LabWindows CVI LabWindows CVI updates variables in this window at each breakpoint The vertical bars separate the window into three scrollable fields name value and variable type You can change the width of the fields by dragging the vertical bars with the mouse The window is also divided into two horizontal sections the Global subwindow and the function subwindow The Global subwindow displays the following variables e Project globals that include all global variables not declared as static e Interactive Execution window variables declared in the Interactive Execution window e Global variables declared as static The functio
22. User Interface Editor Align command 4 13 Align Horizontal Centers command 4 13 Alignment command 4 13 Center Label command 4 15 Control Coordinates command 4 15 Control ZPlane Order command 4 15 Distribute command 4 14 Distribution command 4 14 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Array data types user defined 3 45 Array Display command View menu 10 8 11 1 Array Display window Edit menu 11 5 File menu 11 4 Format menu 11 7 Help menu 11 8 invoking 11 1 Options menu 11 8 purpose and use 2 4 11 1 to 11 2 Run menu 11 7 single dimensional array figure 11 2 Window menu 11 7 arrays multi dimensional arrays illustration 11 2 Reset Indices dialog box 11 2 to 11 3 specifying dimensions 11 3 one dimensional array displaying in Array Display window figure 11 2 Graphical Array view figures 10 9 to 10 10 two dimensional array Graphical Array view figure 10 11 to 10 12 ASCII text format loading objects into User Interface Editor window 4 23 saving contents of User Interface Editor window in 4 23 Assign Missing Constants command Options menu 4 23 Attach and Edit Source command Edit Instrument dialog box 3 51 7 8 attribute constants selecting 6 10 to 6 11 attribute values selecting 6 11 Attributes for Child Panels section Edit Panel dialog box 4 8 Auto Save Project command File menu 3 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 2 background color preference User Interface Editor windows 4
23. Warranty The media on which you receive National Instruments software are warranted not to fail to execute programming instructions due to defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 90 days from date of shipment as evidenced by receipts or other documentation National Instruments will at its option repair or replace software media that do not execute programming instructions if National Instruments receives notice of such defects during the warranty period National Instruments does not warrant that the operation of the software shall be uninterrupted or error free A Return Material Authorization RMA number must be obtained from the factory and clearly marked on the outside of the package before any equipment will be accepted for warranty work National Instruments will pay the shipping costs of returning to the owner parts which are covered by warranty National Instruments believes that the information in this document is accurate The document has been carefully reviewed for technical accuracy In the event that technical or typographical errors exist National Instruments reserves the right to make changes to subsequent editions of this document without prior notice to holders of this edition The reader should consult National Instruments if errors are suspected In no event shall National Instruments be liable for any damages arising out of or related to this document or the information contained in it EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED HEREI
24. creating 3 45 VISA data types 3 46 DataSocket Support control Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 26 date option DSTRules 1 4 dates Show Full Dates command View menu 3 8 Sort by Date command View menu 3 8 daylight savings time setting 1 4 Debug Output window bringing to front whenever modified 3 70 Debug Output command 3 60 setting number of lines to display 3 70 debugging Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library command 3 9 5 19 Create Debuggable Executable command 3 9 5 19 Debug command Run menu 3 31 Debug option Configuration command 3 8 Debug Run Interactive Statements command Run menu 5 24 to 5 25 DLLs 3 31 to 3 35 location of required files 3 32 to 3 33 National Instruments Corporation 1 9 Index running external process 3 33 to 3 34 running program in LabWindows CVI 3 33 Use Console Window for Standard I O When Debugging option 3 70 debugging levels Extended 3 63 No Run time Checking 3 63 Standard 3 63 decimal symbol localized 4 22 Declare Variable command Code menu defining variables 6 4 Function Panel windows 6 8 to 6 9 specifying output control parameter 6 6 Declare Variable dialog box 6 8 to 6 9 Add declaration to current block in target file checkbox 6 8 Add declaration to top of target file checkbox 6 8 Cancel button 6 9 Execute declaration 6 8 Number of Elements 6 8 OK button 6 9 Set Target File button 6 8 Variable Name 6 8 Variable Type 6 8 DEF file
25. debugging 3 70 Constant Name option Edit Control dialog box 4 8 Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 6 Edit Panel dialog box 4 7 constants assigning names 4 23 selecting user interface constants 6 9 to 6 10 Contents command Help menu 3 75 context menu Function Tree Editor 7 1 to 7 2 Source window 5 3 Continue command Run menu Project window 3 34 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 25 Control command Edit menu 4 8 to 4 9 Help menu 6 19 Control Appearance section Edit Label Value Pairs dialog box 4 9 Control Callbacks command Generate menu 4 18 to 4 19 Control Coordinates command Arrange menu 4 15 Edit menu 8 5 to 8 6 Control Help command Edit menu 8 6 Control Help option Function Panel Editor menu bar 8 2 Control Settings section Edit Control dialog box 4 9 Control Style command Edit menu 4 10 Control ZPlane Order command Arrange menu 4 15 controls See also function panel controls changing control type example 8 23 to 8 24 cutting and pasting example 8 24 to 8 25 ni com help information 9 4 preferences 4 23 Controls command Create menu 4 10 conventions used in manual xxiii xxiv Convert UI to Lab Style command Tools menu 3 59 Copy command Edit menu adding help information 9 6 Function Tree Editor 7 3 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 8 User Interface Editor window 4 5 Copy Controls command Edit menu 8 4 Copy Controls option Function Panel Editor menu bar
26. generating 7 12 __DEFALIGN macro 3 67 Default All command Options menu 6 18 Default calling convention option 3 62 Default Control command Options menu 6 18 Default Control Events option Preferences command 4 20 Default Panel Events option Preferences command 4 20 Delete command Edit menu adding help information 9 6 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 9 User Interface Editor window 4 5 Delete Watch Expression command Edit menu 10 6 Detach Program command Edit Instrument dialog box 3 51 7 8 Detect assignments in conditional expressions option 3 65 Detect signed unsigned pointer mismatches option 3 64 Detect unreachable code option 3 64 to 3 65 Detect unreferenced identifiers option 3 65 DialogFontBold option 1 4 DialogFontName option 1 4 DialogFontSize option 1 4 Diff command Edit menu 5 10 Diff With 5 10 Find Next Difference 5 10 Ignore White Space 5 10 Match Criteria 5 10 Recompare Ignoring White Space 5 10 Synchronize at Top 5 10 Synchronize Selections 5 10 Dimmed option Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 7 directory configuration options 1 3 Display Entire Buffer command Options menu 11 8 Display status dialog during build option 3 64 Distribute command Edit menu 8 5 distributing standalone executables See standalone executables creating and distributing Distribution command Arrange menu 4 14 Edit menu 8 5 Distribution Kit See Create
27. matches every occurrence of a b or c If appears immediately a z matches tilde after the left bracket everything except negate the contents of lowercase letters the set a z A Z matches all letters and the character Special characters Nt Match any tab character t3 matches every backslash t occurrence of a tab character followed by a3 x Match any character x2a matches every backslash x specified in hex occurrence of the character Include the subsequent matches every backslash regular expression occurrence of character in the search followed by e Name Activate this option to include the variable name field of the Variables Watch window in the search e Value Activate this option to include the value field of the Variables Watch window in the search e Type Activate this option to include the variable type field of the Variables Watch window in the search e Button Bar Use this option to enable or disable the built in dialog box for interactive searching Find Prev and Find Next search for the closest previous or next occurrence of the specified text Stop terminates the search leaving the highlight on the current line Return terminates the search moving the highlight to where you initiated the search National Instruments Corporation LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Edit Replace The Replace command ope
28. parameter names Italic text denotes variables emphasis a cross reference or an introduction to a key concept This font also denotes text that is a placeholder for a word or value that you must supply For references to the LabWindows CVI Help type the topic name in the index to access the topic Text in this font denotes text or characters that you should enter from the keyboard sections of code programming examples and syntax examples This font is also used for the proper names of disk drives paths directories programs subprograms subroutines device names functions operations variables filenames and extensions and code excerpts Bold text in this font denotes the messages and responses that the computer automatically prints to the screen This font also emphasizes lines of code that are different from the other examples National Instruments Corporation xxiii LabWindows CVI User Manual About This Manual monospace italic Italic text in this font denotes text that is a placeholder for a word or value that you must supply LabWindows CVI Documentation Set Standard Documentation Set The Getting Started with Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI provides a hands on introduction to LabWindows CVI This manual includes a tutorial that shows you how to develop applications in LabWindows CVI The LabWindows CVI Help contains comprehensive information on library functions an in depth look at the features availabl
29. syntax a return value and a switch construct containing a case for each default control or panel event Function skeletons for menu callbacks include the complete prototype and open and close brackets You can set the default events by selecting Code Preferences Refer to the Code Preferences section for more details You can set the location of the open and close brackets by selecting Options Bracket Style in a Source window Generate Main Function Selecting Code Generate Main Function option opens the Generate Main Function dialog box This dialog box prompts you to choose the panels the main function loads and displays at run time LabWindows CVI automatically assigns a default panel variable name for each panel in the uir file 3 Note If you previously selected the Code Generate All Code command you do not have to execute this command Use this command only when you want to replace the main callback function to add or change the panels to be loaded at run time To automatically generate code for the main function select the panel or panels you want to load and display in the user interface and then click on OK When you choose Code Generate Main Function LabWindows CVI produces the include statements the variable declarations and the main callback function and places them in the target file National Instruments Corporation 4 17 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window B Note Ifthe sourc
30. 10 5 Edit Delete Watch Expression eese nennen nnne nre 10 6 EditsEirid aeneum EhUOBUDSRS ona lianas ie 10 6 View Menu atento te Ee HG I EVA A E ita 10 6 View Expand Variable eese aet tnnt nenne i aisia 10 7 Naew Close Variable siii ede DOR 10 7 View Follow Pointer Chain eese ener 10 7 View Retrace Pointer Chalfont iasa nennen enne 10 7 View Go To Execution Position eese neret 10 8 View Go To DefinitlOn aceites eintreten ep a i PSU 10 8 View Source Code Browser essere ener nnne 10 8 Vaew Array Display me t n re pte ee PERS 10 8 Vaew String Display tii tiran iodo 10 8 View Memory Display 5 ettet treten ien i incidan cantons 10 8 View Graphical Array View esee nennen nennen 10 9 ID Atr ys deep Den patet REIR 10 9 2D ATLAS a etd e i RR Wi dre Ye Tet e inte 10 11 Eormat Menu x ore roe td re Tr de OE ERE TIRE 10 12 RUT M n era eee IHNEN EN bays ventas ilatina 10 12 Window Menu t E ER AERE SERERE A aha ae ina 10 13 Options Menu eae ae d epe eit edo et pedes 10 13 Options Variable Size essere 10 13 Options Interpret As essesssseeseeeeeeenennenne nennen E trennen nne 10 13 Options Estimate Number of Elements eese 10 14 Options Add Watch Expression Variables Window Only 10 14 Help Men rrr pe HERE DU dna CD ERES 10 14 Chapter 11
31. 39 datapoints temp hi count 1 temp ry count temp Update thermometer control and temperature sti SetCtrlVal handle PANEL TEMP temp zl 42 135 25 C Ins 38 42 lal al National Instruments Corporation 5 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Column Select Mode highlights a rectangular block of text H 1 d CVI samples apps tempsys tempsys c File Edi View Build Run Instrument Library Tools Window Options Help ls di Helle gale EL ero AMES E sia ta 38 temp do 39 40 datapoints IIA uh 41 temp historydizz 42 count 43 44 45 SetCtrlVal N 45 135 31 d In hir You can cycle through these three modes by pressing lt Ctrl Insert gt on the keyboard or by clicking the mouse on the graphical icon at the bottom of the window File Menu This section explains how to use the commands in a Source and Interactive Execution window File menu File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI The New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the File menu of the User Interface Editor work like New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the Project window For more information on these commands refer to the File Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window File Open Quoted Text The Open Quoted Text command opens c h p and uir file
32. 8 2 Copy Panel command Edit menu Function Panel Editor 8 4 User Interface Editor window 4 5 Create ActiveX Controller command Tools menu Function Panel Editor 8 16 Function Tree Editor 7 9 Project window 3 52 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 29 Create ActiveX Server command Tools menu Function Panel Editor 8 16 Function Tree Editor 7 9 Project window 3 53 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 29 Create Binary Control dialog box 8 8 Create Console Application Target Settings dialog box 3 14 Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library command Build menu 5 19 Configuration submenu 3 9 Create Debuggable Executable command Build menu 5 19 Configuration submenu 3 9 National Instruments Corporation Index Create Distribution Kit command Build menu 3 23 Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 23 to 3 30 Advanced button 3 30 Build button 3 30 Build Information section 3 23 to 3 25 Browse option 3 24 to 3 25 Build Location option 3 23 Install ActiveX Container Support option 3 27 Install DataSocket Support control 3 26 Install Low Level Support Driver option 3 27 Install NI Reports Support control 3 26 to 3 27 Install Win95 DCOM RTE Support option 3 27 Installation Language option 3 23 to 3 24 Run Time Engine Install Location option 3 26 Run Time Engine Support 3 24 to 3 26 Cancel button 3 30 Default button 3 30 File Groups section 3 28 to 3 30
33. Add Group option 3 28 Create Shortcuts option 3 28 to 3 29 Distribute Objects Libraries For Both Compilers option 3 29 to 3 30 Edit Group option 3 28 File Groups option 3 28 Register Files As ActiveX Servers option 3 30 Install Location option 3 23 Create DLL Project command Options menu 7 13 Create Global Variable Control dialog box 8 12 Create Input Control dialog box 8 7 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Create IVI Instrument Driver command Tools menu Function Panel Editor 8 17 Function Tree Editor 7 9 Project window 3 53 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 29 Create menu Function Panel Editor 8 7 to 8 13 Binary command 8 8 to 8 9 Common Control Panel command 8 13 Function Panel command 8 12 Global Variable command 8 12 Input command 8 7 Message command 8 12 Numeric command 8 10 to 8 11 Output command 8 11 Return Value command 8 11 to 8 12 Ring command 8 9 Slide command 8 8 Function Tree Editor 7 5 to 7 7 Class command 7 6 Function Panel Window command 71 6 to 7 7 Instrument command 7 5 User Interface Editor Controls command 4 10 Menu Bar command 4 10 Panel command 4 10 Create Numeric Control dialog box 8 10 to 8 11 Create Object File command Options menu 5 34 Create Output Control dialog box 8 11 Create Release Dynamic Link Library command Build menu 5 20 Configuration submenu 3 10 LabWindows CVI User Manual I 8 Create Release Executable command Build
34. ER INE REESE HOURS G 4 14 Arrange Control ZPlane Order esee 4 15 Atrange Center Label eet Re dett e eee e ee Rer E R 4 15 Arrange Control Coordinates eese eee 4 15 Code Menu x ssi ae et du deg SEG a tasti c a ne 4 15 Code Set Target File es reae eode o es 4 15 Code Genera te idtm aeta n dia TRO E ted 4 15 Generate All Gode RPG RE EET 4 16 Generate Mam Puricti n ueteres tet el e ends ante 4 17 Generate All CallbackKs cconoooocnnnnnoooccncnnnonananocononnnnncononannnnccnnnnnns 4 18 Generate Panel Callbacks ooooooccnnnnoocccncononananocononananoconnannnnoconannns 4 18 LabWindows CVI User Manual X ni com Contents Generate Control Callbacks eese 4 18 Generate Menu Callbacks esee 4 19 Codes VIEW isset ae Beh RR ath eee uu pede OY 4 19 Code Preferences iii tn e RO TD Nc RI ds 4 20 Run Mera tee d E re I ER a aac e pee ee age iii 4 20 da Menu dade ea E RETE EFE ESSERE TER EITHER M eee eee 4 21 Tools M n ti ia nd eo EE 4 21 Window Menu ee t I R RES e PN n 4 21 Options Menu ine ad REIR etd aia 4 21 Options Operate Visible Panels esee 4 21 Opti ns Next Tool rtt n n oe oe e e Eee FER Pe Pe edi ga 4 21 Optons Preferences ie e Nr e DO n GR EDS 4 22 Options Assign Missing Constants sese 4 23 Options Save In Text Format essssesesseeeeeeeneeenreene nennen 4
35. Edit Instrument Attributes eese nene 8 17 Tools Enable Auto Replace essent eene nnne 8 17 Tools Generate Source For Function Panel esee 8 17 Tools Go To Definition eene entree te I rege PA Te PLE ve eR Hes ed 8 17 Tools Go To Declaration eese nne nennen 8 18 Widow Men eeni n E ta 8 18 Options Menu rt a om d t pe 8 18 Options Data Types aci it ta cd T cds 8 18 Options Panels Movable eese 8 19 Options Loolbat eee cte mn a hh TRU HURTS RUNE eae Ie RR e es 8 19 Options Initial Control Width eese enne 8 19 Options Revert to Default Panel Size eese 8 19 Options Toggle Scroll Bars eese nne 8 19 Options Edit Function Tree sss 8 19 Options Operate Function Panel eese 8 19 Help MenU iere tes d eti v tea Hats eaaet eee ee nde 8 19 Function Panel Editor Examples eese nennen eene 8 20 Creating a Function Window essere 8 20 Changing Control Type eite See tr o er qd 8 23 Cutting and Pasting Controls sess 8 24 Chapter 9 Adding Help Information New Style Versus Old Style Help essent 9 1 Help Opuons eem b dte ead en et e 9 2 Types of Help Informations esee enne aeaa aori aE RTE nennen 9 2 Editing Help formation sinnene E R ii 9 2 I
36. Included in a List Box enne 6 12 Data Type Compatbihty 2 noce eet ete 6 13 Sorting List Box Entries ede ei e ar e tie He edt ipte 6 14 Code Insert Function Call sees 6 14 Code Set Target Fille veia decem meet neta bes 6 14 Code View Variable Value eene eene enne 6 14 Code Add Watch Expression csccsccssceeceeseeeseeeeecceseeeeeaeeeeeeseenseeeeeseeaees 6 14 Nae w Menus stent estet etia de tiens aset SI eet siga 6 15 VIEW TO0lDb4E 155 x antea ses e TG NIB RI DE 6 15 NG WS EXTOL 22055552 nubes uiia tio nOn me Bt id ae aieo 6 15 Vaew lInel de File 5 eu mee ne D e VERSER DE HER deed 6 15 Views Current Dres isis is Tene pe anas RET 6 15 View Function Panel History eese nennen 6 15 View Find Function Panel esses eene eene 6 15 View Previous Function Panel cccccsssccccessssseccceeesssececeeessseeeeeeessseeeceeees 6 16 View Next Function Panel eese enne eene enne 6 16 View Previous Function Panel WindowW ccccnnooononcconoonnnnncononananononannnannccnnno 6 16 View Next Function Panel Window eese nennen 6 16 View First Function Panel Window 0 cccccccccsssssecceeesssceeceesessseeceeesssseeceeens 6 16 View Last Function Panel Window esses eene 6 16 Instrument Meri ooo iet eae qot ute niit ta Nu 6 17 Library Menu aide hp RD e p HERO ORE EROR 6 17 Tool M
37. Library If your project files call the Config Alarm Deadband Config ATrig Event Message Config DAQ Event Message DIG Change Message Config Get DAQ Event OrPeek DAQ Event functions in the Data Acquisition Library you will get link errors when you build your program in LabWindows CVI The link errors occur because the preceding functions use the LabWindows CVI User Interface Library internally which is not available in the instrsup and cvi_lvrt run time engine DLLs Your project files can call any of the other functions in the Data Acquisition Library If you use a stand alone compiler and want to use any of these libraries refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual If you use the Create Distribution Kit command on a project that you link for instrument driver support only LabWindows CVI automatically includes instrsup d11 in the distribution kit and disables the option to distribute the full LabWindows CVI Run time Engine The following Utility Library functions are in instrsup dll Beep DateStr Delay SyncWait LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 16 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Timer TimeStr RoundRealToNearestInteger TruncateRealNumber InstandaloneExecutable CVIRTEHasBeenDetached instrsup d11 does not support the Standard Input Output window Functions such as FmtOut or ScanIn return errors when you use them with instrsup dll
38. Manual 3 22 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Build Create Distribution Kit Use the Create Distribution Kit command to make an installer application from which you can install your executable program on a target machine Create Distribution Kit automatically includes all the files necessary to run your executable program on a target computer except for DLLs for National Instruments hardware files that you load using LoadExternalModule and any ActiveX servers that are not the target of your project Do not include DLLs for National Instruments hardware in your distribution kit Users can install the DLLs for their hardware from the distribution disks that they obtain from National Instruments If you load files using LoadExternalModule you must include these files manually using the Add Edit Group features of the Create Distribution Kit command Refer to Chapter 4 Creating and Distributing Stand alone Executables and DLLs in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual The following options are available in the Create Distribution Kit dialog box The Install Location section of the Create Distribution Kit dialog box has the following options Parent Folder tThe default directory on the target machine where your application will install You can select from a list of common Windows locations These locations automatically resolve to the actual directories on the target machine during the install Sub
39. Match 1 character a t matches act and period apt but not abort Matching zero or Match 0 or more 0 1 matches 1 01 more occurrences asterisk occurrences of 001 etc a matches act apt and abort plus sign Match 1 or more occurrences of preceding character or expression 0 1 matches 01 001 0001 Matching either or Match 0 or 1 0 1 matches 1 and 01 question occurrences of but not 001 mark preceding character or expression Match either the a b matches every pipe preceding or following occurrence of a or b character or expression abor ut matches every occurrence of abort or about if else matches every occurrence of if or else Matching the gt Match the beginning of int matches any line beginning or caret a line that begins with int ending of a line 7 Match the end of aline ends matches any line dollar sign that ends with end Grouping Group characters or if else matches expressions curly expressions for searches every occurrence of if braces or else LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 12 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Table 5 1 Regular Expression Characters Continued Purpose Character Description Example Matching a set 1 Match any one a z matches every brackets character or range listed occurrence of lowercase within the brackets letters abc
40. Pasted Text option Editor Preferences command 5 31 Move Forward option Control ZPlane Order command 4 15 Move Item Down command Edit menu 3 7 Move Item Up command Edit menu 3 7 Move to Back option Control ZPlane Order command 4 15 Move to Front option Control ZPlane Order command 4 15 multi dimensional arrays Array Display window 11 2 to 11 3 illustration 11 2 Reset Indices dialog box 11 3 to 11 4 specifying dimensions 11 3 to 11 4 String Display window 11 3 to 11 4 multi dimensional string array 11 3 to 11 4 Multiple Files option Find command 5 14 Name option Find command 5 13 10 4 New command File menu Array and String Display windows 11 4 creating help information 9 5 Function Panel Editor 8 2 Function Panel windows 6 7 Function Tree Editor 7 2 invoking Function Tree Editor 7 1 Project window 3 3 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 6 User Interface Editor 4 3 Variables and Watch windows 10 3 ni com New Window option Select Function Panel dialog box 3 51 newproject option table 1 1 Next Build Error command View menu 5 21 Next File command Edit menu 5 14 Next Function Panel command View menu 6 16 Function Panel Editor 8 14 Next Function Panel Window command View menu Function Panel Editor 8 14 to 8 15 Function Panel windows 6 16 Next Panel command View menu Function Panel windows 6 2 User Interface Editor window 4 12 Next Scope command Edit men
41. Previous Function Panel Window displays the last Function Panel window in the tree If the last Function Panel window in the tree is visible selecting Next Function Panel Window displays the first Function Panel window in the tree View First Function Panel Window The First Function Panel Window command displays the first Function Panel window in the Function Tree View Last Function Panel Window The Last Function Panel Window command displays the last Function Panel window in the Function Tree LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 16 ni com Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Instrument Menu The Instrument menu is a dynamic menu It contains a list of the loaded instrument drivers and commands to load unload and edit instruments When you load an instrument its name appears in the list When you unload an instrument its name disappears from the list When you select an instrument name in the Instrument menu you can access its function panels Refer to the Instrument Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for more descriptions of Instrument menu commands Library Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the Library menu Use the Library menu commands to access function panels for the LabWindows CVI libraries Use library function panels to interactively run library functions and insert these function calls into any open Source window Refer to each library overview in the Library Reference section of the LabWindo
42. Refer to the Run Menu section in Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows for descriptions of each of these commands Window Menu The Window menu in the Variables and Watch windows operates the same way as it does in the Project window Refer to the Window Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for command descriptions Options Menu This section contains a detailed description of the Options menu for the Variables and Watch windows To use one of these commands select a particular variable by clicking on it with the mouse or using the up and down arrow keys then access the command from the Options menu Options Variable Size The Variable Size command displays the number of bytes the variable consumes If you declare the variable as a buffer the variable size is the total size of the buffer If you declare the variable as a pointer the Variable Size command displays the number of bytes the pointer itself consumes and the number of bytes in the object that the pointer references For example if your code contains the following declaration static double y array 4 Variable Size displays a variable size of 32 bytes for y array Assume your code defines db1Ptr as follows static double dblPtr dblPtr malloc 2 sizeof double Variable Size displays a variable size of 4 bytes for db1Ptr pointing to 16 bytes 2 elements Options Interpret As The Interpret As command displays a variable as if i
43. Target File command 4 15 View command 4 19 code modules adding to projects 3 6 listing in Project window 2 4 CodeBuilder overview 4 2 to 4 3 See also Generate menu color coding tokens in source and include files 5 32 to 5 33 Coloring tool 4 1 colors setting in Editor Preferences dialog box 4 22 Colors command Options menu Project window 3 75 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 32 Column Select mode 5 6 Command Line command Options menu 3 69 Common Control function panel 6 6 National Instruments Corporation 1 5 Index Common Control Panel command Create menu 8 13 comparing source files See Diff command Edit menu Compatibility With option 3 62 compile errors maximum number of 3 66 Compile File command Build menu Project window 3 20 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 18 to 5 19 compiled files including in project 2 4 compiler defines predefined macros 3 67 syntax 3 66 Compiler Defines command Options menu 3 66 to 3 67 compiler options Compatibility with 3 62 Debugging level 3 63 Default calling convention 3 62 Detect assignments in conditional expressions 3 65 Detect signed unsigned pointer mismatches 3 64 Detect unitialized local variables at run time 3 63 Detect unreachable code 3 64 to 3 65 Detect unreferenced identifiers 3 65 Display status dialog during build 3 64 Generate source code browse information 3 66 Image base address 3 63 Make O option comp
44. User Interface Editor window You can specify two bracket styles one for functions and another for statements such as i and switch statements Options Font Use the Font command to select the font and font size for text in Source windows Interactive Execution windows and Variables windows You can select from a list of monospace fonts Options Colors Use the Colors menu item to select colors for the Project window Source window Interactive Execution window Standard I O window Watch window Variables window String Display window and Array Display window The Colors menu item does not affect dialog boxes function panels and the User Interface Editor window Refer to the Options Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for more information Options Syntax Coloring When you enable the Syntax Coloring command LabWindows CVI color codes the various types of tokens in your source and include files The following are different types of tokens that can be color coded e C keywords e Identifiers e Comments e Integers e Real numbers e Strings e Preprocessor directives e User defined tokens Set the color for a token type by selecting Options Colors Create the list of user defined tokens by selecting Options User Defined Tokens for Coloring LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 32 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Options User Defined Tokens for Coloring Use the User Defined Tokens
45. Window File Save FP File The Save command writes the contents of the active window to disk If you want to append a different extension type it in after the filename If you do not want to append an extension enter a period after the filename File Save FP File As The Save As command writes the contents of the active window to disk using a new filename you specify and changes the name of the active window to the name you specified File Save Copy of FP File Use the Save Copy of FP File As command to save a copy of your p using a name you specify without changing the name of the active window File Close The Close command closes the active window If you have modified the contents of the window since the last save LabWindows CVI prompts you to save the file to disk File Save All The Save All command saves all open files to disk National Instruments Corporation 9 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 9 Adding Help Information File Add FP File To Project The Add FP File To Project command adds the p file to the project list File Add Program File To Project The Add File To Project command adds the file in the current window to the project list File Read Only The Read Only command suppresses the text editing capabilities in the current window When you initially open a file LabWindows CVI disables the Read Only command unless the file is read only on disk Edit Menu Use the comman
46. a normal ring control the same dialog box appears in place of the pop up menu that normally appears on a ring control Select Attribute Value The Select UIR Constant command has special behavior on the Attribute Value input and output controls in panels for functions such as GetCtrlAttribute SetCtrlAttribute GetPanelAttribute and SetPanelAttribute When you execute the Select Attribute Constant command on an Attribute Value control the behavior depends on the attribute currently selected in the Attribute ring control on the same function panel If you set the Attribute ring control to an attribute for which there is no small discrete set of values the Attribute Value Information dialog box appears repeating the help information for the attribute If on the other hand a small discrete set of values exists the Select Attribute Value dialog box appears Attribute The attribute currently selected in the Attribute ring control on the function panel e Values Displays the attribute values When the values that appear in the Values list box are constant names the actual values appear on the right hand side of the list box If the Attribute Value control is an input control such as on SetCtrlAttribute or SetPanelAttribute double click on an entry in the Values list to copy it into the Attribute Value control on the function panel If the Attribute Value control is an output control such as on GetCtrlAttribute or GetPanel
47. a control type from slide to ring or vice versa the new control type retains the option list associated with the old control Edit Edit Function You can modify an existing function panel with Edit Function When you select Edit Function you see the same series of dialog boxes you use to create the panel The Create Menu section discusses the proper use of these dialog boxes Edit Alignment Alignment lets you align the selected controls Refer to the Arrange Menu section of the Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window for a description of this command Edit Align Edit Align repeats your previous alignment operation Refer to the Arrange Menu section of the Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window for a description of this command Edit Distribution Distribution lets you distribute the selected controls Refer to the Arrange Menu section of the Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window for a description of this command Edit Distribute Distribute Vertical Centers repeats the previous distribution Refer to the Arrange Menu section of the Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window for a description of this command Edit Control Coordinates Use the Control Coordinates command to view and set the top and left coordinates of the controls on the panel You can use the Control Coordinates dialog box to align and move controls The list box displays a list of the controls in the function panel along with the top and left coordi
48. after the filename File Set Active Project Use the Set Active Project command to open a project from the current workspace LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 4 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window File Save All The Save All command saves all open files to disk File Auto Save Project If you enable the Auto Save Project command LabWindows CVI automatically saves your project files When you load a project the Auto Save Project command is initially enabled unless the project file is read only on disk If you enable the command LabWindows CVI automatically saves the project file whenever the project contains significant new or modified information If you disable this command the project file is saved only in the following cases When you execute the Save Save As or Save All command from the File menu When you unload the project or exit LabWindows CVI LabWindows CVI prompts you to save the file in this case Notice that if you disable the Auto Save Project command LabWindows CVI does not save the project file when you start running a program even if you set the Save Changes before Running option in the Run Options dialog box to Always or Ask File Print The Print command opens a list of all the printable files in the project You can select the files you want to print File Most Recently Closed Files For your reference two lists appear in the File menu Alist of the four most recently closed files other than pro
49. before you execute the function You can select Code Declare Variable to define the variables in the Interactive Execution window You can select Code Select Variable to choose a variable or expression that you have used before The type of value you enter must agree with the data type of the control To determine the data type of the control press F1 or right click on the control to view the Help window After executing the function the return value control displays the value for the variable beneath the variable name LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 4 ni com Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Specifying an Input Control Parameter An input control accepts a value you type in from the keyboard An input control can have a default value associated with it This value appears in the control when the panel first appears To specify a parameter for an input control select the control and type in a variable name numeric value or valid expression Before executing a Function panel window any names you type into input controls must be defined statically in the Interactive Execution window or defined elsewhere and declared as extern in the Interactive Execution window You can select Code Declare Variable to define variables in the Interactive Execution window for use in the function panels You can select Code Select Variable to select a variable or expression that you have used before The type of value you enter whether it is a constant exp
50. closes the dialog box e Cancel This button cancels the operation and removes the dialog box Build Compile File You must compile your source code before you execute your project Use the Compile File command to compile the selected source files If LabWindows CVI encounters any build errors the Build Errors window appears with a list of errors Refer to the descriptions of in the Options Build Options and Options Compiler Defines sections Build Mark File for Compilation When LabWindows CVI marks a source file for compilation a C appears next to the filename in the Project window LabWindows CVI recompiles marked files the next time you build the project When you modify a source file LabWindows CVI automatically marks the file for compilation You can force LabWindows CVI to compile a source file on the next build with the Mark File for Compilation command LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 20 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Build Mark All for Compilation Use the Mark All Files for Compilation command to force LabWindows CVI to recompile all source files in the project the next time you build the project Build External Compiler Support Use the External Compiler Support command to help you build your executable or DLL in one of the two compatible external compilers For more information on this topic refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual Whe
51. command 11 4 Open command 11 4 Output command 11 4 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 14 Save command 11 4 Save All command 11 4 creating help information 9 3 to 9 6 Function Panel Editor 8 2 to 8 3 Add FP File to Project command 8 3 Add Program File to Project command 8 3 Close command 8 3 Exit LabWindows CVI command 8 2 New command 8 2 Open command 8 2 Read Only command 8 3 Save All command 8 3 Savecommand 8 2 Save Copy of FP File command 8 2 Save FP File command 8 2 Save FP File As command 8 2 Function Panel windows Add FP File to Project command 6 7 Add Program File to Project command 6 7 Close command 6 7 Exit LabWindows CVI command 6 7 most recently closed files list 6 7 New command 6 7 Open command 6 7 Save All command 6 7 Function Tree Editor 7 2 Add FP File To Project command 7 3 Add Program File To Project command 7 3 Close command 7 2 Exit LabWindows CVI command 7 2 New command 7 2 Open command 7 2 ni com Read Only command 7 3 Save All command 7 3 Savecommand 7 2 Save Copy of FP File As command 7 2 Save FP File As command 7 2 Save FP File command 7 2 Project window 3 3 to 3 5 Auto Save Project command 3 5 Exit LabWindows CVI command 3 5 most recently closed files list 3 5 New command 3 3 Open command 3 4 Print command 3 5 Save command 3 4 Save All command 3 5 Save Project As command 3 4 I
52. command 8 13 Last Function Panel Window command 8 15 Next Function Panel command 8 14 Next Function Panel Window command 8 14 to 8 15 Previous Function Panel command 8 14 Previous Function Panel Window command 8 14 Toolbar command 8 13 Function Panel windows 6 15 to 6 16 Current Tree command 6 15 Error command 6 15 Find Function Panel command 6 15 to 6 16 First Function Panel Window command 6 16 First Panel command 6 2 Function Panel History command 6 15 Include File command 6 15 Last Function Panel Window command 6 16 Last Panel command 6 2 Next Function Panel command 6 16 Next Function Panel Window command 6 16 Next Panel command 6 2 Previous Function Panel command 6 16 Previous Function Panel Window command 6 16 Previous Panel command 6 2 Toolbar command 6 15 Project window 3 8 No Sorting command 3 8 Show Full Dates command 3 8 ni com Show Full Path Names command 3 8 Sort By Date command 3 8 Sort By File Extension command 3 8 Sort By Name command 3 8 Sort By Pathname command 3 8 Source and Interactive Execution windows Beginning End of Selection command 5 15 Build Errors in Next File command 5 21 Clear Tags command 5 16 Find Function Panel command 5 17 to 5 18 Find UI Object command 5 19 Function Panel Tree command 5 16 Line command 5 15 Line Icons command 5 15 5 23 Line Numbers command 5 14 Next Tag command 5 15 Previous Tag co
53. command saves all open files to disk National Instruments Corporation 4 8 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window File Add File to Project The Add File to Project command adds the uir file in the current window to the project list File Read Only The Read Only command suppresses the editing capabilities in the current window When you initially open a file the Read Only command is disabled unless the file is read only on disk File Print The Print command opens the Print dialog box which allows you to send the entire uir file or the visible screen area to a printer or a file The Print dialog box also allows you to set print preferences The print preferences correspond to the Print Attributes topic in the LabWindows CVI Online Help Edit Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the User Interface Editor window Edit menu The Edit menu is used for editing panels controls and menu bars nyt Note Undo and Redo are enabled when you perform an edit action Cut and Copy are enabled when you select a control Paste is enabled when you place an object on the Clipboard using the Cut or Copy command If you select an edit command while it is disabled nothing happens Edit Undo and Redo The Undo command reverses your last edit action and the screen returns to its previous state Edit actions are stored on a stack so that you can undo a series of your edit actions The stack c
54. cursor over the text you want to select You can use the Shift key in combination with any of the keyboard commands for moving the keyboard cursor or scrolling the window LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 4 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows To select text with the mouse click on the first character you want to select and drag the mouse over the remaining characters To select a word double click on the word To select a line triple click on the line If you make a mistake while selecting text click the mouse or press lt Esc gt to cancel the selection LabWindows CVI provides three modes for selecting text depending on the state of the graphical icon at the bottom of the window as illustrated in the following figures ERR Character Select mode highlights all characters from where you begin selecting text to where you end the selection H lt 1 gt d CVI samples apps tempsys tempsys c OF x File Edit View Build Run Instrument Library Tools Window Options Help S o MRSS ole al temp bisrtors eoust count Update thermometer control and temperature sti SetCtrlVal handle PANEL TEMP temp zl 40 135 30 c Ins i 36 40 H lt 1 gt d CVI samples apps tempsys tempsys c File Edi View Build Run Instrument Library Tools Window Options Help if event EVENT_TIMER_TICK 37 ts temperature reading _ 38 temp rand 7R ND MAX 5 75
55. dimension is displayed as columns Use Reset Indices in the String Display window to set which string array dimension appears as rows Options Display Entire Buffer This command is valid only in the String Display window By default the String Display window displays only the characters preceding the first ASCII NUL To see characters beyond the NUL select Options Display Entire Buffer Help Menu You use the commands in the Help menu to access information about LabWindows CVI Refer to the Help Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for information on the Help menu LabWindows CVI User Manual 11 8 ni com Source Window Keyboard Commands The following table can help you quickly identify common Source window keyboard commands that are not in the menus Table A 1 Keyboard Help Category Action Shortcut Key s Finding Searching Find again up lt Ctrl F3 gt Find again down F3 Use selected text as lt Ctrl Shift F3 gt search string Replace selected text lt Ctrl F11 gt Replace selected text and lt F11 gt find again Use selected text as lt Ctrl Shift F11 gt replace string Windowing Next window lt Ctrl F6 gt Previous window lt Crtl Shift F6 gt Switch subwindows lt F6 gt O National Instruments Corporation A 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Appendix A Source Window Keyboard Commands Table A 1 Keyboard Help Continued Catego
56. e was HEY PARURE RSS HE EIER YVES 5 15 View Previous T ag REO ER CURRERE e 5 15 MAQUINA 5 16 Vie Ws Clear Tags ise dier tni enr I e e iis 5 16 View Function Panel Tree eese eene 5 16 View Recall Function Panel eese 5 16 Invoking the Recall Function Panel Command 5 16 Recalling a Function Panel from a Function Name Only 5 17 Multiple Panels for One Function eene 5 17 Multiple Functions in One Function Panel Window 5 17 Syntax Requirements for the Recall Function Panel Command 5 17 View Find Function Panel 4 ernari enne eene nnne 5 17 View Find UT Object zeini 2 rect ltda 5 18 Build Menus iit SERERE REESE TENDO E PRENNE PEN teg ads 5 18 Build Compile File 2 eo ee eet ee e ei iia 5 18 Build Create Debuggable Executable eere 5 19 Build Create Debuggable DLL eese nennen 5 19 Build Create Release Executable essere 5 19 Build Create Release DLL essent enne enne 5 20 Build Create Static Libraty J dose teer eere rrr 5 20 Build Mark File for Compilation eese 5 20 Build Clear Interactive Declarations eese 5 21 LabWindows CVI User Manual Xii ni com Contents Build Insert Include Statements essen 5
57. elements by expanding the array using the View Expand Variable command Edit individual bytes of a string by expanding the string using the View Expand Variable command The bytes appear in the integer format you specify in the Format menu Edit Find The Find command invokes the Find dialog box Enter the text you want to find in the Find What text box If you select text on a single line before you execute the Find command the selected text appears in the Find What text box Otherwise the text you last searched for appears in the box You can access a history of selections for the Find What text box by clicking the arrow to the right of the Find What text box or by using the up or down arrow keys on your keyboard Case Sensitive Finds only the instances of the specified text that match exactly For example if CHR is the specified text the Case Sensitive option finds CHR but not Chr Whole Word Finds the specified text only when the characters that surround it are spaces punctuation marks or other characters not considered parts of a word LabWindows CVI treats the characters A through Z a through z 0 through 9 and underscore _ as parts of a word Wrap Specifies to continue searching from the beginning of the window once the end of the window has been reached Regular Expression If you select this option LabWindows CVI treats certain characters in the Find What text box as regular expression characters instead of li
58. file with the same name This h file and userint h are included in the source file If you try to generate the same function more than once the Generate Code dialog box appears Each previously generated code fragment appears highlighted Click on the appropriate button in the Generate Code dialog box to replace the existing function insert a new function or skip to the next generated function Generate All Code Selecting Code Generate All Code opens the Generate All Code dialog box This dialog box displays a checklist and prompts you to choose the panel or panels that the main function loads and displays at run time LabWindows CVI automatically assigns a default panel variable name for each panel in the uir file The Generate All Code dialog box also prompts you to choose the callback function or functions that terminate the program For a CodeBuilder program to terminate successfully you must include a call to QuitUserInterface Note Callback functions associated with close controls are automatically checked in the Program Termination section of the Generate All Code dialog box You can define a control to be a close control in the Edit Panel dialog box by selecting Edit Panel If you have ActiveX servers in your panel the Generate All Code dialog box lists the ActiveX servers corresponding to all the controls that you created in the User Interface Editor window LabWindows CVI User Manual 4 16 ni com Chapter 4 User Interf
59. for Coloring command to define tokens for display in a unique color when you enable the Syntax Coloring command Use the Colors command to set the color Each token must be in the form of a valid C identifier For each token you can choose whether to save it in the project file or from one LabWindows CVI session to another Options Translate DOS LW Program Use the Translate DOS LW Program command to convert a source file written in LabWindows for DOS so that it can run in LabWindows CVI Options Generate DLL Import Source eoe This command generates source code that you can use to create a DLL import library In general it is not necessary to use this command For most cases you can generate a DLL import library directly using the Generate DLL Import Library command Use this command only when you must do special processing in the DLL import library LabWindows CVI never requires such special processing LabWindows CVI enables the Generate DLL Import Source command only when you have an include file in the Source window The include file must contain declarations of all the DLL functions you want to access When you execute the command a dialog box appears in which you enter the pathname of the DLL The Generate DLL Import Source command generates the import library source into a new Source window You can modify the code including making calls to functions in other source files Create a new project that contains the source file and a
60. for a list of regular expression characters If a function panel exists for the function LabWindows CVI displays the panel If two or more function panels exist for the function LabWindows CVI displays a list of the function panels The shortcut key for Find Function Panel is lt Ctrl Shift P gt View Previous Function Panel The Previous Function Panel command displays the previous function panel in the current Function Panel window View Next Function Panel The Next Function Panel command displays the next function panel in the current Function Panel window View Previous Function Panel Window The Previous Function Panel Window command opens the Function Panel window that precedes the current Function Panel window in the same Function Tree View Next Function Panel Window The Next Function Panel Window command opens the Function Panel window that follows the current Function Panel window in the same Function Tree The rotation order for the Function Tree is circular If the first Function Panel window in the tree is visible on the screen selecting Previous Function Panel Window displays the last LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 14 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Function Panel window in the tree If the last Function Panel window in the tree is visible selecting Next Function Panel Window displays the first Function Panel window in the tree View First Function Panel Window The First Function Panel Window
61. function panel window can contain more than one function panel LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 12 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Create Common Control Panel A common control panel contains controls that are common to all functions represented by function panels in the function panel window Common control panels are useful only when you have multiple function panels in the function panel window Controls on the common control panel appear as the first parameter of every function associated with a function panel window A function panel window can contain only one common control panel You could use a common control with an instrument driver that allows multiple instruments of the same model type to exist on a GPIB board In this case the common control panel can contain a control that is an index to specify which instrument is addressed iyi Note In general National Instruments recommends that you have only one function panel per window and no common control panels View Menu Use the View menu commands to view the current instrument driver function panels or the most recently used function panels The commands give easy access to function panels within an instrument driver View Toolbar Use the Toolbar command to toggle between viewing or not viewing the Function Panel window toolbar View Error If an error occurs during the execution of a function panel you can use the Error command to toggle between the error mess
62. functions to the specified source file and place necessary includes and definitions in the header file You can also specify some optional parameters for code generation UI to Code Converter is intelligent enough to skip code generation for setting attributes that are default values For example if your UIR has a visible command button it is not required to specifically set the VISIBLE attribute when building that control programmatically it is the default value You may specify whether to skip default attribute calls altogether or you may choose to have the generated code show default attributes as commented code You may also specify what type of error checking you would like your functions to use the standard if then construct or the Programmer s Toolbox errChk macro With all of the options you will be able to see the result by quickly glancing through the generated code Using the Generated Code UI to Code Converter will generate one function per UI object and that function may be used in place of LoadPanel or LoadMenubar to generate the object rather than load it from an external file The output source file you specified will contain these function definitions The output header file will prototype all of the functions and declare identifiers corresponding to what were previously the control constant IDs In other words the constant names defined in the header file generated automatically when you saved a uir file will now b
63. generate code With LabWindows CVI 4 0 or greater you may use the UI Editor to save UI Resources in text format as tui files Select Options Save In Text Format to save a UIR file as a TUI file When you select Add from the main panel you will be prompted to specify a cui file Once you select a file a dialog will appear listing all of the UI objects panels or menubars saved in that tui file Check any objects for which you would like to generate code and click OK Any panels and menubars you select in this way will appear in the two list boxes on the main panel Each UI panel or menubar you select will be given a default function name which you may change UI to Code Converter will generate these functions one per UI Object for you You may call these functions in your application in place of LoadPanel or LoadMenubar and the associated UI object will be created programmatically The functions return an object LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 56 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window handle or standard UI error code and take a parent object handle as an input The use of the functions is identical to that of LoadPanel and LoadMenubar with the exception that you do not specify a uir file or constant name The main panel allows you to specify Output Targets either files the STDIO Window or both When you select Build Files you must specify a h anda c output file UI to Code Converter will output all generated
64. in the Build menu for compiling files building and linking projects marking files for compilation and creating application files Build Configuration The Configuration item opens a submenu in which you select the active configuration for your project Set the configuration to Debug when you want to debug your executable or LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 8 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window DLL Set the configuration to Release when you are ready to build a release stand alone version of your executable DLL or static library If you choose LabVIEW RealTime Support as run time support in the Target Settings dialog box the Debug configuration is dimmed iyi Note You can set the names of the target executable DLL or library files for each configuration using the Target Settings menu item When you select the Release item in the Configuration submenu source modules execute faster but you sacrifice the ability to set breakpoints or use the Variables window Also you have no protection from run time memory errors such as using bad pointers over indexing arrays passing incorrect array sizes and so on Build Create Debuggable Executable The Create Debuggable Executable menu item appears if you select the Debug item in the Configuration submenu and the Executable item in the Target Type submenu Use this menu item to compile and build an executable with debugging information Use the Debugging level control on the Build Options
65. in the function tree Window Menu Use commands in the Window menu to bring any open window to the front for viewing or editing Refer to the Window Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of the commands in the Window Menu Options Menu Use the commands in the Options menu to invoke the Function Tree Editor operate the function panel or toggle the scroll bars Options Data Types The Data Types command lets you specify the names of user defined data types Data types you specify with the Data Types command appear in the Data Type Ring control on the Edit Control dialog boxes for input slide binary ring output and global variable controls 3 Note The h file for the instrument driver must define the types that you specify with the Data Types command When you select Options Data Types the Edit Data Type List Dialog Box appears The items in the Edit Data Type List dialog box are as follows e Type Specifies the name of a user defined data type Intrinsic Data Type Allows you to associate each user defined data type with one of the intrinsic C data types that you can use in a numeric control If you select an item other than None you can use the user defined data type as the data type for a numeric control e Add Places the name in the Type control in the Data Type list e Move Up Moves the selected entry up one line in the Data Type list Move Down Moves the selected entry down one l
66. in the project list at the same time unless you exclude one or both of them National Instruments Corporation 3 37 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window e If both of the following conditions apply the 1ib file is associated with the p file The fp file is under the VXIplug amp play framework directory A 1ib file is in the appropriate VXIplug play framework subdirectory The following table VXIplug amp play Framework Subdirectories shows the corresponding subdirectories Corresponding Subdirectory Compatible Compiler that Contains the lib File Visual C C lib msc Borland C C C Builder lib be e Ifan instrument driver program file is on disk in the same directory as the p file LabWindows CVI loads it with the following precedence 1 lib 2 obj Loading an Instrument without an Instrument Program You can load a p file as an instrument even if no program file exists for it In this case LabWindows CVI does not associate a program with the p file Nevertheless the p file appears in the Instrument menu This is useful if you want to use p files for documenting functions in your project When you do not provide a program file for the p file you cannot execute the function panels but you can insert code into Source windows from them If you try to execute an instrument driver function panel when no program is associated with the instrum
67. includes only the 1ib modules that other modules in the project reference In addition LabWindows CVI reports an error if you attempt to build a static library when you have a DLL import library in your project Build Mark File for Compilation When LabWindows CVI marks a source file for compilation a C appears next to the filename in the Project window LabWindows CVI recompiles marked files the next time you build the project When you modify a source file LabWindows CVI automatically marks the file for compilation You can force LabWindows CVI to compile a source file on the next build with the Mark File for Compilation command LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 20 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Build Clear Interactive Declarations Variables you declare in the Interactive Execution window remain in effect until you explicitly remove them This feature lets you use these variables in succeeding executions of the Interactive Execution window It also enables different function panels to access the same variables When you delete the entire contents of the Interactive Execution window by selecting Edit Clear Window LabWindows CVI removes the variables If you want to remove the variables without deleting the contents of the Interactive Execution window use the Clear Interactive Declarations command Build Insert Include Statements The Insert Include Statements command invokes a dialog box you can use to s
68. inputs and outputs 2 Choose the data type of each parameter The data type should be one that the application program can use easily e Ifa parameter is an array data type select a data type with square brackets at the end of the data type name e For output parameters select the data type of the value that users pass by reference not the pointer to that data type When users operate function panels interactively LabWindows CVI knows to pass a variable by reference because the control is defined as an output For example if a function by the name of examp unc has an examp out integer output parameter you prototype the function in the instrument driver include file as examp func int examp out When you create a function panel for this function create an output control for examp out and specify its data type as int notas int When a user declares variables interactively from the function panel LabWindows CVI creates an int variable and automatically puts an s in front of the variable name to pass it by reference 3 Assign a meaningful name to each parameter Return Values Instrument driver functions can also have a return value Instrument drivers supplied by National Instruments use function return values to implement an error handling mechanism All instrument driver functions have a return value of type ViStatus 32 bit unsigned integer that returns error and status information about the function call Re
69. installed in the same directory as your application Install DataSocket Support Set this control to If Needed to include the DataSocket library files in your distribution only if your project uses the DataSocket library Setthis control to Always to include the DataSocket files in your distribution regardless of whether your project uses the DataSocket library Set this control to Never if you do not want to include DataSocket files in your distribution DataSocket requires Internet Explorer 5 0 or later installed on the target machine to execute properly Install NI Reports Support Set this control to If Needed to include the NI Reports instrument driver in your distribution only if your project uses the NI Reports instrument driver Set this control to Always to include the NI Reports files in your distribution regardless of whether your project uses the NI Reports LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 26 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window instrument driver Set this control to Never if you do not want to include NI Reports files in your distribution Install Low Level Support Driver This option lets you choose whether to install the LabWindows CVI low level support driver on the user s computer The Utility Library functions shown in the following table require the LabWindows CVI low level driver If you use any of these functions in your application you must enable this option Platfo
70. instrument driver DLLs without having to load the large LabWindows CVI run time engine DLL If you choose Install in Windows System Directory instrsup dll is installed into whatever the Windows System directory resolves to on the target machine If you choose Install in Application Directory instrsup dllis installed in the same directory as your application Also if you create a distribution kit for a project that you link for instrument driver support only in the Target Settings dialog box LabWindows CVI automatically enables the option to install instrsup d11 You should not include instrsup d11 directly into a File Group use this option instead instrsup d11 contains functions from the following libraries Formatting and I O Library Except ArrayToFile and FileToArray RS 232 Library Except InstallComCallback LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 24 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Utility Library selected functions only refer to the Utility Library Functions discussion later in this section ANSIC Library Your project also can link to the following libraries Analysis or Advanced Analysis Library GPIB Library VXI Library VISA Library IVI Library Easy I O for DAQ Library Data Acquisition Library The following Utility Library functions are in instrsup dll Beep DateStr Delay SyncWait Timer TimeStr RoundRealToNearestInteger TruncateRealNumber
71. int int int To be included in the list box an expression or a variable name the compiler does not know must match exactly the data type of the function panel control An example of a variable name not known to the compiler is one used in a function panel from which you insert code into a Source window 3 Note An expression or variable name the compiler does not know can be associated with multiple data types For instance you might use the same variable name in an int control and a double control If the variable is not known to the compiler LabWindows CVI has no way of knowing the true data type of the variable name Thus you might see the variable name associated with different data types National Instruments Corporation 6 13 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Sorting List Box Entries LabWindows CVI first sorts the entries in the list box by data type The most compatible data types appear first The exception is that some function panel controls use meta data types such as numeric array any array or any type Such controls are equally compatible with a wide range of data types In this case the order of data types does not indicate differing degrees of compatibility Within each data type LabWindows CVI sorts the entries alphabetically by the variable expression text Code Insert Function Call The Insert Function Call command copies the generated code to the selected window at the c
72. is that you must spell and capitalize the name of the function correctly If you do not spell and capitalize the function name correctly LabWindows CVI displays an error message indicating that the panel could not be found View Find Function Panel When you select the Find Function Panel command a dialog box appears in which you can enter the name of a function You can enter just a substring and the Find Function Panel command finds all functions that contain that substring anywhere in their names For instance if you enter ctr1 and click on OK a dialog box appears with a list of functions including NewCtrl SetCtrlVal GetCtrlVal and so on National Instruments Corporation 5 17 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows You can use a regular expression as your search string Refer to Table 5 1 for a list of regular expression characters If a function panel exists for the function LabWindows CVI displays the panel If two or more function panels exist for the function LabWindows CVI displays a list of the function panels The shortcut key for Find Function Panel is lt Ctrl Shift P gt View Find UI Object You use the Find UI Object command to move directly from a Source window to a User Interface Editor window To use it place the cursor on the constant name or callback function name of the user interface panel control or menu object you want to view Then select View Find UI Object
73. local parameter array element or structure member Old style function definitions in which you declare parameters outside of the parameter list that you do not precede with a full prototype Function call expressions such as p where fp does not have a full prototype Caution Itis best to enable the Require Function Prototypes option If disabled some of the run time error checking is also disabled Require Return Values for Non void Functions This option generates compile warnings for non void functions except main that do not end with a return statement that returns a value LabWindows CVI reports a run time error when a non void function executes without returning a value National Instruments Corporation 3 65 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window For example the following code always produces a compile time warning and it produces a run time error when 1ag is FALSE int fun void if flag return 0 Maximum Number of Compile Errors This option sets an upper limit on the number of compile errors LabWindows CVI lists in the Build Errors window for each source file Stop on First File with Errors This option sets the LabWindows CVI compiler to terminate compilation after it finds one file with errors Using this option you can correct build errors in your project one file at a time Show Build Error Window for Warnings This option sets the LabWindows CVI c
74. or load text from an ASCII file into a Source window You can insert code from LabWindows CVI function panels directly into Source windows You can save a program from a Source window as an ASCII file Source windows can contain up to 1 million lines with up to 1 020 characters in each line A tab is one character for the purpose of line length limitation When you run a program in a Source window the program must be complete and obey the syntax rules of ANSI C Refer to the Build Menu and Run Menu sections for more information on running programs Toolbars in LabWindows CVI The LabWindows CVI toolbar appears within function panels in the Function Panel Editor window and in Source windows Using the toolbar gives you quick access to common commands such as File Open and File Save You can configure the toolbar to meet your needs or choose not to display it at all To find out what a toolbar button does position the mouse cursor over that button and either hold the cursor there for a short period of time or right click on the toolbar button to display the name of the toolbar button Modifying Your Toolbars To modify a toolbar choose Options Toolbar to display the Customize Source Window Toolbar dialog box The list box on the left of the Customize Source Window Toolbar dialog box contains names and icons of toolbar buttons that do not currently appear in the toolbar The list box on the right contains the names and icons of tool
75. over the desired color and then release The color change takes effect immediately in all LabWindows CVI windows that are currently visible To change all the colors to their default state click on Default All currently visible LabWindows CVI windows immediately reflect the color changes If you want to accept these changes click on the OK button If you want to revert to the state before the dialog box appeared click on Cancel You also can access the Colors command in the Source window and the Interactive Execution window The Color dialog box also contains eight color types for syntax coloring Refer to the Options Syntax Coloring section in Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows When you enable the Use System Colors option several color types associated with the Project window Source window and scroll bars disappear from the list box LabWindows CVI automatically assigns colors to these types based on the system colors you set in the Appearance tab in the Windows Display Properties dialog box Help Menu You use the commands in the Help menu to access information about LabWindows CVI Help Contents The Contents command invokes the LabWindows CVI Help Help Windows SDK The Windows SDK command invokes online help for the Windows API functions National Instruments Corporation 3 75 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Help Tip of the Day The Tip of the Day command invokes a di
76. project is unloaded Refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues of the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual for more information on creating DLLs Options VXIplug amp play Style VXIplug amp play Style affects the contents of the DLL project that you create using the Create DLL Project command If the VXIplug amp play Style command is enabled Create DLL Project adds project settings that allow the DLL import libraries and distribution kit you create to conform to various aspects of the VXIplug amp play specification You can modify all these settings using commands in the Build menu of the Project window The following list describes the default settings e The Instrument Driver Support Only command is enabled e Inthe Create Dynamic Link Library dialog box 32 is appended to the base filename of the DLL but not to the base filename of the import libraries Inthe Import Library Choices dialog box the Generate import library for all compilers option is enabled e In the Type Library dialog box The Add type library resource to DLL option is enabled The Include links to help file option is enabled Function panel file is set to the full pathname of the p file of the current Function Tree Editor window e In the Change dialog box in the Exports section The Export What option is setto Include File Symbols The Which Project Include Files list contains the name of the inc
77. scales to fit the updated values You can customize the appearance of the graph with the following options e Point Style Selects the style in which points appear LineStyle Selects the style in which lines appear e Interpret data as Displays the data as 1 array or as an interleaved array Selecting N Interleaved Arrays displays the data as contiguous sets of points The maximum number of points you can select is half the number of elements in your array The following figure illustrates an interleaved 1D array p Graphical Array View y 0 100 0x004072A8 Bold x Interpret data as iN interleaved arrays 5 Line Style Sold The value at point 68 is 0 275206 Help LabWindows CVI User Manual 10 10 ni com Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows 2D Arrays The following figure shows a Graphical Array View for a 2D array Dimension 2 P ce E w T 1 LU I I LU 1 1 LU m I LU LU I I 1 I 1 I I I 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 9599 Dimension 1 A graph for a 2D array is an intensity plot The different shades of gray represent the magnitude of the points Darker shades represent lower values and lighter shades represent higher values The color scale uses the standard spectrum The following colors are organized from highest value to lowest value 1 White 2 Red 3 Yellow National Instruments Corporation 10 11 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Wind
78. section Download Japanese Language Support for Internet Explorer and follow the installation intructions Reboot restart LabWindows CVI and retry the distribution kit build Run Time Engine Support Selects which run time engine is included in your distribution kit You should match this choice to the run time engine that your project is built with in the Target Settings dialog Making a selection other than Full Runtime Engine or All causes other options on the distribution kit to be unavailable because those options require Full Runtime Engine support to function You can select the following options Full Runtime Engine Includes the full LabWindows CVI run time engine cvirte d11 and its supporting files If you choose Install in Windows System Directory the run time engine is installed into whatever the Windows System directory resolves to on the target machine If you choose Install in Application Directory the run time engine is installed in the same directory as your application Instrument Driver Only Includes support for instrument drivers If you install instrument driver support your project does not link to the entire set of LabWindows CVI libraries but to a smaller set of functions When you select this option your distribution will not include the LabWindows CVI run time engine DLL cvirte d11 Instead your distribution includes instrsup dl1 which is much smaller This command allows other applications to use
79. selected item down one level in the submenu hierarchy e View Displays the current state of the menu bar and pull down menus e Cut Deletes the currently selected menu item and copies it to the menu Clipboard e Copy Copies the currently selected menu item to the menu Clipboard e Paste Inserts the menu item currently on the menu Clipboard above the currently selected menu item e OK Accepts the current inputs and closes the dialog box e Cancel Cancels the operation and removes the dialog box Edit Panel The Panel command opens the Edit Panel dialog box where you can set the following options e The Source Code Connection section of the Edit Panel dialog box has the following options Constant Name Sets the resource ID for the panel You pass this resource ID to LoadPanel to load the panel into memory The constant name is defined in the h file that LabWindows CVI generates when you save the uir file If you do not assign a constant name the User Interface Editor assigns a constant name when you save the uir file A Callback Function Specifies the name of the function to be called when an event is generated on the panel Naming a callback function is optional The Panel Settings section of the Edit Panel dialog box has the following options Panel Title Sets the title of the panel Menu Bar Sets the name of the menu bar Close Control Designates which control on your panel c
80. suspending program execution conditionally 5 23 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Watch window 10 1 to 10 14 activating 10 2 Add Edit Watch Expression dialog box 10 2 Edit menu 10 5 to 10 6 File menu 10 3 Format menu 10 12 Help menu 10 14 purpose and use 2 4 10 2 selecting variables and expressions 10 2 View menu 10 6 to 10 12 Window menu 10 13 Web Links command Help menu 3 76 Web support from National Instruments B 1 Where to Copy DLL Target Settings dialog box 3 15 Whole Word option Find command Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 11 Variables window 10 4 Find UIR Objects dialog box 4 11 WIN32 macro 3 63 WIN32 macro 3 63 WIN32 macro 3 63 Win95 DCOM RTE Support option Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 27 Window Help command Edit menu Function Panel Editor 8 7 Window menu Array Display window 11 7 creating help information 9 7 Function Panel Editor 8 18 Function Panel windows 6 17 Function Tree Editor 7 10 Project window Build Errors command 3 60 Cascade Windows command 3 59 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 40 Close All command 3 60 Debug Output 3 60 Interactive Execution command 3 61 Memory Display command 3 61 Minimize All command 3 60 open source files 3 62 Project command 3 60 Run Time Errors command 3 60 Source Code Control Errors window 3 61 Tile Windows command 3 59 Variables command 3 61 Watch command 3 61 Source and Interactive Execution wind
81. the variable display and displays the current source position of the thread in a Source window The Up Call Stack Down Call Stack and Call Trace commands in the Source windows Run menu display information on the currently selected thread The Watch display shows the thread specific values of the expressions in the Watch window National Instruments Corporation 3 85 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Using Instrument Drivers This section presents a general overview of instrument drivers Refer to the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide for more information on creating instrument drivers An instrument driver is a set of high level functions with graphical function panels that make programming easier It encapsulates many low level operations such as data formatting and communication with GPIB RS 232 and VXI into intuitive high level functions An instrument driver usually controls a physical instrument but it also can be a software utility Instrument driver programs have an associated include file that declares the high level functions you can call the global variables you can access and the defined constants you can use Instrument Driver Files A LabWindows CVI instrument driver typically consists of the following three or four files Each file has the same base filename which is an abbreviation of the actual instrument name The instrument driver files must reside in
82. the UI objects in the file For each string the utility maintains a default and a local string The strings stored in the UIR or TUI file are said to be in the default language When you highlight one of the string items in the tree you will see the default language string if there is one in the Default Language textbox Enter the local language string in the Local Language textbox When you have finished translating all the strings choose Export Language in the file menu to create the language resource file In the tree strings without translations are marked by bold text A string is considered untranslated if there is a default language string but no local language string An item that does not have a default language string may have a local language string but it is never considered untranslated If an item does not have a local language string the default language string is used You can preview the active panel or menubar to see the translated strings on the panel LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 58 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window If addition to saving language resource files you can save and import dictionary files 1wd A dictionary file is simply a list of local and default language string pairs The dictionary file has no affiliation with any particular file so you can apply it to any UIR or TUI file Once you have a language resource file you can use the functions LoadLocalizedPanel and LoadLocalizedMenub
83. the same directory on your disk or they must be in the appropriate V XIplug play directories e The function panels are in a file with the extension p Refer to Chapter 6 Using Function Panels for a detailed description of function panels For instrument drivers that use an attribute model such as IVI drivers there can be an additional sub file that contains attribute information displayed in the function panels The function variable and defined constant declarations are in an include file with a h extension e The instrument driver program can be in one of several different types of files Asource file with a c extension An object file that contains one or more compiled C modules with a obj extension or a library file with a 1ib extension The compilation must be done by LabWindows CVI or a compatible external compiler Refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual for more information on compatible external compilers For example the instrument module files for a Fluke 8840A multimeter are 18840a fp 18840a c and 18840a h You can load an instrument driver into the LabWindows CVI interactive program whether the instrument program is in the form of a c obj or 1ib file The presence of the h file is essential because you must include it in your program to reference functions global variables and constants in the instrument d
84. to End command is selected LabWindows CVI places the skeleton code for each callback function at the end of the target file When this option is not selected newly generated code is placed at the current position of the cursor in the target file Run Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the User Interface Editor window Run menu Refer to the Run Menu section in Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows for a description of the following commands Debug Continue Step Over e Step Into Finish Function e Terminate Execution e Break at First Statement e Breakpoints LabWindows CVI User Manual 4 20 ni com Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window Library Menu The Library menu for the User Interface Editor window works the same way as the Library menu in the Project window Refer to each library overview in the Library Reference section of the LabWindows CVI Help Tools Menu The Tools menu for the User Interface Editor window works the same way as the Tools menu in the Project window Refer to the Tools Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for information about the Tools menu Window Menu The Window menu in User Interface Editor window works the same way as the Window menu in the Project window Refer to the Window Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for information about the Window menu Options Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the Use
85. toolbar to meet your needs or choose not to display it Refer to the Toolbars in LabWindows CVI section in Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows for a full description of toolbar use and configuration Function Panel Controls Function panel controls specify parameters in a function call When you open a function panel input from the keyboard or mouse affects the currently selected control Pressing the Tab key selects the next control Pressing lt Shift Tab gt selects the previous control To select a control with the mouse click on the control Pressing Page Up or Page Down moves the input focus across multiple function panels in one window Pressing Ctrl Page Up and Ctrl Page Down moves from one Function panel window to the next The way you specify parameter values differs for each type of control The following sections contain instructions for specifying parameters for each type of control Specifying a Return Value Control Parameter A return value control displays a value that a function returns as a return value rather than as a formal parameter For scalar return values you can leave the control blank LabWindows CVI generates a temporary variable when you run the function panel If you type a variable name into a return control you must define the variable statically in the Interactive Execution window or define it elsewhere and declare it as extern in the Interactive Execution window
86. up menu by right clicking on the User Interface Editor window The type of pop up menu that appears depends on the surface you click on The following is a list of the areas in the User Interface Editor that bring up pop up menus e Ifyou click on the User Interface Editor window background a pop up menu appears containing commands to create a panel or a menu bar e If you click on a panel background a pop up menu appears with each of the control types you can create e Ifyou click on a control a pop up menu appears with commands to generate or view the callback function for the control CodeBuilder Overview With the LabWindows CVI CodeBuilder you can create automatically complete C code that compiles and runs based on a user interface uir file you are creating or editing By choosing certain options in the Code menu you can produce skeleton code Skeleton code is syntactically and programmatically correct code that compiles and runs before you have typed a single line of code With the CodeBuilder feature you save the time of typing in standard code included in every program eliminate syntax and typing errors and maintain an organized source code file with a consistent programming style Because a CodeBuilder program compiles and runs immediately you can develop and test the project you create concentrating on one function at a time When you choose Code Generate All Code LabWindows CVI places the include statements variabl
87. use these windows to build graphics mode command bars pull down menus dialog boxes controls graphs and strip charts and save them to User Interface Resource uir files Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window describes the User Interface Editor window in detail e Source windows You use these windows to create edit run debug and save source code These windows include an optional toolbar to give you quick access to commands you use frequently Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows describes the Source window in detail Interactive Execution window You use this window to execute selected portions of code You do not have to have a complete program in the Interactive Execution window asis the case in a Source window For instance you can execute variable declarations and assignment statements in C without declaring a main function Refer to Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows for more information Function Panels You use these windows to interactively execute library functions and insert code into the Source window These windows include an optional toolbar to give you quick access to commands you use frequently Chapter 6 Using Function Panels describes the Function Panel window in detail Function Tree Editor windows You use these windows to build the tree structure of function panel files Refer to Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor for more information National Instruments Cor
88. view the structure of the function tree as it is seen by the driver s user select the instrument name from the Instrument menu Cutting and Pasting Functions and Panels Frequently you want to copy a function in a function tree and its associated function panel to a new position within the function tree Complete the following examples to cut and paste a function within a function tree 1 2 3 4 Position the selection on the name Function 1 Select Edit Cut The function disappears from the tree and is stored on the clipboard Position the selection on the name Function 2 Select Edit Paste Above The function now appears under Class 1 Suppose that instead of moving the function you want to replicate it Because the function is still in the Function Tree Editor clipboard you can move the selection to the name Class 1 and select Edit Paste Above The name Function 1 reappears at the top of the tree E Note Pasting functions and classes within the Function Tree Editor copies all items associated with the function or class including controls and function panel help Using Existing Function Panels in a New Driver Complete the following steps to copy some of the function panels from this driver to a new dri l cd ugw Y MS ver Select File New Function Tree fp A new blank function tree window appears on the screen Select Create Instrument Name the instrument New Instrument and type new in the prefix bo
89. you can use the Find Function Panel command to open a function panel from a function name or a portion of a function name Refer to the View Find Function Panel section for more information Multiple Panels for One Function If the selected function appears in more than one function panel window LabWindows CVI displays a list of panels Select one by highlighting the panel name and pressing Enter or by double clicking on the panel name Multiple Functions in One Function Panel Window If the selected function matches a function panel window that contains multiple function panels LabWindows CVI attempts to match the panel to function calls on the lines surrounding the selected call After the panel appears you can check how many lines were matched to the function panel window by looking at the Source window LabWindows CVI highlights the matched lines If you select multiple lines before executing the Recall Function Panel command all function calls in the selected lines must appear in one function panel window and the order in which the window generates the calls must be identical to the order in which they appear in the selected lines Otherwise an error message appears Syntax Requirements for the Recall Function Panel Command You do not have to compile the file you are working in before you invoke the Recall Function Panel command In fact the function call you select does not have to be syntactically valid The only requirement
90. your project uses LoadExternalModule This option is enabled by default If your project does not use LoadExternalModule disable this option to reduce the size of your DLL If you disable the option but still use LoadExternalModule LabWindows CVI prompts you to enable full support You must rebuild your project before the changes take effect LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 18 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Add Files to DLL Use this button to select additional module files that you want to link into the DLL These are modules that your project files do not directly reference but that are referenced by modules you load at run time by calling LoadExternalModule If you force a Windows SDK import library into your project your DLL might not load The Windows SDK import libraries contain functions that are not present on all versions of Windows If the DLL on your system does not export all the functions in the import library your DLL will not load Instead of forcing an import library into your DLL you can force only the functions you need into the DLL To force specific functions into your DLL create a table of function pointers and add the functions to the table For example to force references to CreateWindow and Get FreeDiskSpace you can add the following code to a source file in your project void ReferenceFunctionsTable CreateWindow GetDiskFreeSpace Exports The following options assist you in exporting symb
91. 0 Edit menu 4 7 to 4 8 Panel Settings section Edit Panel dialog box 4 7 to 4 8 panels copying or cutting 4 5 Edit Panel dialog box 4 7 to 4 8 preferences for new panels 4 22 showing hiding 4 12 Panels Movable command Options menu 8 19 National Instruments Corporation Index parent structure 10 2 parentheses finding pairs of 5 10 Paste command Edit menu adding help information 9 6 Function Panel Editor 8 4 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 8 User Interface Editor window 4 5 Paste Above command Edit menu 7 3 Paste Below command Edit menu 7 3 path options Prompt for include file paths 3 63 pathnames Show Full Pathnames command View menu 3 8 Sort by Pathnames command View menu 3 8 paths for compiler listing 3 68 pointer mismatch warning detecting 3 64 pop up menus User Interface Editor window 4 2 pProcessID option table 1 2 predefined data types 3 42 to 3 44 intrinsic C data types 3 42 to 3 43 meta data types 3 43 to 3 44 Any Array 3 43 Any type 3 43 to 3 44 Numeric Array 3 43 Var Args 3 44 predefined macros 3 67 Preferences command Code menu 4 20 Always Append Code to End option 4 20 Default Control Events option 4 20 Default Panel Events option 4 20 Options menu 4 22 to 4 23 More button 4 23 Preferences for New Controls section 4 23 I 27 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Preferences for New Panels section 4 22 User Interface Editor Preferences se
92. 14 Target Type Static Library Library File 3 20 Library Generation Choices 3 20 Target Type command Build menu 3 11 technical support resources B 1 to B 2 Terminate Execution command Run menu Project window 3 34 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 26 text selecting Character Select mode 5 5 Column Select mode 5 6 Line Select mode 5 5 text format Load From Text Format command 4 23 Save In Text Format command 4 23 Threads command Run menu Project window 3 35 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 28 Tile Windows command Window menu 3 59 time option DSTRules 1 4 timer option useDefaultTimer 1 4 Tip of the Day command Help menu 3 76 tmpdir configuration option 1 3 Toggle Breakpoint command Run menu 5 23 5 26 Toggle Control Style command Options menu description 6 18 specifying binary control parameter 6 6 specifying numeric control parameter 6 5 specifying slide control parameter 6 5 ni com Toggle Exclusion command Edit menu 5 3 5 9 Toggle Scroll Bars command Options menu 8 19 Toggle Tag command View menu 5 15 tokens Syntax Coloring option Options menu 5 32 User Defined Tokens for Coloring command Options menu 5 33 Toolbar command Options menu Function Panel Editor 8 19 Function Panel windows 6 18 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 31 View menu Function Panel Editor 8 13 Function Panel windows 6 15 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 15 toolbars
93. 18 excluding lines of code 5 9 executables creating and distributing See standalone executables creating and distributing Execute command Run menu 3 35 Exit LabWindows CVI command File menu Array and String Display windows 11 4 creating help information 9 5 Function Panel Editor 8 2 Function Panel windows 6 7 Function Tree Editor 7 2 Project window 3 5 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 6 User Interface Editor 4 3 Variables and Watch windows 10 3 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Expand Variable command View menu 10 2 10 7 Exports option Target Settings dialog box 3 19 expressions See also watch variables expressions detecting assignments in conditional expressions option 3 65 regular expressions table 5 12 to 5 13 External Compiler Support command 3 21 External Compiler Support dialog box 3 2 to 3 22 ANSI C Library 3 22 CVI Libraries 3 22 Other Symbols 3 22 Header File field 3 22 Object File field 3 22 UIR Callbacks Object File 3 21 Using LoadExternalModule to Load Object and Static Library Files 3 21 external process debugging DLLs 3 33 to 3 34 selecting 3 35 eyedropper tool 4 2 F file extensions displaying project files in order of 3 8 File Groups section Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 28 to 3 30 File menu Array and String Display windows Close command 11 4 Exit LabWindows CVI command 11 4 Input command 11 4 most recently closed files list 11 4 New
94. 21 Build Add Missing Includes eese 5 21 Build Generate Prototypes esee enne nente nnne 5 21 Build Next Previous Build Error esee 5 21 Build Build Errors in Next File ooooooccnnnnococnncnononancnoonnancnoconnnnnnnnoconananancconnns 5 21 Run Mehr cedat RB EIRIBBIMTA 5 22 Introduction to Breakpoints and Watch Expressions esses 5 22 Breakpomnt St te ette odi d eo d tis 5 22 Setting and Clearing Breakpoints sse 5 23 Conditional Breakpoints eese 5 23 Watch EXpressions iet e rtt eterne RH E Se edet 5 23 Debug Run Interactive Statements eese 5 24 Running in a Source Window sse 5 24 Running in the Interactive Execution Window ss 5 24 Run Time Error Reporting 5 25 Run Continue inei e het reip anite eae RE 5 25 R n Go TO Cursor zon a ates Becta detti 5 25 RUNS STEP OYet i eddie o cons dr Ee ert 5 25 Ruti Step Into eter et m P Ve ERE PNE SEEN mee 5 25 Run Finish Function oooccccnnnonncncnnononnnnccnonannnnncnonononnnnconnnnnnnccononnnnnononnnnnnnncnnnns 5 25 R n Terminate Execution ii 5 26 Run Break at First Statement eene eene 5 26 Run Toggle Breakpoint eie nenesie EE a EEEE O i 5 26 Runy Break points sro Noes et EEG DU GER UN rte RSE 5 26 RunyStack Tracia 5 27 Run Up Call Stack cia 5 27 Run Down Call StackK
95. 22 Balance command Edit menu 5 10 Batch Build command Build menu 3 11 Beginning End of Selection command View menu 5 15 bin directory table 1 3 Binary command Create menu 8 8 to 8 9 binary control parameters specifying 6 6 Bottom Edges option Alignment command 4 13 Distribution command 4 14 Bracket Styles command Options menu 5 32 brackets finding pairs of 5 10 setting location for 5 32 Break at First Statement command Run menu Project window 3 34 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 23 5 26 break key enabling global Ctrl F12 debug break key 3 69 Break On First Chance Exceptions option Run Options command 3 68 Break on Library Errors option Run Options command 3 68 breakpoints See also watch variables expressions applicable only in source code modules note 5 22 breakpoint state 5 22 to 5 23 conditional 5 23 Edit Breakpoint dialog box 5 26 purpose and use 5 22 to 5 23 resuming execution 5 23 setting and clearing 5 23 Breakpoints command Run menu opening Breakpoints dialog box 5 26 options 3 34 to 3 35 setting breakpoints 5 23 ni com Breakpoints dialog box 5 26 to 5 27 Add Edit Item button 5 26 buttons 5 26 to 5 27 Edit Breakpoint dialog box 5 26 options and buttons 3 34 to 3 35 Bring Panel to Front command View menu 4 12 Browse Info window using only one 3 70 Browser See Source Code Browser Tools menu build errors Build Errors command Window menu 3 60 Build
96. 23 Options Load From Text Format eese enne 4 23 Help Menu eere mtt gt e m e er o e ar 4 23 Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows source WINDOWS iss io avec st eie ten Mu ases ceed e sh coed Ota IER RS EDO neds EAE Cede 5 1 Toolbars in LabWindows CVl eeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeene enne a 5 1 Modifying Your Toolbars eseeseeeeeseeeeeeenenee nennen 5 1 Adding and Positioning Buttons seen 5 2 Adding and Positioning Separators ooononnnncnonnonnconcnnnconcnnccnncnnncnncrnnos 5 2 Other Positioning Controls eese 5 2 Notification of External Modification eese nennen nennen 5 2 Context Menius te ee E e E EXER YN ESI PRESE LESER EYE EUR Ve EF ETUR ERE NR 5 3 Interactive Execution Window ccescesceseeceseeesecesseceseeececsaceeseeeseecsseeeeeseaeeeseeeeaeeeaes 5 3 Using S bWwindOWS 5 o ete te EHI e e d dp eren 5 4 Selecting Text in the Source and Interactive Execution Window 5 4 Fil Me ut ed e eee aa U a 5 6 File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI eese 5 6 File Open Quoted Text 5 iem tereti eee e Yee pex rra dea IRR 5 6 PIES Save AS d ed eee tede e e reete esee ice iae es SERE UH 5 6 File Save Copy AS eiie edo ee caeno Pete leere e o ee Geh 5 7 PIES er E 5 7 Files Save All ette eerte e ce Eo ese vi re petet eee gets 5 7 FilexAdd Fileto P
97. 4 21 Operating tool 4 1 Options menu Array and String Display windows Display Entire Buffer command 11 8 Reset Indices command 11 2 to 11 3 11 8 LabWindows CVI User Manual Function Panel Editor 8 18 to 8 19 Data Types command 8 18 Edit Function Tree command 8 19 Initial Control Width command 8 19 Operate Function Panel command 8 19 Panels Movable command 8 19 Revert to Default Panel Size command 8 19 Toggle Scroll Bars command 8 19 Toolbar command 8 19 Function Panel windows 6 18 to 6 19 Change Format command 6 19 Default All command 6 18 Default Control command 6 18 Edit Function Panel Window command 6 19 Exclude Function command 6 18 Toggle Control Style command 6 5 6 18 Toolbar command 6 18 Function Tree Editor 7 11 to 7 14 Create DLL Project command 7 13 FP File Format command 7 11 Generate DEF File command 7 12 Generate Documentation command 7 12 Generate Function Prototypes command 7 12 Generate ODL File command 7 12 Generate Windows Help command 7 12 Help Style command 7 11 to 7 12 Transfer Window Help to Function Help command 7 12 VXIplug amp play Style command 7 13 to 7 14 Project window Build Options command 3 62 to 3 66 Colors command 3 75 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 26 Command Line command 3 69 Compiler Defines command 3 66 to 3 67 Environment command 3 51 3 69 to 3 71 Font command 3 74 Include Paths command 3 68 Instrume
98. 41 building function panels 3 48 to 3 49 building function tree 3 48 defining function parameters 3 41 defining hierarchy of functions 3 41 required functions 3 47 to 3 48 structuring functions 3 40 to 3 41 writing function code 3 49 help information 9 3 input and output parameters 3 47 IVI instrument drivers creating 3 53 5 29 editing attributes 5 30 loading unloading 3 37 to 3 38 instruments without instrument program 3 38 Load command Instrument menu 3 50 7 7 8 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index precedence rules 3 37 to 3 38 Unload command Instrument menu 3 50 7 8 8 15 modifying 3 39 modules containing non instrument functions 3 38 operating 3 49 programming 3 1 return values 3 47 testing 3 49 VXIplug amp play instrument driver files 3 37 Instrument menu accessing function panels 6 2 Function Panel Editor 8 15 to 8 16 Edit command 8 16 Load command 8 15 Unload command 8 15 Function Panel windows 6 17 Function Tree Editor 7 7 to 7 8 Edit command 7 8 Load command 7 7 Unload command 7 8 Project window 3 50 to 3 52 accessing function panels 3 51 to 3 52 Edit command 3 51 Load command 3 50 Unload command 3 50 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 28 Intelligent Virtual Instrument drivers See IVI instrument drivers Interactive Execution command Window menu 3 61 Interactive Execution window 5 3 to 5 4 Build menu 5 18 to 5 21 Edit menu 5 7 to 5 14 excluding l
99. 55 UI to Code Converter utility 3 56 to 3 58 User Interface Localizer utility 3 58 to 3 59 user defined entries 3 59 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 29 to 5 30 Create ActiveX Controller command 5 29 Create IVI Instrument Driver command 5 29 Edit ActiveX Server command 5 29 Edit Function Panel command 5 30 Edit Function Tree command 5 30 Edit Instrument Attributes command 5 30 Source Code Control command 5 30 User Interface Editor 4 21 Tools Menu Options command 3 72 to 3 73 Tools Menu Options dialog box 3 73 Top Edges option Alignment command 4 13 Distribution command 4 14 Track include file dependencies option 3 63 Transfer Window Help to Function Help command Options menu 7 12 Translate LW DOS program command Options menu 5 33 two dimensional array Graphical Array view figure 10 11 to 10 12 Type Library button Target Settings dialog box 3 18 Type option Find command 5 13 10 4 U UI to Code Converter utility Tools menu 3 56 to 3 58 generated code 3 57 to 3 58 limitations 3 58 using 3 56 to 3 57 UIR Callbacks Object File option External Compiler Support dialog box 3 21 uir files See user interface resource uir files Undo command Edit menu LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 36 adding help information 9 6 Function Panel Editor 8 3 to 8 4 Source and Interactive Execution windows 3 8 User Interface Editor window 4 4 Undo Checkout
100. 8 5 Distribution command 8 5 Edit Control command 8 4 Edit Function command 8 5 Find command 8 6 Function Help command 8 7 Paste command 8 4 Redo command 8 3 to 8 4 Replace command 8 6 Undo command 8 3 to 8 4 Window Help command 8 7 Function Tree Editor 7 3 to 7 5 Copy command 7 3 Cut command 7 3 Edit Function Panel Window command 7 4 Edit Help command 7 3 Edit Node command 7 3 Find command 7 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index FP Auto Load List command 7 4 Paste Above command 7 3 Paste Below command 7 3 Replace command 7 5 Project window 3 6 to 3 7 Add Files to Project command 3 6 to 3 7 Exclude File from Build command 3 7 Include File in Build command 3 7 Move Item Down command 3 7 Move Item Up command 3 7 Remove File command 3 7 Replace File in Project command 3 7 Select All command 3 7 Workspace command 3 6 Source and Interactive Execution windows Balance command 5 10 Clear Window command 5 3 5 9 Copy command 5 8 Cut command 5 8 Delete command 5 9 Diff command 5 10 Find command 5 11 to 5 13 Go To Definition command 5 10 Insert Construct command 5 9 to 5 10 Next File command 5 14 Paste command 5 8 Redo command 5 8 Replace command 5 14 Resolve All Excluded Lines command 5 9 Select All command 5 9 Toggle Exclusion command 5 3 5 9 Undo command 5 8 String Display window Edit Character command 11 5 Edit Mode command 11 5 Find comm
101. All button 5 14 Return button 5 14 Stop button 5 14 Require function prototypes option 3 65 5 4 Require return values for non void functions option 3 65 to 3 66 Reset Indices command Options menu description 11 8 National Instruments Corporation 1 29 Index displaying multi dimensional arrays 11 3 to 11 4 displaying single dimensional arrays 11 2 specifying index for string array 11 3 specifying plane for multi dimensional arrays 11 2 Reset Indices dialog box 11 3 to 11 4 Resolve All Excluded Lines command Edit menu 5 9 Retrace Pointer Chain command View menu 10 2 10 7 Return Value command Create menu 8 11 to 8 12 return value controls parameter specifying 6 4 return values requiring for non void functions 3 65 to 3 66 Revert command Edit menu 9 7 Revert to Default Panel Size command Options menu 8 19 Right Edges option Alignment command 4 13 Distribution command 4 14 Ring command Create menu 8 9 Run Function Panel command Code menu 6 8 Run Interactive Statements command Run menu 5 24 to 5 25 Run menu Array and String Display windows 11 7 Project window Break at First Statement command 3 34 Breakpoints command 3 34 to 3 35 Continue command 3 34 Debug command 3 31 Execute command 3 35 Select External Process command 3 33 Terminate Execution command 3 34 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Threads command 3 35 Source and Interactive Execution windows Add Watch Express
102. Attribute anda value appears in the bottom half of the control because you executed the function panel LabWindows CVI selects when possible the value in the Values list that corresponds to the value shown in the bottom half of the output control An arrow symbol appears to the left of the list box entry that contains that value e Value Help Displays help for the value selected in the Values list box e Attribute Help Displays help for the attribute currently selected in the Attribute ring control on the function panel National Instruments Corporation 6 11 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Code Select Variable or Expression The Select Variable command gives you a list of previously used variables or expressions that have data types that are compatible with the currently active function panel control LabWindows CVI enables the command only when the currently active function panel control is one that accepts text entry When you select a variable or expression from the list LabWindows CVI copies it into the function panel control The Select Variable command can significantly reduce the amount of keyboard entry necessary when using function panels When you execute the Select Variable command the Select Variable or Expression dialog box appears Data Type of Control Indicates the data type of the currently active function panel control Variable or Expression Contains the variables and exp
103. Bold specifies whether the font that LabWindows CVI uses in menus is bold as in the following example MenuFontBold Yes National Instruments Corporation 1 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual LabWindows CVI Overview Components of LabWindows CVI LabWindows CVI is a programming environment for developing instrument control automated test and data acquisition applications in ANSI C LabWindows CVI has the following components e Standard libraries and interactive function panels for the following components GPIB RS232 VISA Virtual Instrument Software Architecture Data acquisition distributed with National Instruments PC based data acquisition boards Data analysis Transport Control Protocol TCP DataSocket Windows Dynamic Data Exchange DDE communication File I O Data formatting ANSIC e graphical User Interface Editor CodeBuilder Wizard and library for building displaying and controlling a graphical user interface A wizard and library for controlling ActiveX servers A wizard and library for creating IVI instrument drivers which are highly structured VXIplug amp play compatible instrument drivers that use an attribute model to enable advanced features such as state caching simulation and compatibility with generic instrument classes e A set of instrument drivers that contains high level functions and interactive function panels for controlling specif
104. Close All iia dtt rea E 3 60 WiandowW ProJect ecce e IIR Tet NR ia ist 3 60 Window Build ErtOrs ie het P a IO e OE da 3 60 LabWindows CVI User Manual viii ni com Contents Window Run Time Errors eese eene enne 3 60 Window Debug Output esses nennen nne a tnnt 3 60 Window Source Code Control Errors esee 3 61 Window Memory Display essent ennt 3 61 Window Variables dte ettet terae ade HER Te Pe e dads 3 61 Window Watch tanen eee eno ie 3 61 Window Interactive Execution nennen 3 61 Window Open Source Files eese eere enne 3 62 Options Menu rr et e ea Svs tive ER Ese eA IRR Rea d a V ERR dc 3 62 Options Build Options sese 3 62 Options Compiler Defines essere 3 66 Predefined Macros oisi Date nd e eec 3 67 Options Inclid Paths e as 3 68 Options Instrument Directories eese eene 3 68 Options Run OPONSE pae EAE nennen neret enne nennen 3 68 Options Command Line esses nennen 3 69 Options Environment sees eene teet terne trennt nenne tentent tenete nnns 3 69 Options Library Options essere nnne 3 71 National Instruments Libraries esee 3 71 User Libraries corista 3 72 Dummy fp Files for Support Libraries eese 3 72 Options Tools Menu Options eese neret 3 72 O
105. Construct command has a submenu of various C programming constructs Use this command to insert a construct into your Source window at the current keyboard cursor position For most of these menu items a dialog box appears asking you to fill in portions of the construct You can press lt Enter gt or click on OK without filling in the controls National Instruments Corporation 5 9 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows When you insert the construct into your program the keyboard cursor moves to the first location in the construct where you can enter text You can set the location of the curly brackets in the construct using the Options Bracket Styles command Edit Balance Use the Balance command to find pairs of opening and closing curly braces brackets and parentheses If the cursor is within or near a set of any of these symbols when you select the Balance command LabWindows CVI highlights all characters between them This command is useful when you want to find a missing opening or closing symbol and a large number of these symbols are nested inside each other Edit Diff Use the Diff command for comparing two source files to detect any differences The Diff command has a submenu that you can use to do the following e Use Diff With from a Source window to select another open source file and compare it against the current source file e After you select the two files to com
106. Create Class or Function Panel Window message on the selected line Inserting a Class into an Existing Tree In the function panel hierarchy you can insert up to eight levels of classes Complete the following steps to insert a class into a function tree 1 Select an existing function or class at the level you want to place the new class 2 Select Create Class The Create Class Node dialog box appears 3 Complete the Create Class Node dialog box The new class is inserted on the line below the existing function or class The class exists at the same level in the tree as the function or class that originally occupied the line hy Note A function tree can contain a combination of up to 32 000 functions and classes Create Function Panel Window Select Create Function Panel Window to add a new function to a function tree The function panel window is a collection of panels that represent all functions that users can interactively call from that window When you select the Function Panel Window command a dialog box appears Enter the following information in the Create Function Panel Window Node dialog box 1 Inthe Name text box enter the name that you want to appear in the Function Panel Selection dialog box when the instrument is chosen from the Instrument menu 2 Inthe Function Name text box enter the actual code name used in the instrument driver for the function being added This function name must be valid for the current l
107. Distribution Kit dialog box DLL File option Target Settings dialog box 3 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 10 DLLMain function generating 4 18 DLLs adding to project 3 6 Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library command 3 9 5 19 Create DLL Project command Options menu 7 13 Create Release Dynamic Link Library command 3 9 5 20 debugging 3 31 to 3 35 location of required files 3 32 to 3 33 running external process 3 33 to 3 34 running program in LabWindows CVI 3 33 effects of VXIplug amp play Style command 7 13 to 7 14 generating DLL import library 5 34 generating source code for DLL import library 5 33 Target Settings dialog box 3 15 to 8 20 Where to Copy DLL option 3 15 documentation conventions used in manual xxiii xxiv LabWindows CVI documentation set xxiv xxv documenting instrument drivers 3 50 Down Call Stack command Run menu 5 27 DSTRules option 1 4 E Edit ActiveX Server command Tools menu Function Panel Editor 8 17 Function Tree Editor 7 9 Program window 3 53 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 29 Edit Breakpoint dialog box 5 26 Edit Character command Edit menu 11 5 ni com Edit command Instrument menu See also Edit Instrument dialog box Function Panel Editor 8 16 Function Tree Editor 7 1 7 8 Project window 3 51 Edit Control command Edit menu 8 4 Edit Control dialog box Control Appearance section 4 9 Control Settings section 4 9 Edit Label Value Pairs dialog b
108. ERU ed C E ERO Re re Hh oet 3 31 Location of Files Required for Debugging DLLs eese 3 32 Different Ways to Debug DLLs eese emen 3 33 Running a Program in LabWindows CVI eese 3 33 Running an External Process eese 3 33 R n COMMU doen e eoe precii e ed ier ida 3 34 Run Terminate Execution esee eene nennen ene 3 34 Run Break at First Statement eese 3 34 Run Breakpotnts 4 2 dc tos e e E E Ae idad 3 34 Run Select External Process eese arrasi s 3 35 Rut EX6GUte z iii en Roc ao Y HERE HEP pe EN SUR gods 3 35 Run Threads a o OH RP no B e Red Ret cos 3 35 Using Instrument Drivets tert hoes eade titt eate ead p oo egent a 3 36 Instrument Driver Files ette edem tenete 3 36 VXIplug amp play Instrument Driver Files eee 3 37 Loading Unloading Instrument Drivers eene 3 37 Precedence Rules for Loading the Instrument Driver Program File atem eene eii its 3 37 Loading an Instrument without an Instrument Program 3 38 Modules that Contain Non Instrument Functions eene 3 38 Modifying an Instrument Driver eese eene 3 39 Instrument Driver Fundamentals essere 3 39 Defining the Instrument Functions eeseeeeeeeeeeeneenen eene 3 40 Structuring Functi
109. Edit Function Tree eese eene eene tnnt eerte tonno tene 9 7 Window Menus si iiit aiii ad 9 7 Help Menu nbi emen OG e tes 9 7 Help Information Examples totalidad eio rettet HR nin iT 9 8 Adding Help Information in the Function Tree Editor 9 8 Adding Help Information in the Function Panel Editor 9 9 Copying and Pasting Help Text ooononnnnonnnccnononncnoncononnnonnconocononn nono nnncnnonacnnnos 9 10 Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows Variables Windows 3 3 iie he a ET m e em A ee 10 1 Watch Window a 10 2 MAA O 10 3 File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI eese 10 3 File O tpute eap OREGON E Reit em 10 3 Files Aide cm 10 3 Piles Save AIL 2d iod dit ie 10 3 File Most Recently Closed Files eese 10 3 File Exit LabWindows CVI nnu nenia e aiee 10 3 Edit Menu for the Variables Window sess nennen enne enne 10 3 Edit Edit Value 4 tee er lis re D AREE 10 3 Edi dis 10 4 LabWindows CVI User Manual XX ni com Contents Edit Next Scope niece earn erit dead evo ree e Pee etes ei Pede 10 5 Edit PreyiouUs SCOpDe sidad tii 10 5 Edit Menu for the Watch WindoW oocconncccnoccnoncconccnonnconnconnnconcconnnconcconnnconcconanonnccnnncnnne 10 5 EditsEdit Value aia 10 5 Edit Add Edit Watch Expression eese
110. Errors in Next File command View menu 5 21 Next Build Error command View menu 5 21 Previous Build Error command View menu 5 21 Show Build Error window for warnings option 3 66 Build Information section Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 23 to 3 25 Build menu Project window 3 8 to 3 30 Batch Build command 3 11 Compile File command 3 20 Configuration command 3 8 to 3 9 Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library command 3 9 Create Debuggable Executable command 3 9 Create Distribution Kit command 3 23 to 3 30 Create Release Dynamic Link Library command 3 10 Create Static Library command 3 10 External Compiler Support command 3 21 to 3 22 Mark All for Compilation command 3 21 National Instruments Corporation 1 3 Index Mark File for Compilation command 3 20 Target Settings command 3 12 to 3 20 Target Type command 3 11 Source and Interactive Execution windows Add Missing Includes command 5 21 Clear Interactive Declarations command 5 3 5 21 Compile File command 5 18 to 5 19 Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library command 5 19 Create Debuggable Executable command 5 19 Create Release Dynamic Link Library command 5 20 Create Release Executable command 5 19 to 5 20 Create Static Library command 5 20 Generate Prototypes command 5 21 Insert Include Statements command 5 21 Mark File for Compilation command 5 20 Next Build Error command 5 21 Previous Build Error command 5 21 Build Options com
111. Folder The subfolder that appears in the user installation You can specify A to denote the same level as the Parent Folder The Build Information section of the Create Distribution Kit dialog box has the following options Build Location The path into which you want to build your distribution kit At a minimum you must have at least 3 5 MB of space in the build location to successfully create a basic distribution kit Creating a distribution kit directly to a 1 44 MB floppy disk is not supported To install your application on another machine you must include all of the files from this directory and then launch setup exe Browse Browses for a build location Installation Language The language that the installation program uses for text during the installation iyi Note You may receive an error if you attempt to build a Japanese distribution kit on English Windows NT 4 0 9x These operating systems do not have support for the Japanese codepage installed by default You also can receive an error at distribution kit install time National Instruments Corporation 3 23 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window on these same English versions of Windows While there are several ways to install Japanese codepage support on your system the following is a possible method Install Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 0 or greater Go to http windowsupdate microsoft com and go to the products update
112. Function Names option the list box shows the function names associated with each function panel While in this mode the Alphabetize option redisplays the function list in alphabetical order If New Window is selected the next selected function panel appears in a new window Otherwise LabWindows CVI overwrites the current Function Panel window This overrides the Use Only One Function Panel Window option in the Environment command of the Options menu National Instruments Corporation 3 51 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Use Select to select a class name to view the functions within a class A class can contain other classes and functions An instrument driver can contain up to four levels of classes and functions Each time you select a class name the function list updates Click on the Up button to return to the previous level When you select a function from a dialog box that function panel appears Refer to Chapter 6 Using Function Panels for more information about function panels To close the dialog box without opening a function panel select Cancel The Select Function Panel dialog box contains a Help button Click on the button to get help information about the functions and classes listed in the dialog box Select Help or press F1 to display the Help dialog box for a selected function panel To close the Help dialog box click on the Done button press the Enter key or press the Esc key
113. Function Panel Editor 8 2 Function Tree Editor 7 3 Save in Text Format command Options menu 4 23 Save Project As command File menu Project window 3 4 sdk directory table 1 3 Search By option Find UIR Objects dialog box 4 11 Select All command Edit menu National Instruments Corporation I 31 Index Project window 3 7 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 9 Select Attribute Constant command Code menu attribute constants 6 10 to 6 11 attribute values 6 11 Select Attribute Constant dialog box 6 10 to 6 11 Select Attribute Values dialog box 6 11 Select External Process command Run menu 3 33 Select Function Panel dialog box 3 51 to 3 52 Alphabetize command 3 51 Flatten checkbox 3 51 6 2 Function Names command 3 51 Help button 3 52 New Window command 3 51 Select UIR Constant command Code menu 6 9 to 6 10 Select UIR Constant dialog box 6 9 to 6 10 Select Variable or Expression command Code menu 6 12 to 6 14 Select Variable or Expression dialog box 6 12 to 6 14 Data Type 6 12 data type compatibility 6 13 Data Type of Control 6 12 items included in list box 6 12 Show Project Variables option 6 12 sorting of list box entries 6 14 Variable or Expression list box 6 12 separators adding and positioning on toolbar 5 2 Set Active Project command File menu Project window 3 4 Set Default Font command Edit menu 4 10 Set Target File command Code menu Function Panel windows 6 14 User
114. I so enabling it in one Function Tree Editor window enables it for all Function Tree Editor windows This command is dimmed for function trees that have not yet been saved When this option is enabled and not dimmed LabWindows CVI updates the instrument driver c h and sub files to reflect changes you make to function names or the instrument prefix in the Function Tree Editor window or Function Panel Editor window When you change a function name you are prompted for permission to update your instrument driver to reflect the new name When you change the instrument prefix you are prompted for permission to update your instrument driver to reflect the new prefix Tools Generate Source For Function Panel Generate Source For Function Panel generates function definitions and declarations in your driver source and header files If a function definition already exists LabWindows CVI prompts you for permission to update it You can replace insert above or below or skip without updating Your choice also applies to the declaration Tools Go To Definition Go To Definition opens the driver source file and jumps to the definition of the function that is currently selected in the function tree National Instruments Corporation 8 17 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Tools Go To Declaration Go To Declaration opens the driver include file and jumps to the declaration of the function that is currently selected
115. I creates the distribution kit you must have the following files on your disk c myapp distr msvc big lib c myapp distr borland big lib The installation program prompts the user to choose one of the compatible external compilers The installation program installs only the files for the compiler the user chooses at distribution kit install time You might want to use this feature if you distribute modules for use with the LabWindows CVI development environment or external compilers If you distribute a turnkey application this feature is not necessary National Instruments Corporation 3 29 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window B Note Do not use this feature for distributing DLL import libraries for VXIplug play instrument drivers When installing a VXIplug amp play instrument driver you must install two import libraries one compatible with Visual C C and the other with Borland C C The two import libraries must be installed in the msc and bc subdirectories under the VXIplug amp play 1ib directory LabWindows CVI sets this up automatically for you if you use the Create DLL Project command in the Function Tree Editor window with the VXIplug amp play Style command enabled For more information refer to the Distributing VXIplug amp play Instrument Drivers topic in the LabWindows CVI Help Register Files As ActiveX Servers Enable this option if you distribute any ActiveX servers such as ActiveX controls in yo
116. I to display the values of variables and selected expressions when you place the mouse cursor over the variables or selected expressions in a Source window e Use Console Window for Standard I O When Debugging Enable this option if you want LabWindows CVI to use the Microsoft DOS console window for displaying output and receiving input while you debug a project Bring Debug Output Window to Front Whenever Modified Enable this option if you want LabWindows CVI to bring the Debug Output window to the front whenever your program adds text to the window Force Loaded Instrument Driver s Source into Interactive Window Enable this option if you run function panel or Interactive window code that uses LoadExternalModule or LoadExternalModuleEx to load the source file for an instrument driver that is already loaded in the Instrument menu LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 70 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window e Force Project Compiled Source Files into Interactive Window Enable this option if you run function panel or Interactive window code that uses LoadExternalModule or LoadExternalModuleEx to load a source file that is in the project Options Library Options You use the Library Options command to specify optional National Instrument libraries that load automatically when you start LabWindows CVI You also can specify which of the optional National Instruments user libraries to load on startup using the Library Options command The Library
117. If you choose Project a Project window appears with your specified prj file LabWindows CVI prompts you to save any modified files in the old project If you open a project that does not have a workspace of the same name LabWindows CVI creates a new workspace for the project with default options National Instruments recommends that you open workspaces Choose the Workspace command to open an existing workspace from the list in the dialog box LabWindows CVI stores in the workspace the settings that do not affect the way your project builds Opening the workspace that contains the project you want to open is an alternative to opening the project file directly If you choose Function Tree a new Function Tree Editor window appears with your specified p file You cannot use this command to load instrument modules You load instrument modules from the Instrument menu File Save Use the Save command to write the project prj file to disk If you want to append a different extension type it in after the filename If you do not want to append any extension enter a period after the filename File Save Project As Use the Save As command to write the project file to disk using a new name you specify The Save As command changes the name on the Project window title bar to the new name you specified If you want to append an extension other than prj type it in after the filename If you do not want to append any extension enter a period
118. Interface Editor window 4 15 Set Target File dialog box 4 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Shortcut Key Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 6 shortcut options Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 28 to 3 29 Show Build Error window for warnings option 3 66 Show Differences command Source Code Control submenu 3 54 Show Full Dates command View menu 3 8 Show Full Path Names command View menu 3 8 Show History command Source Code Control submenu 3 54 Show Info command Edit Instrument dialog box Function Tree Editor 7 8 Project window 3 51 Show Hide Panels command View menu 4 12 signed unsigned pointer mismatches detecting 3 64 single dimensional array displaying in Array Display window figure 11 2 skeleton code definition 2 5 4 2 function skeletons 4 17 placement in target file 4 17 Sleep Policy CVI Environment option 3 68 to 3 69 Slide command Create menu 8 8 slide controls specifying parameters 6 5 Sort By Date command View menu 3 8 Sort By File Extension command View menu 3 8 Sort By Name command View menu 3 8 Sort By Pathname command View menu 3 8 Source Code Browser Tools menu 3 55 to 3 56 files 3 55 functions 3 56 generating browse information 3 66 variables data types and macros 3 56 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 32 Source Code Browser command View menu Array Display window 11 6 Variables and Watch windows 10 8 Source Code Connection Edit Control dialog box 4 8 Edit
119. Library item in the Target Type submenu Use this menu item to compile and build a DLL with debugging information Use the Debugging level control on the Build Options dialog box to select the degree of debugging information you want LabWindows CVI to generate for the executable You can specify the filename of the DLL as well as other DLL settings by selecting the Target Settings menu item You can set other compile and run options using the menu items in the Options menu of the Project window The Debug command also generates a DLL import library for the DLL For information on debugging DLLs refer to the Debugging DLLs section in Chapter 3 Project Window Build Create Release Executable The Create Release Executable menu item appears if you select the Release item in the Configuration submenu and the Executable item in the Target Type submenu Use this menu item to compile and build an executable without debugging information This command ignores the value of the Debugging level control on the Build Options dialog box National Instruments Corporation 5 19 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows You can specify the filename of the executable as well as other executable settings by selecting the Target Settings menu item You can set other compile and run options using the menu items in the Options menu of the Project window Build Create Release DLL The Create Release Dynamic Link
120. Library menu item appears if you select the Release item in the Configuration submenu and the Dynamic Link Library item in the Target Type submenu Use this menu item to compile and build a DLL without debugging information This command ignores the value of the Debugging level control on the Build Options dialog box You can specify the filename of the DLL as well as other DLL settings by selecting the Target Settings menu item You can set other compile and run options using the menu items in the Options menu of the Project window This command also generates a DLL import library for the DLL Build Create Static Library The Create Static Library menu item appears if you select the Release item in the Configuration submenu and the Static Library item in the Target Type submenu The Release item is always checked Use this menu item to compile and build a static library without debugging information This command ignores the value of the Debugging level control on the Build Options dialog box You can specify the filename of the static library as well as other static library settings by selecting the Target Settings menu item You can set other compile and run options using the menu items in the Options menu of the Project window If you include a 1ib file in a static library project LabWindows CVI includes all object modules from the 1ib in the static library This differs from creating an executable or DLL in which LabWindows CVI
121. Menu ion e triste 5 31 National Instruments Corporation xiii LabWindows CVI User Manual Contents Options Editor Preferences esses eene nennen 5 31 Options Toolbar id 5 31 Options Bracket Styles t er ER RR RERO SER PEE e IUIS TER deed 5 32 Optiens Fonts sene eA ERE REG RD tede 5 32 Options Colors iii aite eee be gd reed e reni 5 32 Options Syntax Coloring sese eene 5 32 Options User Defined Tokens for Coloring ee 5 33 Options Translate DOS LW Program eene 5 33 Options Generate DLL Import Source eene 5 33 Options Generate DLL Import Library eene 5 34 Options Generate Visual Basic Include ese 5 34 Options Create Object File 2 0 m iate ie ter b t eee jede 5 34 Options Preprocess Source File eese 5 35 Help Menu tote egeo rn pue te pertes 5 35 Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Accessing Function Panels eie rta e seed EA IH RE PEERS 6 2 Multiple Function Panels in a Window sse 6 3 Generated Code BOX idee retenta iir pe eese Or ee sien tes 6 3 Toolbars in LabWindows CVI esee en eene rere 6 4 Function Panel Controls reet m ettet etre te etg 6 4 Specifying a Return Value Control Parameter sese 6 4 Specifying an Input Control Parameter esee 6 5 Specifying a Numeric Contro
122. N NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS MAKES NO WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE CUSTOMER S RIGHT TO RECOVER DAMAGES CAUSED BY FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE ON THE PART OF NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT THERETOFORE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM LOSS OF DATA PROFITS USE OF PRODUCTS OR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF This limitation of the liability of National Instruments will apply regardless of the form of action whether in contract or tort including negligence Any action against National Instruments must be brought within one year after the cause of action accrues National Instruments shall not be liable for any delay in performance due to causes beyond its reasonable control The warranty provided herein does not cover damages defects malfunctions or service failures caused by owner s failure to follow the National Instruments installation operation or maintenance instructions owner s modification of the product owner s abuse misuse or negligent acts and power failure or surges fire flood accident actions of third parties or other events outside reasonable control Copyright Under the copyright laws this publication may not be reproduced or transmitted in any form electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording storing in an
123. Needed 7 14 Function Tree Editor Examples essent nne nnne 7 14 Creating a Function Tree with Multiple Classes eee 7 14 Cutting and Pasting Functions and Panels sse 7 15 Using Existing Function Panels in a New Driver eese 7 15 Editing Items in the Function Tree eseseeene 7 16 Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Invoking the Function Panel Editor eese 8 1 Invoking from the Function Tree Editor seen 8 1 Invoking from a Function Panel esee 8 1 Function Panel Editor Menu Bar eese eene tenente nennen enne nnt 8 1 File Meninin a er ERO SER een uti eoe tentus ee peto iore d seres te SEE cael 8 2 File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI eese 8 2 Bile Saye BBJPIe cita eere ree ree eor ge E eee tasters enn end 8 2 File Save BEP File AS uice he retine pn eee ge ge 8 2 FilesSave Copy Ot FP File eei eere tre Este re Renee 8 2 File Close neret aa 8 3 Bile Saye AIL udi ertt eco eee ee ete eee tu eee evt eu e etie 8 3 File Add FP File to Project eene eene nnne nnt 8 3 File Add Program File to Project 8 3 Eil Read Only tete xe REPRISE ete pe IT 8 3 AN Dni M aid 8 3 Edit Undo and Redo siessen a E eene 8 3 National Instruments Corp
124. Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the Project window For more information on these commands refer to the File Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window File Output The Output command writes the contents of the window to an ASCII or binary data file on disk When you select Output a dialog box appears prompting you to specify the name of the file File Input This command is valid only in the Array Display window Use the Input command to select an ASCII or binary data file on disk to replace the currently viewed array in memory File Close The Close command closes the window If you have modified the contents of the window since the last save LabWindows CVI prompts you to save the file to disk File Save All The Save All command saves all open files to disk File Most Recently Closed Files For your reference two lists appear in the File menu e A list of the four most recently closed files other than project files e A list of the four most recently closed project files LabWindows CVI User Manual 11 4 ni com Chapter 11 Array and String Display Windows Edit Menu for the Array Display Window This section contains a detailed description of the Edit menu for the Array Display window Edit Edit Value The Edit Value command in the Array Display window invokes a dialog box that you can use to change the value of the selected array element Edit Find The Find command invokes the Find dialog bo
125. Options command invokes the Library Options dialog box which contains National Instruments Libraries and User Libraries National Instruments Libraries There are five optional National Instruments libraries e Advanced Analysis e Easy I O for DAQ e Data Acquisition e VXI e GPIB GPIB 488 2 In the National Instruments section click on the selection box to the left of the library name s that you want LabWindows CVI to load at startup Use the National Instruments Libraries section of the Library Options dialog box to specify whether or not to load these libraries into memory when you start LabWindows CVI A checkmark next to the library name indicates that you want the library to be loaded Changes do not take effect until the next time you launch LabWindows CVI If you do not load a library you cannot call any of the functions in that library and you cannot access any of its function panels If LabWindows CVI fails to load a requested library itis probably because LabWindows CVI cannot find the appropriate files The files in Table Libraries in the bin Directory of LabWindows CVI belong in the bin directory of the LabWindows CVI installation directory Library Windows Analysis or Advanced Analysis analysis lib Data Acquisition dataacq lib Easy I O for DAQ easyio lib National Instruments Corporation 3 71 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Library Windows
126. Panel dialog box 4 7 Source Code Control command Tools menu Function Tree Editor 7 10 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 30 Source Code Control submenu 3 55 Source Code Control Errors window 3 61 Source Code Control Options command 3 73 Source Code Control Options dialog box 3 73 to 3 74 Advanced 3 74 Always show confirmation dialog 3 74 Attach 3 73 Create 3 73 Do not include prj file in SCC actions 3 74 Perform same actions for h file as for uir file 3 74 Project 3 73 Provider 3 73 Suppress CVI error messages 3 72 Use default comment 3 74 Use default username 3 74 Use global source code control settings 3 73 Use project source code control settings 3 73 Source Code Control submenu Tools menu 3 53 to 3 55 Add File to Source Control 3 54 Check In 3 54 Check Out 3 54 Clear Source Code Control Error Window 3 55 Get Latest Version 3 54 Get Latest Version of All 3 54 ni com Properties 3 54 Refresh Status 3 54 Remove From Source Control 3 54 Show Differences 3 54 Source Code Control 3 55 Undo Check Out 3 54 source files creating with CodeBuilder 4 2 to 4 3 debugging 2 4 forcing into Interactive window loaded instrument driver 3 70 project compiled source files 3 71 listed in Window menu 3 62 preprocessing 5 35 required in project file list 3 1 Index Stack Trace command Run menu 5 27 standalone executables creating and distributing See also Create Dist
127. Shift Down Arrow gt Adds the file below the currently selected file to the list of selected files e Shift Up Arrow gt Adds the file above the currently selected file to the list of selected files File Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the File menu File New Use the New command to open various types of new empty windows If you choose Source or Include a new Source window appears in which you can create a new cor h file If you choose User Interface a new User Interface Editor window appears in which you can create a new uir file Refer to Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window for more information about User Interface Editor windows If you choose Project a dialog box appears with a message that asks if you want to unload the current project Note that you can work with only one project at a time If you select Yes LabWindows CVI prompts you to save any modified files in the old project After you save or discard changes the New Project Options dialog box appears To include the new project in the existing workspace select Create Project in Current Workspace To add the project to a new workspace select Create Project in New Workspace LabWindows CVI stores in the workspace the settings that do not affect the way your project builds If you do not add the new project to the existing workspace LabWindows CVI creates a new workspace for the new project You also are prompted to transfer projec
128. TIONS DESIGNER ADVERSE FACTORS SUCH AS THESE ARE HEREAFTER COLLECTIVELY TERMED SYSTEM FAILURES ANY APPLICATION WHERE A SYSTEM FAILURE WOULD CREATE A RISK OF HARM TO PROPERTY OR PERSONS INCLUDING THE RISK OF BODILY INJURY AND DEATH SHOULD NOT BE RELIANT SOLELY UPON ONE FORM OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEM DUE TO THE RISK OF SYSTEM FAILURE TO AVOID DAMAGE INJURY OR DEATH THE USER OR APPLICATION DESIGNER MUST TAKE REASONABLY PRUDENT STEPS TO PROTECT AGAINST SYSTEM FAILURES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO BACK UP OR SHUT DOWN MECHANISMS BECAUSE EACH END USER SYSTEM IS CUSTOMIZED AND DIFFERS FROM NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS TESTING PLATFORMS AND BECAUSE A USER OR APPLICATION DESIGNER MAY USE NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS PRODUCTS IN COMBINATION WITH OTHER PRODUCTS IN A MANNER NOT EVALUATED OR CONTEMPLATED BY NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS THE USER OR APPLICATION DESIGNER IS ULTIMATELY RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING AND VALIDATING THE SUITABILITY OF NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS PRODUCTS WHENEVER NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS PRODUCTS ARE INCORPORATED IN A SYSTEM OR APPLICATION INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE APPROPRIATE DESIGN PROCESS AND SAFETY LEVEL OF SUCH SYSTEM OR APPLICATION Contents About This Manual Conventions seni RR EU ORB RUE ND NEU RERO E MO EEUU xxiii LabWindows CVI Documentation Set sese eene Xxiv Standard Documentation Set ocsi denenan a a e a a n TN XXIV Print Documentation Sets ccccccsccccceesssseceeessssceecceesseseeecessssseecceeesseeeceeee
129. Tools Create IVI Instrument Driver cconoooconnnnnnoononcnononannncconanananononanannnnconns 7 9 Tools Edit Instrument Attributes oooooccnnnooonnncnononanncnononnnncconanonanccnnnnnanancnnno 7 9 Tools Generate VI C Wrapper sees 7 9 LabWindows CVI User Manual xvi ni com Contents Tools Enable Auto Replace eeeseeeeeeseeeeeeenee nennen nennen 7 10 Tools Generate New Source For Function Tree eese 7 10 Tools Go To Definition essent a 7 10 Tools Go To Declaration entre rentem tete itn 7 10 Tools Source Code Control esee 7 10 Window Menu ete ee e oa ERROR eH ERAS 7 10 Options Men siini EE 7 11 Options FP File Format eese 7 11 FP File Format Features tete tete ede 7 11 Options Help Style rre ee erede Hr erii 7 11 Options Transfer Window Help to Function Help esses 7 12 Options Generate Function Prototypes eese 7 12 Options Generate Documentation essen nere 7 12 Options Generate Windows Help eene 7 12 Options Generate ODL File eese enne 7 12 Options Generate DEF File esses 7 12 Options Create DEL Project eter dte land 7 13 Options V XIplug amp play Style seen 7 13 Help Men iiiter RR RR ERR ED RR E REPE SER
130. VXI nivxi lib GPIB GPIB 488 2 gpib lib You must also install the drivers that came with your Data Acquisition VXI and GPIB GPIB 488 2 hardware to use the optional libraries User Libraries You can install your own libraries into the Library menu A user library has the same form as an instrument driver Anything that can be loaded into the Instrument menu can be loaded as a user library provided the program is in compiled form Refer to the Using Instrument Drivers section for more information on loading files with the Instrument menu The main difference between modules you load as instrument drivers and those you load as user libraries is that you can unload instrument drivers with the Unload command in the Instrument menu but you cannot unload user libraries Also because user libraries must be in compiled form you cannot edit them when they are in the Library menu Refer to the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide for detailed information about writing an instrument driver You install user libraries by selecting Options Library Options in the Project window Once a library is installed the next time you launch LabWindows CVI the libraries will load automatically and appear at the bottom of the Library menu Dummy fp Files for Support Libraries If you develop a library module to provide support functions for the modules in your project you can install it as a user library By doing so you ensu
131. VXIplug amp play framework directory and prefix is the instrument prefix vppfrmwkNsupportNprefixNprefix fp vppfrmwkNprefixNprefix fp 2 LabWindows CVI looks in the directory of the referencing fp file 3 LabWindows CVI then looks for the p files in the instrument directories list Edit the instrument directories list by selecting Options Instrument Directories in the Project window 4 Finally LabWindows CVI looks for the files in the instr directory under the directory where LabWindows CVI is installed If LabWindows CVI cannot find the p file you can look for the file using a file dialog box If you find the p file LabWindows CVI prompts you to add the directory to the instrument directories list and prompts you to add the file to the project If an auto loaded p file has no classes or function panels it does not appear in the Instrument menu This is useful for support modules that contain no user callable functions When you select Instrument Unload all auto loaded p files appear in the Unload Instrument dialog box Auto loaded instruments are not unloaded automatically when the dependent instrument is unloaded LabWindows CVI User Manual 7 4 ni com Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor Edit Find The Find command allows you to locate a particular text string in the function panel file You can search for text in node names function names control labels control values item labels in ring slide and bi
132. Windows CVI highlights source code as you step through the errors National Instruments Corporation 5 21 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Run Menu This section explains how to use the commands in a Source or Interactive Execution window Run menu Use the commands in the Run menu to run and debug your program Introduction to Breakpoints and Watch Expressions It is important to understand the concepts of breakpoints and watch expressions before you learn about the commands in the Run menu You can pause the execution of a program without aborting it altogether by marking breakpoints in your code You can use these breakpoints to interrupt program execution for debugging Breakpoints can be either conditional or unconditional Breakpoints apply to specific lines of code but LabWindows CVI maintains them separately from your source file If you modify your source code outside of the LabWindows CVI environment you might invalidate breakpoint position information If you set a breakpoint on a line that contains no executable code a dialog box appears when you attempt to debug the project The dialog box contains options to delete the breakpoint disable the breakpoint terminate debugging or move the breakpoint to the next line that contains code You can use the Breakpoint function to insert a breakpoint directly in your source file You also can use watch expressions for debugging With wat
133. Wo NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS Measurement Studio Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI User Manual Y NATIONAL September 2001 Edition y INSTRUMENTS Part Number 320681F 01 Worldwide Technical Support and Product Information ni com National Instruments Corporate Headquarters 11500 North Mopac Expressway Austin Texas 78759 3504 USA Tel 512 683 0100 Worldwide Offices Australia 03 9879 5166 Austria 0662 45 79 90 0 Belgium 02 757 00 20 Brazil 011 284 5011 Canada Calgary 403 274 9391 Canada Montreal 514 288 5722 Canada Ottawa 613 233 5949 Canada Qu bec 514 694 8521 Canada Toronto 905 785 0085 China Shanghai 021 6555 7838 China ShenZhen 0755 3904939 Denmark 45 76 26 00 Finland 09 725 725 11 France 01 48 14 24 24 Germany 089 741 31 30 Greece 30 1 42 96 427 Hong Kong 2645 3186 India 91805275406 Israel 03 6120092 Italy 02 413091 Japan 03 5472 2970 Korea 02 596 7456 Malaysia 603 9596711 Mexico 5 280 7625 Netherlands 0348 433466 New Zealand 09 914 0488 Norway 32 27 73 00 Poland 0 22 528 94 06 Portugal 351 1 726 9011 Singapore 2265886 Spain 91 640 0085 Sweden 08 587 895 00 Switzerland 056 200 51 51 Taiwan 02 2528 7227 United Kingdom 01635 523545 For further support information see the Technical Support Resources appendix To comment on the documentation send e mail to techpubseni com Copyright 1994 2001 National Instruments Corporation All rights reserved Important Information
134. a in which programs are edited and executed A LabWindows CVI work area in which textual output to and input from the user take place The LabWindows CVI User Interface Analysis Data Formatting and I O GPIB GPIB 488 2 DDE TCP RS 232 Utility and C system libraries G 6 ni com Glossary String Display window A window for viewing and editing string variables and arrays T text box A dialog box item in which text is entered from the keyboard U User Interface Editor The window in which you build pull down menus dialog boxes panels window and controls and save them to a User Interface Resource uir file V Variables window A window that shows the values of all the currently active variables W Watch window A window that shows the values of user selectable variables and expressions that are currently active window A working area that supports specific tasks related to developing and executing programs National Instruments Corporation G 7 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index A About LabWindows CVI command Help menu 3 76 ActiveX Container Support option Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 27 ActiveX controllers and servers See Tools menu Add File to Project command File menu Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 7 User Interface Editor window 4 4 Add File to Source Control command Source Code Control submenu 3 54 Add Files to Executable button Target Settings dialog box 3 14 A
135. able All button activates all the breakpoints The breakpoint icons in the Source window change color to indicate that you enabled them The OK button accepts the current breakpoint attributes and the Cancel button cancels the current operation Run Stack Trace You can use the Stack Trace command only when in a breakpoint state Stack Trace opens a dialog box that lists the currently active functions in the program displaying the most recently called function at the top and the initial function at the bottom If you highlight a function in the list and select Display a Source window appears with the file that contains that function LabWindows CVI highlights the last statement that your program executed in that function Run Up Call Stack You can use the Up Call Stack command only when in a breakpoint state Up Call Stack moves up one level in the function call stack Run Down Call Stack You can use the Down Call Stack command only when in a breakpoint state Down Call Stack moves down one level in the function call stack Run View Variable Value View Variable Value is a convenient way to view the contents of arrays structures and global variables that appear in source code Highlight the variable that you want to see and select View Variable Value Depending on the type of the variable the Variables Array Display or String Display window appears with your selected variable highlighted Run Add Watch Expression Add Wat
136. ace Editor Window For each server that you select LabWindows CVI runs the ActiveX Controller Wizard when you generate all code To automatically generate all code select the panels you want to load and display in the user interface Also select the callback function or functions you want to terminate the program and then click on OK When you choose Code Generate All Code LabWindows CVI produces the include statements the variable declarations the function skeletons and the main function and places them in the target file The callback functions you selected to terminate program execution include a call to the User Interface Library QuitUserInterface function Unless you have selected the Code Preferences Always Append Code to End option LabWindows CVI places the skeleton code for each callback function at the cursor position in the target file If the cursor is inside an existing function LabWindows CVI repositions the cursor at the end of that function before inserting the new function CodeBuilder places all functions of one type panel callback control callback or menu callback together in the source file Any panel callbacks are placed first in the source file control callbacks are placed next and menu callbacks are placed last Refer to the Code Preferences section for more information on specifying the location of generated code Function skeletons for control and panel callbacks include the complete prototype the proper
137. ach function panel in the function tree the source c file is searched for the function definition The header h file is searched for the function declaration If a function definition or declaration cannot be found in the appropriate file an empty function shell is generated in the file Tools Go To Definition Go To Definition opens the driver source file and jumps to the definition of the function that is currently selected in the function tree Tools Go To Declaration Go To Declaration opens the driver include file and jumps to the declaration of the function that is currently selected in the function tree Tools Source Code Control Source Code Control contains menu items that you can use to perform operations with your source code control system LabWindows CVI does not provide a source code control system If you have one that implements the standard Source Code Control Interface you can attach a LabWindows CVI project to your source code control system using Options Source Code Control Options in the Project window Window Menu Use commands in the Window menu to bring any open window to the front for viewing or editing Refer to the Window Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of the commands in the Window Menu LabWindows CVI User Manual 7 10 ni com Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor Options Menu Use the commands in the Options menu to select the help style generate function protot
138. acros _CVI_ is defined to be 1 in LabWindows CVI version 3 0 301 in version 3 0 1 and 310 in version 3 1 and so on NI mswin NI mswin32 NI i386 CVI DEBUG is defined if the Debug item is checked in the Configuration submenu of the Project window Build menu The value of the macro is 1 CVI EXE is defined if the project Target Type is Executable CVI DLL is defined if Target Type is Dynamic Link Library CVI LIB is defined if Target Type is Static Library LINK CVIRTE is defined if the project s Runtime Support is Full Runtime Engine The target will link to cvirte d11 LINK INSTRSUP is defined if the project s Runtime Support is Instrument Driver Only The target will link to instrsup d11 LINK_CVI_LVRT_ is defined if the project s Runtime Support is LabVIEW Real Time Only The target will link to cvi_1vrt d11 DEFALIGNis defined to the default structure alignment 8 for Microsoft 1 for Borland NI VC is defined to 220 if in Microsoft Visual C C compatibility mode NI BC is defined to 451 if in Borland C C compatibility mode WINDOWS WIN32 WIN32 J WIN32 ANT M IX86 is defined to 400 _ FLAT is defined to 1 Note LabWindows CVI does not define MSC_VERor BORLANDC The external compilers each define one of these macros If you port code originally developed under one of these external compilers to LabWindows CVI you might have to manually define one of these macros National Instrumen
139. active window to disk using a new filename you specify and changes the name of the active window to the name you specified File Save Copy of FP File As Use the Save Copy of FP File As command to save a copy of your p using a name you specify without changing the name of the active window File Close The Close command closes the active window If you have modified the contents of the window since the last save LabWindows CVI prompts you to save the file to disk LabWindows CVI User Manual 7 2 ni com Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor File Save All The Save All command saves all open files to disk File Add FP File To Project The Add FP File To Project command adds the p file to the project list File Add Program File To Project The Add File To Project command adds the file in the current window to the project list File Read Only The Read Only command suppresses the text editing capabilities in the current window When you initially open a file LabWindows CVI disables the Read Only command unless the file is read only on disk Edit Menu Use the commands in the Edit menu to edit the entries in the function tree Edit Cut Cut deletes the selected function or class from the tree and copies it to the clipboard Edit Copy Copy copies the selected function or class from the tree to the clipboard Edit Paste Above Paste Above inserts the contents of the clipboard into the tree above the sele
140. ag The Toggle Tag command toggles the tag associated with the active line Use tags to mark lines of code that you want to revisit quickly View Next Tag Use the Next Tag command to go to the next tagged line Selecting Next Tag repeatedly takes you to all tagged lines in the windows you specify using the Tag Scope command View Previous Tag Use the Previous Tag command to go to the previous tagged line Selecting Previous Tag repeatedly takes you to all tagged lines in the windows you specify using the Tag Scope command National Instruments Corporation 5 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows View Tag Scope Use the Tag Scope command to set which files you want to search with Next Tag and Previous Tag You can set the scope to the current window all open windows or all files View Clear Tags Use the Clear Tags command to selectively remove existing tags View Function Panel Tree The Function Panel Tree command displays the Select Function Panel dialog box for the most recently used function panel View Recall Function Panel When you are editing a function call in a Source window or the Interactive Execution window you might want to display the function panel corresponding to the call You can do this with the Recall Function Panel command The Recall Function Panel command not only finds and displays the panel but also sets the panel controls so that they contain the p
141. age and the code in the generated code box View Include File The Include File command displays the include file associated with the library or instrument driver in a Source window The include file contains all the function prototypes for the library or instrument driver View Current Tree The Current Tree command displays the Select Function Panel dialog box for the most recently used function panel making it easy for you to return to the location of the current panel in the function tree National Instruments Corporation 8 13 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor View Function Panel History The Function Panel History command displays a scrollable list of the function panels you have used during the current LabWindows CVI session You can display function panels from the list as new windows or you can overwrite the current Function Panel window View Find Function Panel When you select the Find Function Panel command a dialog box appears in which you can enter the name of a function You can enter just a substring and the Find Function Panel command finds all functions that contain that substring anywhere in their names For instance if you enter ctr1 and click on OK a dialog box appears with a list of functions including NewCtrl SetCtrlVal GetCtrlVal and so on You can use a regular expression as your search string Refer to Table 5 1 in Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows
142. alog box containing tips to help you learn about features in the LabWindows CVI environment Help Web Links The Web Links command has a submenu that contains links to helpful National Instruments Web sites Help About LabWindows CVI The About LabWindows CVI command displays a read only dialog box with information about your LabWindows CVI session LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 76 ni com User Interface Editor Window A LabWindows CVI Graphical User Interface GUI can consist of panels command buttons pull down menus graphs strip charts knobs meters and many other controls and indicators You can create your GUI programmatically using function calls or you can build a GUI in LabWindows CVI interactively using the User Interface Editor a drop and drag editor with tools for designing arranging and customizing user interface objects With the interactive User Interface Editor you can build an extensive GUI for your program without writing a single line of code When you are finished designing your GUI in the User Interface Editor you save the GUI as a User Interface Resource uix file This section tells you how to create a GUI interactively It describes the User Interface Editor and procedures for creating and editing panels controls and menu bars When you use the User Interface Editor you create and modify user interface resource uir files Enter the User Interface Editor by selecting New or Open from the Fi
143. an store up to 100 edit actions You set the size of the undo stack by selecting Options Preferences The Redo command reverses your last Undo command restoring the screen to its previous state Redo is helpful when you use the Undo command to reverse a series of your edit actions and accidentally go too far The Redo command is enabled only when your previous action was the Undo command Any action disables the Redo command Actions that you can undo and redo appear dynamically in the menu For example when you move a control the menu presents the option Undo Move Control LabWindows CVI User Manual 4 4 ni com Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window Edit Cut and Copy To cut or copy controls to the Windows Clipboard select the control you want to place on the Clipboard and then select Cut or Copy from the Edit menu LabWindows CVI places the selected control on the Clipboard If you used the Copy command the control remains in the window Use the Cut command to delete controls from the window Controls you cut or copy do not accumulate on the Clipboard Every time you cut or copy a control it replaces the previous contents of the Clipboard To use the Cut or Copy commands follow these steps 1 Select the control you want to place on the Clipboard by clicking on the control or pressing Tab until the control is highlighted Select multiple controls by dragging the mouse over the controls You also can press lt Shift Click gt to
144. ance if you enter ctr1 and click on OK a dialog box appears with a list of functions including NewCtrl SetCtrlVal GetCtrlVal and so on You can use a regular expression as your search string Refer to Table 5 1 in Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows for a list of regular expression characters National Instruments Corporation 6 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 6 Using Function Panels If a function panel exists for the function LabWindows CVI displays the panel If two or more function panels exist for the function LabWindows CVI displays a list of the function panels The shortcut key for Find Function Panel is lt Ctrl Shift P gt View Previous Function Panel The Previous Function Panel command displays the previous function panel in the current Function Panel window View Next Function Panel The Next Function Panel command displays the next function panel in the current Function Panel window View Previous Function Panel Window The Previous Function Panel Window command opens the Function Panel window that precedes the current Function Panel window in the same Function Tree View Next Function Panel Window The Next Function Panel Window command opens the Function Panel window that follows the current Function Panel window in the same Function Tree The rotation order for the Function Tree is circular If the first Function Panel window in the tree is visible on the screen selecting
145. and 11 6 LabWindows CVI User Manual I 12 Goto command 11 6 Overwrite command 11 6 User Interface Editor Apply Default Font command 4 10 Control command 4 8 to 4 9 Control Style command 4 10 Copy command 4 5 Copy Panel command 4 5 Cut command 4 5 Cut Panel command 4 5 Delete command 4 5 Edit Custom Controls command 4 10 Menu Bars command 4 6 to 4 7 Panel command 4 7 to 4 8 Paste command 4 5 Redo command 4 4 Set Default Font command 4 10 Tab Order command 4 9 Undo command 4 4 when commands are enabled note 4 4 Variables window Edit Value command 10 3 to 10 4 Find command 10 4 to 10 5 Next Scope command 10 5 Previous Scope command 10 5 Watch window Add Edit Watch Expression command 10 5 to 10 6 Delete Watch Expression command 10 6 Edit Value command 10 5 Find command 10 6 Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 6 to 4 7 Edit Mode command Edit menu 11 5 Edit Node command Edit menu 7 3 Edit Node option Function Tree Editor context menu 7 1 Edit Panel dialog box Attributes for Child Panels section 4 8 ni com Panel Settings section 4 7 to 4 8 Quick Edit Window section 4 8 Source Code Connection section 4 7 Edit Tabbing Order dialog box 4 9 Edit Value command Edit menu Array Display window 11 5 Variables window 10 3 to 10 4 Watch window 10 5 Edit Watch Expression command Edit menu 10 5 Edit Workspace dialog box 3 6 Editing tool 4 1 Editor Preferences command Options menu 5 31 Enab
146. and set the standard I O port to the console Refer to Set StdioPort for information on standard I O port options Create a console application if you want to redirect the standard input or output of your program Version Info When you click on this button the Version Info dialog box appears You can enter version information for the executable file in this dialog box LabWindows CVI saves the version information in the executable as a standard Windows version resource You can obtain the information from the executable by using the Windows SDK functions Get FileVersionInfo and GetFileVersionInfoSize In the Version Info dialog box the entries for File Version and Product Version must be in the form n n n n where n is a number from 0 to 255 LoadExternalModule Options The following options assist you in loading external modules Enable LoadExternalModule Select this option if your project uses LoadExternalModule This option is enabled by default If your project does not use LoadExternalModule disable this option to reduce the size of your executable If you disable the option but still use LoadExternalModule LabWindows CVI prompts you to enable full support You must rebuild your project before the changes take effect Add Files to Executable Use this button to select additional module files you want to link into the Application File These are modules that your project files do not directly reference but that are ref
147. anel Attach and Edit Source Searches the directory that contains the function panel file for a filename that has the same prefix as the function panel file and a c extension If the file is found a new Source window opens with the file displayed in it and the source file is attached to the function panel If the file is not found you are prompted to create a new source file and a blank Source window appears e Detach Program Detaches the program file from the function panel e Reattach Program Attaches a program file to a function panel It searches the directory that contains the function panel file for a filename that has the same prefix as the function panel file and a obj d11 or c extension If a file is found the program attaches it to the function panel Edit Function Tree Invokes the Function Tree Editor Done Exits the Edit Instrument dialog box without modifying the function panel Accessing Function Panels from the Instrument Menu When you select an instrument name in the Instrument menu the Select Function Panel dialog box appears The Select Function Panel dialog box shows the function panels available in the driver you selected Class names appear in the dialog box followed by ellipses The ellipses indicate that more functions or classes of functions exist below that class name If you select Flatten the list box shows all function panels at or below the current level If you select the
148. anel window The new help style uses the standard Windows character set and gives help information for each individual function panel In addition the new help style automatically generates control name and data type information when displaying control help and automatically generates a National Instruments Corporation 7 11 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor function prototype when displaying function help Also the help text editor for the new style help uses word wrap mode Changing the help style only changes how the program interprets help information If you use special extended ASCII characters in your help information and then change to the new style you must change the help text to a Windows compatible character set Use the new help style whenever possible Options Transfer Window Help to Function Help Transfer Window Help to Function Help helps you convert your function panel from old to new style For each function panel window the window help text is transferred to the first function unless the function already has help text Options Generate Function Prototypes Generate Function Prototypes creates an untitled h window that contains prototypes for the functions in the function tree Options Generate Documentation Generate Documentation creates a window that contains a doc file for the function panel file Options Generate Windows Help Generate Windows Help creates a project fil
149. anguage LabWindows CVI User Manual 7 6 ni com Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor B Note The name of every function in an instrument driver begins with a common prefix Do not enter the prefix of the function name LabWindows CVI automatically adds the prefix to each function name You specify the prefix by selecting Create Instrument Adding a Function to an Empty Tree or Class Complete the following steps to add a function to an empty tree or class 1 Select the line that contains Create Class or Function Panel Window 2 Select Create Function Panel Window The Create Function Panel Window Node dialog box appears 3 Complete the Create Function Panel Window Node dialog box The new function name appears in place ofthe Create Class or Function Panel Window message on the selected line Inserting a Function into an Existing Tree Complete the following steps to insert a function at any level in an existing function tree 1 Select an existing function or class at the level you want to place the new function 2 Select Create Function Panel Window The Create Function Panel Window Node dialog box appears 3 Complete the Create Function Panel Window Node dialog box The new function is inserted on the line below the existing function or class The function exists at the same level in the tree as the function or class that originally occupied the line Instrument Menu Use the commands in the Instrument menu to load and edit an in
150. anization of the functions in dialog boxes You use the Function Tree Editor to create the function tree In addition to specifying the appearance the function tree also contains help information that the user can access from the dialog boxes Add this help information as you create the tree Building the Function Panels Users operate the function panels to execute instrument driver functions and to generate code for an application program Each primary function requires a function panel A secondary function can appear on one or more function panels A function panel also can consist entirely of secondary functions The Function Panel Editor lets you build function panels by placing controls on a blank panel in the position and order that you want them to appear LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 48 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window The Function Panel Editor also lets you add online help information for each control on a panel Add this help information as you create each panel Writing the Function Code After you name the function and define its parameter list you write the code to implement the function LabWindows CVI Environment describes the development tools available in LabWindows CVI for testing and debugging your code The instrument driver you create uses full C language source code To develop the instrument driver source code follow the guidelines in Chapter 3 Programming Guidelines for Instrument Drivers in the Measurement Stu
151. apabilities of LabWindows CVI function panels For example to declare an array Of waveform var type from the example presented above add waveform var This example is correct because it includes brackets in the Type box of the Edit Data Type List dialog box and include the typedef declaration for waveform var in the driver include file Examples of incorrect ways to define user defined array data types are shown below Assume the following data type definitions are in an instrument driver header file typedef waveform var waveform arrl typedef waveform var waveform arr2 100 Then the following data type declarations in the Edit Data Type List dialog box are incorrect waveform var This example is incorrect because it lacks brackets waveform arrl This example is incorrect because it lacks brackets waveform arr2 This example is incorrect because it lacks brackets National Instruments Corporation 3 45 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window VISA Data Types The VISA I O library defines a special set of data types The IVI Library also uses some of these data types The data types strictly define the type and size of the parameters and therefore promote the portability of the functions to new operating systems and programming languages A subset of the VISA data types has been defined for use in the development of LabWindows CVI instrument drivers and are accessible as user defined data types The f
152. ar in toolslib localui localui fp Tools Convert UI to Lab Style Use the Convert UI to Lab Style command to convert Classic Style controls to Lab Style controls Converting to Lab Style controls does not change control settings you have specified When you select this command the UIR Conversion dialog box appears e Original UIR Use the Load button to browse to the uir you want to convert New UIR Enter the path and name of the new uir By default LabWindows CVI uses the same path and name of the original uir Backup Original UIR Enable to create a backup of the original uir LabWindows CVI creates the backup in the original location Convert UIR Converts the uir e Quit Cancels the operation and closes the UIR Conversion dialog box User Defined Entries in the Tools Menu You can install your own entries in the Tools menu Each entry invokes an executable with optional command line arguments Select Options Tools Menu Options in the Project window to add your own entries to the Tools menu Window Menu Use commands in the Window menu to bring any open window to the front for viewing or editing Window Cascade Windows Use this command to arrange all open windows so that each title bar is visible Window Tile Windows Use this command to arrange all open windows in smaller sizes to fit next to each other National Instruments Corporation 3 59 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Pro
153. arameter values that appear in the function call After modifying one or more controls you can replace the original call with the modified call Invoking the Recall Function Panel Command Before you invoke the Recall Function Panel command you must indicate the function panel you want to recall The simplest method is to place the cursor on a line that contains a function call or a portion of a function call Also you can select or highlight a range of lines that contain one or more function calls You can select part of a line provided that the part contains a function call If a line contains multiple function calls or one function call embedded within another you can resolve the ambiguity by placing the cursor on or immediately after the function name After you indicate the function call select the View Recall Function Panel The function panel for that function appears and the controls contain the parameter values from the call LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 16 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Recalling a Function Panel from a Function Name Only You can recall a panel from a function name without specifying any of the parameters If you place the keyboard cursor on or immediately after a function name Recall Function Panel recognizes the function name even if a parameter list does not follow it Thus you can simply type a function name into the Source window and execute Recall Function Panel Also
154. ariable Control dialog box e Control Label Specifies the label that appears above the control on the panel e Global Variable Name Specifies the name of the variable whose contents are shown in the global control e Data Type Selects the data type of the item entered in the input control e Display Format Selects the format in which the global variable control displays values You can display integers longs shorts and chars in decimal hexadecimal octal or ASCII You can display doubles and floats in either scientific or floating point notation If the data type is char void a meta data type or an array the display format control is not valid e Control Width Specifies the width of the control in pixels The minimum allowed is 24 The maximum allowed is 2 048 The default control width is 145 pixels Create Message You can place text anywhere on the panel with a message control This serves as an online documentation tool for panels When you select Create Message a dialog box appears Enter the text into the message text control and click the OK button To enter a new line in the message text control press lt Ctrl Enter gt The text appears on the panel and you can position it like any other control Create Function Panel A function panel graphically represents a single function Function panels can contain any of the nine different control types A function panel can have only one return value control The
155. ate a control you can modify it using the items in the Edit menu Refer to the Edit Menu section for more information on editing controls LabWindows CVI User Manual 4 10 ni com Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window View Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the User Interface Editor window View menu View Find UIR Objects Use the Find UIR Objects command to locate objects in user interface resource uir files When you select this command the Find UIR Objects dialog box opens Select the type or types of objects you want to search for by checking the appropriate checkboxes in the left column of the dialog box Search By Select the search criterion from the Search By ring control The choices available are the following Constant Prefix Valid for panels and menu bars Constant Name Valid for controls menus and menu items Prefix Constant Name Valid for all A Callback Function Name Valid for all except menu bars Label Valid for all except menu bars Enter the text you want to search for into the string control You can view a list of all the strings in the file that match the current Search By criterion by clicking on the arrow to the right of the string control or by using the up and down arrow keys Find Allows you to select which types of UIR objects to search for Wrap Continues your search at the beginning of the file after reaching the end of the
156. ate Output Control dialog box Control Label Specifies the label that appears above the control on the panel Parameter Position Selects the location of the control value in the function parameter list For a control in a common control panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter lists of all function panels in a function panel window The first position is one 1 For a control on a function panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter list after the controls in the common control panel The first position after the controls in the common control panel is one 1 If there is no common control panel the first position is one 1 Data Type Selects the data type of the variable or value displayed in the output control Default Value Specifies the default value that the control displays You can leave this item blank Display Format Selects the format in which the output control displays values You can display integers longs shorts and chars in decimal hexadecimal octal or ASCII You can display doubles and floats in either scientific or floating point notation If the data type is char void a meta data type or an array the display format control is not valid Control Width Specifies the width of the control in pixels The minimum allowed is 24 The maximum allowed is 2 084 The default control width is 145 pixels Create Return Value A return value control d
157. atible with CVI 5 0 1 3 64 Maximum number of compile errors 3 66 Maximum stack size 3 62 Prompt for include file paths 3 63 Require Function Prototypes 3 65 5 4 Require function prototypes 3 65 Require return values for non void functions 3 65 to 3 66 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Show Build Error window for warnings 3 66 Stop on first file with errors 3 66 Track include file dependencies 3 63 Unitialized local variables detection 3 64 compiler support external See External Compiler Support dialog box compiling files See Build menu conditional breakpoints 5 23 conditional expressions detecting assignments in 3 65 Configuration command submenu Build menu 3 8 to 3 10 Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library command 3 9 Create Debuggable Executable command 3 9 Create Release Dynamic Link Library command 3 10 Create Release Executable command 3 10 Create Static Library command 3 10 Debug option 3 8 Release option 3 9 configuring LabWindows CVI date and time options DSTRules 1 4 directory options 1 3 cvidir 1 3 tmpdir 1 3 font options 1 4 to 1 5 DialogFontBold 1 4 DialogFontName 1 4 DialogFontSize 1 4 MenuFontBold 1 5 MenuFontName 1 5 MenuFontSize 1 5 setting 1 2 startup options table 1 1 string value for Registry figure 1 2 timer options useDefaultTimer 1 4 console application creating 3 14 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 6 Console window using for standard I O when
158. ats the following statements the same extern int fn void int fn void LabWindows CVI treats the following statements as errors static int fn void static int fn e LabWindows CVI treats all global data declarations in the Interactive Execution window as if they are declared as static unless the extern keyword precedes them If the extern keyword precedes them the global declaration must exist in a loaded instrument or in a file in the project The following data declaration is invalid in the Interactive Execution window extern int x 6 Using Subwindows The Source and Interactive Execution windows support subwindows so that you can have two scrollable editing areas for the same file To create a subwindow from any of these windows use the mouse to drag the thin line beneath the menu bar or toolbar if you have activated the Toolbar option from the View menu to a lower position in the window You can then switch between the subwindows by pressing F6 or by clicking in a subwindow with the mouse Selecting Text in the Source and Interactive Execution Window Certain LabWindows CVI commands require that you select the block of text to which the next command applies In LabWindows CVI you can select a range of characters a range of lines or a range of columns When you select a block of text it is highlighted on the screen To select text with the keyboard hold down the Shift key as you move the keyboard
159. auses the panel to close Top Sets the barrier for the top edge of the panel in pixels Left Sets the barrier for the left edge of the panel in pixels Height Sets the barrier for the height of the panel in pixels Width Sets the barrier for the width of the panel in pixels National Instruments Corporation 4 7 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 4 Edit Control User Interface Editor Window Scroll Bars Enables or disables scroll bars on the panel Auto Center Vertically when loaded Automatically centers the panel in the vertical center of your monitor Auto Center Horizontally when loaded Automatically centers the panel in the horizontal center of your monitor Other Attributes Sets behavior and feature attributes of the panel Refer to the panel attributes discussion for more details From the Quick Edit Window you can perform high level edits on the panel The tools in the toolbar operate like the tools in the main User Interface Editor window Refer to the User Interface Editor Overview section for more information The Attributes for Child Panels section of the Edit Panel dialog box has the following options Frame Style Sets the styles of the frame in the Child Panel Frame Thickness Sets the frame thickness in the Child Panel Title Bar Thickness Sets the title bar thickness in the Child Panel Size Title Bar Height to Font Sets the size of the title bar to match th
160. backs When you select Code Generate All Callbacks LabWindows CVI produces the include statements and the callback function skeletons and places them in the target file Generate Panel Callbacks Before you can choose Code Generate Panel Callback you must activate a panel When you select Code Generate Panel Callback LabWindows CVI produces the include statements and the function skeleton for the active panel and places them in the target file Generate Control Callbacks Before you can choose Generate Control Callbacks you must select at least one control When you select Code Generate Control Callbacks LabWindows CVI produces the include statements and the function skeleton for each selected control and places them in the target file LabWindows CVI User Manual 4 18 ni com Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window You also can generate a control callback function skeleton by clicking on the control with the right mouse button and selecting the Generate Control Callback command from the pop up menu Generate Menu Callbacks Selecting Code Generate Menu Callbacks opens the Select Menu Bar Objects dialog box Select the menu bar objects for which you want to generate callbacks and then click on OK When you select OK LabWindows CVI produces the include statements the function prototypes and the opening and closing brackets for each callback function No switch construct or case statements are produced because th
161. bar buttons that currently appear in the toolbar National Instruments Corporation 5 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows The Customize Source Window Toolbar dialog box gives you several ways to configure your toolbar Adding and Positioning Buttons Use the Add Button controls to add and position new buttons on the toolbar First select the button you want to add to the toolbar from the list box on the left In the list box on the right select the button you want to place the new button next to The Above button positions the item you are adding above the button that you selected in the list box on the right After you click on OK the new item appears to the left of the other button in the toolbar The Below button positions the item you are adding below the button that you selected in the list box on the right After you click on OK the new item appears to the right of the other button in the toolbar Adding and Positioning Separators Use the Add Separator controls to add and position separators on the toolbar Select a button in the list box on the right The Above button adds a separator above the button that you selected in the list box on the right After you click on OK a small gap the separator appears in the toolbar to the left of the selected button The Below button adds a separator below the button that you selected in the list box on the right After you click on OK a small gap
162. ble declarations and assignment statements in C without declaring a main function You can use the Interactive Execution window to test portions of code before including them in your main program You also can use the Interactive Execution window to execute functions exported by a loaded instrument or by a file in the project if the project has been linked The Interactive Execution window can access functions and data declared as global in a Source window but a Source window cannot access the functions and data declared in the Interactive Execution window Refer to the Interactive Execution Window section for the rules governing code execution in the Interactive Execution window LabWindows CVI does not disturb asynchronous I O RS 232 ports opened files and User Interface Library resources you use in the Interactive Execution window at the beginning or end of execution in the Interactive Execution window LabWindows CVI terminates closes or deletes these program elements only when one of the following events occur e You select Build Clear Interactive Declarations Youselect Edit Clear Window e Youlink a project e You run a project LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 24 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Run Time Error Reporting LabWindows CVI reports various run time errors during the execution of a program One example of a run time error is a call to a LabWindows CVI library function with an array or
163. ble only when the currently highlighted item is a function name or the name of a formal parameter or local variable The command opens the Source window that contains the call to the function in which your program suspended execution and highlights the function call To execute the Go To Execution Position command you can double click on the function name or press lt Ctrl P gt View Go To Definition This command is valid only in the Variables window The Go To Definition command opens the Source window that contains the definition of the currently selected function or variable and highlights the definition View Source Code Browser This command operates the same way as the Tools Source Code Browser command in the Project Window Refer to the Tools Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for more information View Array Display The Array Display command invokes the Array Display window for the currently highlighted array To invoke the Array Display window double click on an array variable or press F4 Refer to Chapter 11 Array and String Display Windows for more information View String Display The String Display command invokes the String Display window for the currently highlighted string To invoke the String Display window double click on a string variable or press lt Shift F4 gt Refer to Chapter 11 Array and String Display Windows for more information View Memory Display The Memory Display command display
164. can paste the same object as many times as you need to You cannot paste a return value control on a function panel that already contains one A function panel can contain only one return value control Edit Cut Panel The Cut Panel command removes the selected panel from the function panel window and places the panel its controls and all the associated help information on the clipboard The contents of the clipboard stay in place when you change function panel windows Edit Copy Panel The Copy Panel command copies the selected panel its controls and all the associated help information to the clipboard The contents of the clipboard stay in place when you change function panel windows Edit Edit Control You can modify an existing control with Edit Control When you select Edit Control you see the same series of dialog boxes you use to create the control The Create Menu discusses the proper use of these dialog boxes LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 4 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Edit Change Control Type You can change the type of a control with Change Control Type When you select Change Control Type a dialog box appears that lists the available control types Select the desired control type from the dialog box When you select a new control type you see the same series of dialog boxes that you use to create the control The Create Menu section gives more information about using these dialog boxes If you change
165. ccurred LabWindows CVI lists the error in the Run Time Errors window LabWindows CVI then suspends the program so you can inspect the values of variables in the Variables window To terminate a program that has been suspended because of a run time error select the Terminate Execution command or press Ctrl F12 while a LabWindows CVI Environment window is active Debugging DLLs If you set the Target Type item in the Build menu to Dynamic Link Library and set the Configuration item in the Build menu to Debug the Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library command appears in the Build menu When you use the Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library command LabWindows CVI includes debug code in your DLL and generates an extra file that contains a symbol table and source position information necessary for debugging The extra file has the same pathname as the DLL except that its extension 1s cdb National Instruments Corporation 3 31 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window In the LabWindows CVI development environment you can debug only DLLs you create in LabWindows CVI with the Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library command Other development environments cannot debug DLLs you create in LabWindows CVI The amount of debugging information included in the DLL and debug file depends on the value of the Debugging Level control in the Build Options dialog box Location of Files Required for Debugging DLLs To debug a DLL
166. ch Expression is a convenient way to view the value of an expression that appears in source code Highlight the expression that you want to see and select Add Watch Expression The Watch window appears with the expression you selected National Instruments Corporation 5 27 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Run Threads The Threads command brings up a dialog box listing the threads in the program you are debugging Use this dialog box to select the threads whose local variables and call stack you want to view When you select a thread from this dialog box and click on OK to close the dialog box LabWindows CVI displays the local variables for the selected thread in the variable display and displays the current source position of the thread in a Source window The Stack Trace Up Call Stack and Down Call Stack commands in the Source windows Run menu display information on the currently selected thread The watch display shows the thread specific values of the expressions in the Watch window Instrument Menu The Instrument menu is a dynamic menu It contains a list of the loaded instrument drivers and commands to load unload and edit instruments When you load an instrument its name appears in the list When you unload an instrument its name disappears from the list When you select an instrument name in the Instrument menu you can access its function panels Refer to the Instrument Menu sect
167. ch expressions you can specify that LabWindows CVI suspend execution conditionally without regard to a specific line of code e Note Breakpoints and watch expressions apply only to source code modules You cannot set breakpoints in include files e Note Some system functions on some systems might break execution when called with invalid arguments For example CA FreeMemory might break execution when called with a pointer that was not allocated Breakpoint State When a program reaches a breakpoint LabWindows CVI positions the keyboard cursor at the next program statement to execute and outlines the statement You cannot edit the source code in the window while the breakpoint is in effect However you can use many other features of the LabWindows CVI environment For instance you can look at other windows change the state of breakpoints and modify the value of variables in the Variables Array Display and String Display windows Also if you are at a breakpoint in a Source window you can execute code in the Interactive Execution window or in a function panel LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 22 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows To resume the execution after a breakpoint you have several options under the Run menu You can restart the project at a breakpoint by selecting Debug To halt the execution of a program at a breakpoint select Terminate Execution or press Ctrl F12 while a LabWindows CVI environ
168. command Source Code Control submenu 3 54 Undoable Actions Per File Next Session option Editor Preferences command 5 31 unitialized variable options Detect unitialized local variables at run time 3 63 Unitialized local variables detection Aggressive mode 3 64 Conservative mode 3 64 Disabled mode 3 64 Unload command Instrument menu Function Panel Editor 8 15 Function Tree Editor 7 8 Project window 3 50 unloading instrument drivers See loading unloading instrument drivers unreachable code detecting 3 64 to 3 65 unreferenced identifiers detecting 3 65 Up Call Stack command Run menu 5 27 Use Only One Browse Info Window option Environment command 3 70 Use Only One Function Panel Window option Environment command 3 51 3 70 useDefaultTimer option 1 4 user defined entries Tools menu 3 59 User Defined Tokens for Coloring command Options menu 5 33 user interface constants selecting 6 9 to 6 10 attribute constants 6 10 to 6 11 attribute value 6 11 from uir files 6 9 to 6 10 User Interface Editor Arrange menu 4 13 to 4 15 Code menu 4 15 to 4 20 CodeBuilder overview 4 2 to 4 3 ni com Create menu 4 10 Edit menu 4 4 to 4 10 File menu 4 3 to 4 4 Library menu 4 21 Options menu 4 21 to 4 23 overview 4 1 to 4 2 Run menu 4 20 tool icons 4 1 to 4 2 Tools menu 4 21 using pop up menus 4 2 View menu 4 11 to 4 12 Window menu 4 21 User Interface Editor Preferences dialog box More button 4 23 Pre
169. command displays the first Function Panel window in the Function Tree View Last Function Panel Window The Last Function Panel Window command displays the last Function Panel window in the Function Tree Instrument Menu Use the commands in the Instrument menu to load and edit an instrument driver and to edit a function in the loaded instrument driver The Instrument menu lists the loaded instrument drivers Instrument Load Select Instrument Load to add a new instrument driver to the Instrument menu The Load command operates like the File Open command When you select the Load command the Load Instrument dialog box appears Enter the appropriate information to select an existing function panel file Instrument Unload Select Instrument Unload to remove one or all instrument drivers from the Instrument menu When you select the Unload command the Unload Instrument dialog box appears In this dialog box you have the following options Use the mouse or the cursor keys and space bar to individually select which instrument drivers to unload e Select all instrument drivers by clicking the Check All button e Deselect all instrument drivers by clicking the Check None button e Click the OK button to unload the selected instrument drivers Click the Cancel button to return without unloading any instrument drivers National Instruments Corporation 8 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor I
170. command invokes the Function Tree Editor Options Operate Function Panel The Operate Function Panel command lets you operate the current function panel window Help Menu You use the commands in the Help menu to access information about LabWindows CVI Refer to the Help Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of the commands in the Help Menu National Instruments Corporation 8 19 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Function Panel Editor Examples Creating a Function Window In this example you create a function panel without writing any code The example panel controls an oscilloscope with two channels and configures the vertical sensitivity coupling and invert setting of the oscilloscope Complete the following steps to create a new instrument and panel Select File New Function Tree fp Select Create Instrument Enter Function Panel Examples as the Name and panel as the Prefix Click on OK Select Create Function Panel Window Enter Configure as the Name and config as the Function Name Click OK Qu E gm py p E Double click the Configure node in the function tree A new function panel window that contains a single function panel appears on the screen Notice that the code name of the function appears in the Generated Code window preceded by the prefix 7 Select Create Binary 8 Complete the Create Binary Control dialog box as shown in the following
171. cted node Edit Paste Below Paste Below inserts the contents of the clipboard into the tree below the selected node Edit Edit Node Edit Node lets you edit the instrument function or class name on the highlighted line Edit Edit Help Edit Help lets you add context sensitive help information to the function tree National Instruments Corporation 7 3 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor Edit Edit Function Panel Window Edit Function Panel Window lets you edit the selected function panel window in the Function Panel Editor The function panel window is a collection of panels that represent all functions that users can interactively call from that window Edit FP Auto Load List FP Auto Load List allows you to specify other instrument drivers that the current instrument driver depends on LabWindows CVI loads these instrument drivers automatically when you load the current instrument driver The FP Auto Load List command opens a dialog box in which you can list simple p filenames Do not include drive or directory names When you load the current instrument driver LabWindows CVI tries also to load the instrument drivers identified by these p filenames LabWindows CVI looks for these p files in the following sequence 1 Ifthe p file is under the VXIplug amp play framework directory LabWindows CVI looks for the p file using the following pathnames where vpp rmwk is the
172. ction 4 22 Preprocess Source File command Options menu 5 35 Preview User Interface Header File command View menu 4 12 Previous Build Error command View menu 5 21 Previous Function Panel command View menu Function Panel Editor 8 14 Function Panel windows 6 16 Previous Function Panel Window command View menu Function Panel Editor 8 14 Function Panel windows 6 16 Previous Panel command View menu Function Panel windows 6 2 User Interface Editor window 4 12 Previous Scope command Edit menu 10 5 Previous Tag command View menu 5 15 Print command File menu Project window 3 5 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 7 User Interface Editor window 4 4 Project command Window menu 3 60 project files optional files 3 1 required files 3 1 saving automatically 3 5 View menu commands for displaying 3 8 Project window Build menu 3 8 to 3 30 debugging DLLs 3 31 to 3 35 Edit menu 3 6 to 3 7 File menu 3 3 to 3 5 Help menu 3 75 to 3 76 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 28 icons 3 1 to 3 2 Instrument menu 3 50 to 3 52 Library menu 3 52 opening with New command 3 3 with Open command 3 4 optional files 3 1 Options menu 3 62 to 3 75 overview 3 1 to 3 3 purpose and use 2 3 required files 3 1 Run menu 3 31 to 3 35 selecting multiple files 3 2 to 3 3 Tools menu 3 52 to 3 59 using instrument drivers 3 36 to 3 50 View menu 3 8 Window menu 3 59 to 3 62 Prompt for include file paths option 3 63 Prope
173. d destructors are also generated The generated class references classes that are defined in ivibase hpp and iviexcpt hpp which are located in the cvi include directory You can edit these classes to customize the generated wrapper class This command is available only for IVI drivers National Instruments Corporation 7 9 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor Tools Enable Auto Replace Enable Auto Replace enables the updating of instrument driver source files to reflect changes to function names in the function tree This option is global to LabWindows CVI so enabling it in one Function Tree Editor window enables it for all Function Tree Editor windows This command is dimmed for function trees that have not yet been saved When this option is enabled and not dimmed LabWindows CVI updates the instrument driver c h and sub files to reflect changes you make to function names or the instrument prefix in the Function Tree Editor window or Function Panel Editor window When you change a function name LabWindows CVI prompts you for permission to update your instrument driver to reflect the new name When you change the instrument prefix LabWindows CVI prompts you for permission to update your instrument driver to reflect the new prefix Tools Generate New Source For Function Tree Generate New Source For Function Tree generates function definitions and declarations into your driver source and include files For e
174. d Interactive Execution windows 5 11 to 5 13 String Display window 11 6 Variables window 10 4 to 10 5 Watch window 10 6 Find dialog box Array Display window 11 5 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 11 to 5 13 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Variables window 10 4 to 10 5 Find Function Panel command View menu Function Panel Editor 8 14 Function Panel windows 6 15 to 6 16 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 17 to 5 18 Find Next button Find UIR Objects dialog box 4 12 Find Next option Find command Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 13 Variable Display and Watch Windows 10 5 Find Prev button Find UIR Objects dialog box 4 12 Find Prev option Find command Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 13 Variable Display and Watch Windows 10 5 Find UIR Objects command View menu 4 11 to 4 12 5 18 Find UIR Objects dialog box Case Sensitive option 4 11 Edit button 4 12 Find button 4 11 Find Next button 4 12 Find option 4 11 Find Prev button 4 12 Regular Expression option 4 11 search criteria in Search By ring control 4 11 Stop button 4 12 Whole Word option 4 11 Wrap option 4 11 Find What text box option Find command 5 11 Finish Function command Run menu 5 25 First Function Panel Window command View menu Function Panel Editor 8 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 16 Function Panel windows 6 16 First Panel command View menu 6 2 _ FLAT macro 3 67 Flatten opt
175. d information on the relationship between instrument drivers and function panels Also you can use function panels to call functions in the project as long as the functions are declared in the Interactive Execution window Thus you can create function panels for functions that you call frequently even if you do not keep the functions in a separate file Refer to the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide for detailed information about creating function panels National Instruments Corporation 6 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Accessing Function Panels You can access a function panel for an instrument driver from the Instrument menu or for a library from the Library menu After you select an instrument or library name choose a panel by making selections from the Select Function Panel dialog box Functions are grouped in a multilevel structure called a function tree This structure groups functions into various classes according to the operation they perform to make finding individual functions easier When the Select Function Panel dialog box contains class names you can select a class name to view the next level of the function tree until you reach a list of Function Panel windows In certain cases it is convenient to access instrument or library module function panels in a linear fashion that is by moving through the list of functions without using the tree structure Th
176. dd FP File to Project command File menu adding help information 9 6 Function Panel Editor 8 3 function panel windows 6 8 Function Tree Editor 7 3 Add Missing Includes command Build menu 5 21 Add Program File to Project command File menu adding help information 9 6 Function Panel Editor 8 3 Function Panel windows 6 7 Function Tree Editor 7 3 Add Watch Expression command Code menu 6 7 6 14 Options menu 10 2 10 14 Run menu 5 27 Add Edit Tools Menu Item dialog box 3 73 Add Edit Watch Expression command Edit menu 10 5 to 10 6 Add Edit Watch Expression dialog box 10 2 National Instruments Corporation Align command Arrange menu 4 13 Edit menu 8 5 Align Horizontal Centers command Arrange menu 4 13 Alignment command Arrange menu 4 13 Edit menu 8 5 All Callbacks command Generate menu 4 18 All Code command Generate submenu 4 16 to 4 17 All Files command Add Files to Project dialog box 3 7 Alphabetize option Select Function Panel dialog box 3 51 Always Append Code to End option Preferences command 4 20 ANSI C Library display External Compiler support dialog box 3 22 Any Array data type 3 43 Any Type data type 3 43 to 3 44 Application File option Target Settings dialog box 3 12 Application Icon File option Target Settings dialog box 3 12 Application Title option Target Settings dialog box 3 12 applications creating 2 4 to 2 5 Apply Default Font command Edit menu 4 10 Arrange menu
177. de that is currently selected If the Find command brings up a Help Editor window and you do not use the button bar you must return to the Function Tree Editor window to continue searching throughout the panel The Find command in the Help Editor window searches only within the window You can return to the Function Tree Editor window by pressing F7 On the other hand the Find command in the Function Panel Editor window continues searching through the entire function panel file Edit Replace The Replace command operates the same as the Find command except that you can replace the search string with another search string Edit Control Help You can add or modify context sensitive help information for a particular control with Control Help LabWindows CVI User Manual 8 6 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Edit Function Help or Window Help You can add or modify context sensitive help information for the entire function panel with Function Help or Window Help Function Help corresponds to new style help and Window Help corresponds to old style help Refer to the Editing Help Information section of Chapter 9 Adding Help Information for more information about adding help to a function panel Create Menu The Create menu lets you add controls function panels or a common control panel to a function panel window There are nine control types in the Create menu input slide binary ring numeric output return value gl
178. debugging information in LabWindows CVI You can express ProcessID as a decimal number or as a hexadecimal number that you precede with 0x National Instruments Corporation 1 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 1 Configuring LabWindows CVI How to Set the Configuration Options LabWindows CVI Development Environment Configuration Options are under the following key where version is the version of the LabWindows CVI Development Environment HKEY LOCAL MACHINENSOFTWARENNational Instruments VCVIN version For example use the following key to set the configuration options for the LabWindows CVI 6 0 Development Environment HKEY LOCAL MACHINE SOFTWARE National Instruments CVI 5 5 LabWindows CVI Run time Engine configuration options are under the following key HKEY LOCAL MACHINE SOFTWARE National Instruments CVI Run Time Engine cvirte Your programs when you run them from the environment or standalone use the Run Time Engine configuration options A configuration string value is associated with each option as shown in the following figure Registry Editor Registry Edit View Favorites Help Data value not set Msvc Re cvI Objects Installed Ox00000001 1 ab InstallDir C MeasurementStudio CvI ab ProgramFolder National Instruments Measurement Studio My Computer 3 HKEY CLASSES ROOT A HKEY CURRENT USER 3 HKEY LOCAL MACHINE Eg SOFTWARE a National Instruments
179. der common control compiler define control cursor cursor location indicator D default command dialog box LabWindows CVI User Manual A dialog box item that allows you to toggle between two possible options A temporary storage area LabWindows CVI uses to hold text that is cut copied or deleted from a work area The LabWindows CVI feature that creates code based ona uir file to connect your GUI to the rest of your program This code can be compiled and run as soon as it is created A control on a Common Control Function Panel that specifies a parameter in all functions associated with a Function Panel window A command line argument passed to the compiler that defines an identifier as a macro to the preprocessor An input and output device that appears on a function panel for specifying function parameters and displaying function results The flashing rectangle that shows where you can enter text on the screen If you have a mouse installed there is also a mouse cursor An element of the LabWindows CVI screen that specifies the row and column position of the cursor in the window The action that takes place when lt Enter gt is pressed and no command is specifically selected Default command buttons are indicated in dialog boxes with an outline A prompt mechanism in which you specify additional information needed to complete a command G 2 ni com E entry mode indicator excluded code F
180. dialog box to select the degree of debugging information you want LabWindows CVI to generate for the executable For information on the Debugging level control settings refer to the Options Build Options section To debug the executable you create with this command use the Debug menu item in the Run menu of a Project Source or Variables window You can specify the filename of the executable as well as other executable settings by selecting the Target Settings menu item You can set other compile and run options using the menu items in the Options menu of the Project window Build Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library The Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library menu item appears if you select the Debug item in the Configuration submenu and the Dynamic Link Library item in the Target Type submenu Use this menu item to compile and build a DLL with debugging information Use the Debugging level control on the Build Options dialog box to select the degree of debugging information you want LabWindows CVI to generate for the executable You can specify the filename of the DLL as well as other DLL settings by selecting the Target Settings menu item You can set other compile and run options using the menu items in the Options menu of the Project window The Debug command also generates a DLL import library for the DLL For information on debugging DLLs refer to the Debugging DLLs section National Instruments Corporation 3 9 LabWin
181. dialog box to set initial attribute values for each panel that you create in the User Interface Editor Resolution Adjustment Specifies the degree to which LabWindows CVI scales your panels and their contents when you display them on screens with resolutions different than the one on which you create them This option also appears in the Other Attributes dialog box that you can activate from the Edit Panel dialog box by selecting Edit Panel in the User Interface Editor window To programmatically override this setting you can call the SetSystemAttribute withthe ATTR RESOLUTION ADJUSTEMENT attribute before calling LoadPanel or LoadPanelEx Conform to System Colors Forces panels and the controls they contain to use the system colors This option also appears in the Other Attributes dialog box that you can activate from the Edit Panel dialog box by selecting Edit Panel To programmatically set this option you can call SetPanelAttribute with the ATTR CONFORM TO SYSTEM attribute When this option is enabled you cannot change any panel or control colors UseSystem Colors as Defaults for Panels and Controls LabWindows CVI uses the system colors as the initial colors for panels and controls you create when this box is checked You can subsequently change the colors without restriction Note You must disable two options Conform to System Colors and Use System Colors as Defaults for Panels and Controls to set the following opt
182. diate action menu input control input focus instrument driver Interactive Execution window LabWindows CVI User Manual A function panel control that displays the contents of global variables in a library function Global controls allow you to monitor global variables in a function that the function does not specifically return as results These are read only controls that the user cannot alter and do not contribute a parameter to the generated code Hexadecimal The way in which input focus is displayed on a LabWindows CVI screen to move the input focus onto an item A menu that has no menu items associated with it and causes a command to execute immediately An immediate action command is suffixed with an exclamation point A function panel control that accepts a value typed in from the keyboard An input control can have a default value associated with it This value appears in the control when the panel is first displayed Displayed on the screen as a highlight on an item signifying that the item is active User input affects the item in the dialog box that has the input focus A set of high level functions for controlling an instrument It encapsulates many low level operations such as data formatting and GPIB RS 232 and VXI communication into intuitive high level functions An instrument driver can pertain to one particular instrument or to a group of related instruments An instrument driver consists of a p
183. dio Help Measurement Studio Library Tools Edit ActiveX Server Use the Edit ActiveX Server dialog box to create and modify objects and interfaces in your ActiveX server Refer tothe Edit ActiveX Server in the LabWindows CVI Help for more information Also refer to Building ActiveX Servers in LabWindows CVI from Start Program Files National Instruments Measurement Studio Help Measurement Studio Library Tools Create IVI Instrument Driver Select Tools Create IVI Instrument Driver to open the Instrument Driver Development Wizard to create the source file include file and function panel file for controlling an instrument You can base the new instrument driver on one of the following e An existing driver for a similar instrument e The core IVI driver template e An IVI instrument class template The Instrument Driver Development Wizard copies the template or existing driver files and replaces all instances of the original instrument prefix with the prefix you select for your new driver Refer to the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide for more information on the Instrument Driver Development Wizard Tools Source Code Control The Source Code Control submenu contains menu items that you can use to perform operations with your source code control system LabWindows CVI does not provide a source code control system If you have a source code control system that implements the Microsoft standa
184. dio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide Operating the Driver After you create the c obj or d11 h and p files you can operate the instrument driver Load the driver using the Instruments Load command and operate every function panel that you have created Then use the panels to generate a sample program to verify operation of the driver Using Instrument Drivers gives more details about operating instrument drivers Testing the Instrument Driver AN Before you distribute an instrument driver you should fully test it Test it from within the LabWindows CVI interactive program and as a stand alone application A suggested testing sequence for instrument drivers is outlined here Caution Be sure to save copies of the original instrument source files in a separate directory 1 Load the instrument driver and execute all functions from the function panels 2 Verify correct operation of all functions Create and run a sample application program that exercises all the functions in the driver within LabWindows CVI Verify correct operation of the application program Create and run a sample application that exercises all the functions in the driver within a stand alone application 6 Verify correct operation of the application program National Instruments Corporation 3 49 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Documenting the Driver The final step in creating an instrument driv
185. dow Perform Same Actions for h File as for uir File Because LabWindows CVI generates a uir header file each time the uir file is saved it is a good idea to perform the same source code actions on the header file as you perform on the uir file Ask When you perform a source code control action LabWindows CVI asks if you want to perform the same action on the header file and on the associated uir file Always When you perform a source code control action LabWindows CVI automatically performs the same action on the header file and on the associated uir file Never When you perform a source code control action LabWindows CVI does not perform the same action on the header file and on the associated uir file Do Not Include prj File in Source Code Control Actions Enable this option if you do not want LabWindows CVI to automatically include the LabWindows CVI project file in source code control operations This options always applies to the Get Latest Version of All command It applies to other commands when they are executed from the Project window and no project files are selected Suppress CVI Error Messages Some source code control systems display their own dialog boxes when errors occur during a source code control operation Enabling this option suppresses all LabWindows CVI error dialog boxes displayed when an error is reported by the source code control system Always Show Confirmation Dialog Displa
186. dows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Build Create Release Executable The Create Release Executable menu item appears if you select the Release item in the Configuration submenu and the Executable item in the Target Type submenu Use this menu item to compile and build an executable without debugging information This command ignores the value of the Debugging level control on the Build Options dialog box You can specify the filename of the executable as well as other executable settings by selecting the Target Settings menu item You can set other compile and run options using the menu items in the Options menu of the Project window Build Create Release Dynamic Link Library The Create Release Dynamic Link Library menu item appears if you select the Release item in the Configuration submenu and the Dynamic Link Library item in the Target Type submenu Use this menu item to compile and build a DLL without debugging information This command ignores the value of the Debugging level control on the Build Options dialog box You can specify the filename of the DLL as well as other DLL settings by selecting the Target Settings menu item You can set other compile and run options using the menu items in the Options menu of the Project window This command also generates a DLL import library for the DLL Build Create Static Library The Create Static Library menu item appears if you select the Release item in the Config
187. dows CVI displays the message Insufficient memory for Interactive window you must increase the value in this control select Clear Interactive Declarations from the Build menu in the Interactive Execution window and then execute the function panel or interactive window statements again Lines in Debug Output Window Shows the last n number of lines that you specify Use Only One Function Panel Window Enable this option to overwrite the current function panel window each time you select a new function panel window Use Only One Browse Info Window Enable this option to overwrite the current browse info window each time you select a new file function variable data type or macro e Go to Source After Inserting Code from Function Panel Enable this option if you want LabWindows CVI to close the function panel window after you execute the Insert Function Call command e Check Foreground Lockout Setting on Startup Win2000 98 only Windows 2000 and Windows 98 by default sometimes prevent applications from bringing their windows to the front This behavior prevents LabWindows CVI from bringing its windows to the front when you debug your programs Enable this option if you want LabWindows CVI to prompt you at startup if the system configuration does not allow LabWindows CVI to bring its windows to the front The prompt allows you to change the system setting Enable Data Tool Tips Enable this option if you want LabWindows CV
188. ds in the Edit menu to edit the help text in the window Edit Undo and Redo The Undo command reverses your last edit action LabWindows CVI stores editing actions in a stack so that sequential Undo commands reverse a history of your edit actions The Redo command reverses your last Undo command LabWindows CVI enables the Redo command only when the previous action was the Undo command Edit Cut Cut deletes the selected text in the window and copies the text to the clipboard Edit Copy Copy copies the selected text in the window to the clipboard without deleting the selected text Edit Paste Paste inserts the contents of the clipboard into the window at the location of the cursor Edit Delete Delete discards the selected text in the window without copying it to the clipboard Edit Find Find locates a particular text string in the Help Editor window LabWindows CVI User Manual 9 6 ni com Chapter 9 Adding Help Information Edit Replace Replace replaces particular text in the Help Editor window with other text Edit Revert Revert returns the most recently saved version of help text to the window Tools Menu Use the commands in the Tools menu to jump back to the function panel or function tree node that the help text in the window applies to Tools Edit Function Panel Function Panel opens the Function Panel Editor window for the function panel that contains the current help text If the help te
189. e hpj and two source files rt and whh that you can use with Microsoft Windows Help Compiler to create a Windows help file You are prompted to choose the output language as either C or Visual Basic Options Generate ODL File Generate ODL File creates an Object Description Language od1 file for the instrument driver The od1 file can be input to the MkTypeLib program that comes with the Microsoft OLE 2 SDK This is useful when you create a DLL version of the instrument driver The MkTypeLib program creates a type library that describes the function entry points in the DLL Refer to the OLE 2 Programmers Reference Volume 2 from Microsoft Press for information on using type libraries Options Generate DEF File Generate DEF File generates a def file for the instrument driver External compilers use the def file to compile your instrument driver into a DLL The file contains entries to export each function in the function tree LabWindows CVI User Manual 7 12 ni com Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor Options Create DLL Project The Create DLL Project command creates a LabWindows CVI project prj file that can be used to create a dynamic link library d11 from the program file associated with the function panel p file When you execute this command you are prompted to enter a pathname for the project file After the file is written you are asked if you want to load the project immediately If you do your current
190. e 1 Data Type Selects the data type of the values in the numeric control You can choose from the following data types int short char unsigned int unsigned short unsigned char double float or choose a user defined data type for which you have specified an intrinsic type Default Value Selects the default for the numeric control which must be a valid member of the value set Display Format Selects the output format You can display integers longs and shorts in decimal hexadecimal octal or ASCII You can display doubles and floats in either scientific or floating point notation Precision Selects how many digits the control displays to the right of the decimal point When you click on the Value Set button the Edit Value Set dialog box appears The following items appear in the Edit Value Set dialog box Minimum Selects the minimum value the numeric control accepts Maximum Selects the maximum value the numeric control accepts LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 10 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Inc Value Selects the amount the numeric control value increments or decrements when the user presses the up or down arrows The value in Inc Value must divide evenly into the range of the numeric control Create Output An output control displays the results of a function call When you select Create Output the Create Output Control Dialog Box appears The following items appear in the Cre
191. e Save FP File The Save command writes the contents of the active window to disk If you want to append a different extension type it in after the filename If you do not want to append an extension enter a period after the filename File Save FP File As The Save As command writes the contents of the active window to disk using a new filename you specify and changes the name of the active window to the name you specified File Save Copy of FP File Use the Save Copy of FP File command to save a copy of your p using a name you specify without changing the name of the active window LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 2 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor File Close The Close command closes the active window If you have modified the contents of the window since the last save LabWindows CVI prompts you to save the file to disk File Save All The Save All command saves all open files to disk File Add FP File to Project The Add FP File to Project command adds the p file of the current Function Panel window to the project list File Add Program File to Project The Add Program File to Project command adds the instrument driver program file associated with the p file of the current Function Panel window to the project list File Read Only The Read Only command suppresses the text editing capabilities in the current window When you initially open a file LabWindows CVI disables the Read Only command
192. e Variables window at each breakpoint and you can modify the variables while in a breakpoint state For more information about the Variables window see the Variables Windows section of Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows Window Watch The Watch command brings the Watch window to the front The Watch window shows a set of variables and expressions that you specify You can access the Array Display and String Display windows from the Watch window The Watch window is useful for debugging programs Watch variables and expressions update at each breakpoint unless you set them to update continuously For more information about the Watch window refer to the Watch Window section of Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows Window lInteractive Execution Use the Interactive Execution command to bring the Interactive Execution window to the front Unlike the Source window you can execute incomplete programs in the Interactive Execution window For example you can execute variable declarations and assignment statements in C without declaring a main function Refer to the Interactive Execution Window section of Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows for more information National Instruments Corporation 3 61 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Window Open Source Files The Window menu lists open source files at the bottom If the file is in the project only the filename appears If the file is no
193. e Eae he eiae e ee 7 3 Edit Ut orien A dida di 7 3 Edit Copy urna 7 3 Iovi uis T 7 3 Edit Paste Below aset reet e er Ee le ee lee ea YET 7 3 Edit Edit Node one eee iere it 7 3 Edit Edit A decer pee Pee tei eripe edidi 7 3 Edit Edit Function Panel Window esses 7 4 Edit FP Auto Load List iia diles 7 4 Edity FUN M 7 5 Edit Replace ita Ni ae iin een e qui 7 5 Create Meni m ee 7 5 CreatesInstrument 42 nexa enc ene eR e Ite RU es i 7 5 Create Cl ss ot tess e tres ttt dite e HER YEN ic 7 6 Adding a Class to an Empty Tree or Class sess 7 6 Create Function Panel Window ccccccccceesssscceceessssseeceeeesececeeeesseeeeeeeenses 7 6 Adding a Function to an Empty Tree or Class 7 7 Inserting a Function into an Existing Tree esses 7 7 Instrument MEnUt sc ccdsecesdccccssstectectcgevsatdsseaedsanciecsovenesccacseducsshidesduntveydeesaoseissvespedececstsoedes 7 7 Instrument Lad danita E ee EUR 7 7 Instr ument Unload eee R A a e Ea 7 8 Instrunient Edit iet ite te ee eiii 7 8 TOONS Me A in de dia 7 9 Tools Create ActiveX Controller essen 7 9 Tools Create ActiveX Server eerie a vor retro ele areas 7 9 Tools Edit ActiveX Server rrrainis aaea deins Sdi 7 9
194. e Select Function Panel dialog box has a Flatten option that replaces the function class hierarchy with a list of all function panels at or below the current level Once you have selected a function panel the function panel commands Previous Panel Next Panel First Panel and Last Panel give you access to function panels in this linear manner Refer to the View Menu section for more information about using these commands You can access function panels in other ways as well For instance you might want to return to a panel you recently used or recall a panel from the text of a function call in a Source window The commands that give you access to panels in these and other ways are in the View menu of the Source window A similar set of commands exist in the View menu of the Function Panel window The following figure shows the Configure Channel Function Panel window for a Hewlett Packard 54645 Oscilloscope It contains a function panel that corresponds to the hp54645 ConfigureChannel function You can use controls on function panels to specify parameters for the functions The generated code box at the bottom of the window displays the function calls these function panels generate LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 2 ni com amp Fluke 45 Digital Multimeter VISA 1 0 Configure Measurements File Code View Instrument Library Tools Window Options Help Chapter 6 Using Function Panels selo alao eee 18 Primary Disp
195. e declarations callback function skeletons and main function in the source code file you specify as the target file Each function skeleton contains a switch construct with a case statement for every default event you specify You can set default events for control callback functions and panel callback functions by choosing Code Preferences Although skeleton code runs you must customize it to implement the actions you want to take place for each event When you generate code for a specific control or panel callback function LabWindows CVI places the skeleton code for that function in the target file in the same complete format used for the Code Generate All Code command However this code might not run In order for a project to run a main function must exist If you lack the main function or any of the callback functions you reference in the uir file the code is incomplete LabWindows CVI User Manual 4 2 ni com Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window It is good practice to use the Code Generate All Code option first to produce a running project from the current state of the uir file Then after adding panels controls or menu items to the uir file select Code Generate Panel Callback Control Callbacks or Menu Callbacks to make corresponding additions to the source file Also with CodeBuilder you can make sure that your automatically generated program terminates properly For a CodeBuilder program to terminate successfully yo
196. e file contains only the main function and the include statements and you have not yet created the appropriate callback functions you might get an error when trying to run the project When the main function calls LoadPane1 LabWindows CVI generates a non fatal error for each callback function it cannot find in the source file hy Note The Generate WinMain Instead of Main checkbox enables you to use WinMain instead of main for your main program In LabWindows CVI you can use either function as your program entry point When linking your application in an external compiler it is easier to use WinMain If your project target is a DLL neither WinMain or main are generated Instead CodeBuilder generates a DLLMain function and places the bulk of the User Interface function calls in a function called InitUIForDLL Call InitUIForDLL in your DLL at the point you want to load and display panels When you link your executable or DLL in an external compiler you must include a call to InitCVIRTE in WinMain main or DLLMain or DLLEntryPoint for Borland C C In a DLL you must also include a call to CloseCVIRTE Refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual CodeBuilder automatically generates the necessary calls to Init CVIRTE and CloseCVIRTE in your WinMain main or DLLMain function It also automatically generates a include statement for the cvirte h file Generate All Call
197. e first level of help information is associated with the name of the instrument driver Rightclick Help Information Examples to open the Help Editor window Enter the following help information This driver was created to illustrate how to add help text to an instrument driver Select File Save FP File Close the Help Editor window Right click Class 1 Enter the following help information in the Help Editor window An example function class The functions in this class are the following Function 1 The only function in the class Save the fp file and close the Help Editor window Complete the following steps to view the help information 1 SU cs conc EO Select Instrument Help Information Examples The Select Function Panel dialog box appears Select Class 1 and click Help to open the Class Help window Click Instrument Help to display the Instrument Help window Click Done to exit the Instrument Help and Class Help windows Click Cancel to exit the Select Function Panel dialog box LabWindows CVI User Manual 9 8 ni com Chapter 9 Adding Help Information Adding Help Information in the Function Panel Editor In this example you add help information to function panels and function panel controls from the Function Panel Editor Double click on Function 1 from the previous example Complete the following steps in the Function Panel Editor to modify the help information for the function panel 1 Select Edit
198. e height of the font in the title bar Title Style Sets the style of the title in the Child Panel The Control command opens a dialog box where you can edit a control you have selected You also can double click on a control to open this dialog box The dialog box can have various sections including Source Code Connection Control Settings Control Appearance Quick Edit Window and Label Appearance The sections available in the dialog box for a selected control vary slightly depending on the type of control that you are editing The Source Code Connection section of the edit control dialog box has the following options Constant Name The User Interface Editor appends the constant name to the panel resource ID to form the ID for the control The ID identifies the control in any control specific functions such as GetCtrlVal and SetCtrlAttribute The ID is defined in the h file that LabWindows CVI generates when you save the uir file If you do not assign a constant name the User Interface Editor assigns one for you when you save the uir file Callback Function In this box you can type the name of the function to be called when an event is generated on the control Naming a callback function is optional LabWindows CVI User Manual 4 8 ni com Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window The Control Settings section of the Edit control dialog box displays specific attributes for the type of control that you are editing It contain
199. e in LabWindows CVI information to help you develop programs in LabWindows CVI sample programs and a tools library Print Documentation Sets National Instruments offers two options for printed documentation for LabWindows CVI The first package includes the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI User Manual the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide and the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual The second package includes the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Library Reference Volume 1 the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Reference Volume 2 and the Measurement Studio User Interface and Attribute Reference Related Documentation LabWindows CVI User Manual Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide e LabWindows CVI Help e NI 488 2 Function Reference Manual for Windows e NI DAQ User Manual for PC Compatibles e NI DAQ Function Reference Help e NI VXI online help e NI VISA User Manual xxiv ni com About This Manual e NI VISA Programmer Reference Manual e OLE2 Programmers Reference Volume 2 National Instruments Corporation XXV LabWindows CVI User Manual Configuring LabWindows CVI This chapter describes special options that override some of the configuration defaults established during the LabWindows CVI installation or through the configuration dialog boxes wi
200. e integer identifiers This means that the rest of your application code stays the same when using the generated code in place of LoadPanel and LoadMenubar To gain access to the identifiers and avoid conflicts with the constant definitions simply replace the header file associated with the UIR file with the generated header file The following outlines the general procedure for using generated UI code in an application that originally used a standard uir file 1 From the UIR editor save any uir files used by your application as tui files 2 Run UI to Code Converter select the appropriate objects from the tui files and verify or adjust the function names Select an output header and source file and specify the code generation options 4 Generate all code by selecting Generate Code In your application s modules include the generated header file in place of the original header file associated with the UIR UIRNAME H 6 Add the output source file to your project National Instruments Corporation 3 57 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window 7 Replace all calls to LoadPanel and LoadMenubar with calls to the generated functions defined in the output source file These functions return the object s handle or an error code just like LoadPanel and LoadMenubar and also take as inputs the handles of any parent panel or 0 if the panel is to be top level 8 Run your application it will behave as bef
201. e is dim if it is not the same as the data type of the typesafe function Attributes A list box that displays the attributes you can use with the function The attributes are organized under classes A trailing ellipsis denotes a class The name of the attribute is dim if it does not allow the type of access that the function performs For example read only attributes for user interface controls appear dim when you access this dialog box from the function panel for SetCtrlAttribute Attribute Help Displays help information for the currently selected attribute e OK Click OK or double click an attribute to change the function panel ring control to that attribute If you select an attribute that appears dim in the list box an error message LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 10 ni com Chapter 6 Using Function Panels appears informing you that the attribute does not allow the type of access the function requires If you select an attribute for which the data type appears dim in the list box a dialog box appears giving you the option to change to the function panel for the typesafe function that you can use with that attribute Cancel Cancels the operation and closes the Select Attribute Constant dialog box e Flatten Enable to see a list of all the attributes without the classes and in alphabetical order in the Attributes list box Notice that when you attempt to operate the Attribute ring control in the function panel as
202. e use of variables that do not have values assigned to them Enabling this option causes LabWindows CVI to use extra stack space To avoid a stack overflow adjust the maximum stack size Track Include File Dependencies This option keeps the project up to date by tracking the dependencies between source files and include files Whenever you modify a file LabWindows CVI marks for compilation all source files that include the modified file Prompt for Include File Paths This option sets LabWindows CVI to prompt you to make a manual search for any header files listed in the include lines that the compiler cannot find When you find them you can automatically insert the appropriate path into the Include Paths list for the project National Instruments Corporation 3 63 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Display Status Dialog Box During Build This option displays a status dialog box during the build that shows the name of the file being compiled the number of errors and warnings encountered and a percent completed value Your project compiles faster when you disable this feature Make O Option Compatible with CVI 5 0 1 When you enable this option the O option in the Project Window performs as it did in CVI 5 0 1 LabWindows CVI compiles the file without debugging information and writes the obj file to disk in the same directory as the source file Uninitialized Local Variables Detection This
203. e usual default events do not apply to menu callback functions You must add the code to implement the actions you want to take place when a menu bar item is selected Code View Use the Code View command to look at code for a given callback function To view the code for a function from the uir file select a panel or control and then select View Panel Callback or View Control Callback The source file containing the callback function appears with the function name highlighted You also can view the code for a control callback function by clicking on the control with the right mouse button and selecting the View Control Callback command from the pop up menu When you choose the View command for a callback function LabWindows CVI searches for that function in all open Source windows in all the source files in the project and in any other open source files If the function is found in a closed project file that file is opened automatically The View command is useful because the callback functions for one user interface can be in several different files and scrolling the source code is not efficient With the View command you can move instantly from the user interface file to an object callback function whether the source file is open or closed When you are finished reviewing the code you can return instantly to the uir file from the source file To return to the uir file place the cursor on the callback function name or constan
204. eX Server dialog box to create and modify objects and interfaces in your ActiveX server Refer to the Edit ActiveX Server topic in the LabWindows CVI Help for more information Also refer to the Building ActiveX Servers in LabWindows CVI white paper from Start Program Files National Instruments Measurement Studio Help Measurement Studio Library Tools Create IVI Instrument Driver Select Tools Create IVI Instrument Driver to open the Instrument Driver Development Wizard to create the source file include file and function panel file for controlling an instrument You can base the new instrument driver on one of the following e An existing driver for a similar instrument e The core IVI driver template e An IVI instrument class template The Instrument Driver Development Wizard copies the template or existing driver files and replaces all instances of the original instrument prefix with the prefix you select for your new driver Refer to the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide for more information on the Instrument Driver Development Wizard National Instruments Corporation 5 29 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Tools Edit Instrument Attributes Use the Edit Instrument Attributes command to add delete or edit attributes for an IVI instrument driver You can invoke this command only if the file in the Source window has the same path and base file
205. ecomes the next active control when the user presses Tab or Shift Tab When you create a control it positions itself at the end of the tab order When you copy and paste a control the tab position of the pasted control is immediately before the control you copied Select Edit Tab Order to display the Edit Tabbing Order dialog box Click on a control with the pointer cursor to change the tab position of a control to the number in the Click To Set To box d e You can change the cursor to the eyedropper cursor by holding down the lt Ctrl gt key Click on a control with the eyedropper cursor to change the number in the Click To Set To box to the current tab position associated with the control Click OK button to accept the new tab order K 8 Click the close button to erase the new tab order and restore the original tab order For each control the original tab order appears in dim display to the right of the new tab order you enter O National Instruments Corporation 4 9 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window Edit Set Default Font Select Edit Set Default Font to make the font of the currently selected control the default control font If the label is also selected or is the only item selected the font of the label becomes the default label font Newly created controls inherit the default fonts Edit Apply Default Font Select Edit Apply Default Font to set the font of the currentl
206. ect any breakpoints you set in any source file regardless of whether the source file is in the project Also you can set watch expressions for a debuggable DLL For each watch expression you must choose whether it applies to a project or a DLL If it applies to a DLL you must enter the name of the DLL LabWindows CVI stores this information in the project For more information refer to Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows You can debug multiple DLLs called from the same project LabWindows CVI handles each DLL in the same manner Running an External Process To debug a DLL that an external process uses load the DLL project into LabWindows CVI Select Run Select External Process in the Project window A dialog box appears that allows you to enter the pathname of an external process and command line arguments LabWindows CVI stores this information in the project After you specify the pathname of an external process the Debug Project item in the Run menu changes to Debugxxx exe where xxx exe is the filename of the external process When you select the Debug xxx exe command LabWindows CVI starts the external process and attaches to it for debugging If you have set any breakpoints in the source files for the DLL LabWindows CVI honors them If the external process loads other debuggable DLLs you can debug them even though a project for a different DLL is open LabWindows CVI handles the other DLLs as described in the previous secti
207. elect No Sorting from the View menu Edit Move Item Down Use the Move Item Down command to move the selected files down one line in the project list To activate this menu item select No Sorting from the View menu National Instruments Corporation 3 7 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window View Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the View menu View Show Full Pathnames Use this command to toggle between displaying the project list with full pathnames and displaying the project list with simple base filenames View Show Full Dates Use this command to toggle between displaying the project list with short file dates such as 08 20 01 and full file dates such as Monday August 20 2001 View Sort by Date If you sort by date the project list appears in chronological order View Sort by Name If you sort by name the project list appears in alphabetical order by filename View Sort by Pathname If you sort by pathname the project list appears in alphabetical order by directory pathname View Sort by File Extension If you sort by file extension the project list appears in alphabetical order by file extension View No Sorting If you choose No Sorting you can list your project files in any order by using the Move Item Up and Move Item Down items in the Edit menu Build Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the Project window Build menu Use commands
208. elect one or more header files to include at the top of the program Build Add Missing Includes If when you last attempted to compile the source file the compiler reported that function prototypes were missing Add Missing Includes can find include h files that contain some or all the missing prototypes It inserts include statements for these files into your source file at the current cursor position LabWindows CVI adds include statements only for libraries or instrument drivers that appear in the Instrument or Library menu Build Generate Prototypes After you compile a source file you can use the Generate Prototypes command to generate a file that contains declarations for global and static functions and external declarations for global variables The command generates the file into a new Source window You can copy these declarations into your source and header files Build Next Previous Build Error If when you compile a file or build your project LabWindows CVI displays multiple errors you can use the Next Build Error command to step to the next build error LabWindows CVI highlights source code as you step through the errors You can use the Previous Build Error command to step to the previous build error Build Build Errors in Next File If when you build your project LabWindows CVI displays errors for multiple files you can use the Build Errors in Next File command to step to your next file with build errors Lab
209. els Hide All Panels or select individual panels you want to view in the User Interface Editor window View Bring Panel to Front The Bring Panel to Front command has a submenu that lists all panels and allows you to select a panel to bring to the front for editing View Next Panel The Next Panel command brings the next panel in the current uir file to the front for viewing and editing View Previous Panel The Previous Panel command brings the previous panel in the current uir file to the front for viewing and editing View Preview User Interface Header File The Preview User Interface Header File command opens a Source window with a preview of the header file that LabWindows CVI generates when you save the uir file in the User Interface Editor window LabWindows CVI User Manual 4 12 ni com Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window Arrange Menu This section explains how to use commands in the Arrange menu of the User Interface Editor window Arrange Alignment The Alignment command allows you to align controls on a panel You can use the mouse to select a group of controls by dragging over them or Shift Click on each item you want to include in the group Then you can select an alignment method from the submenu The options on the Alignment command submenu are as follows Left Edges vertically aligns the left edges of the selected controls to the left most control Horizontal Centers vertically aligns the se
210. ename or a relative pathname You can use the Browse button to look for the program on disk Command Line Arguments Arguments you want to pass to the program You can leave this entry blank LabWindows CVI saves your Tools menu entries from one session to another not in the project Options Source Code Control Options The Source Code Control Options command brings up the Source Code Control Options dialog box where you can set the following options Use Global Source Code Control settings Enable this option to use the default global settings Use Project Source Code Control settings Enable this option to use project specific options Individual project options override global settings Provider The name of the source code control system that contains the source code control project attached to the currently loaded LabWindows CVI project Project The name of the source code control project attached to the currently loaded LabWindows CVI project Attach Use this button to attach an existing source code control system project to the current LabWindows CVI project After you attach a source code control provider this button changes to Change Use Change to change source code control system projects Create Use this button to create a new source code control system project and attach it to the current LabWindows CVI project National Instruments Corporation 3 73 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Win
211. eneri ese 4 5 Edit9P stei tesa ad EN OI INI es 4 5 EditsDeletesz iot md NE 4 5 Edit Copy Panel and Cut Panel eene 4 5 Edit Menu Bars ccccccccccssssccccessssccececcssssceccesesseeeecceesseeeceesesaeeeeeessteeeeeeees 4 6 BditsPanelsi esee aio CI 4 7 EditsCGontrol ironia ect nr Ava Uie 4 8 Edit Fab Order e e dede m REB 4 9 Edit Set Default Font esee eene enne nennen nene 4 10 Edit Apply Default Font eese enne nnne nnne 4 10 Edit Control Style ette teo epe 4 10 Edit Edit Custom Controls cccsccccccesssscccccesssncccccessssnccecesseaceecessssneeeeess 4 10 Create Menu sb titii eq esu amio ee 4 10 Cr ate Panel da aute iba 4 10 Creates Men Barinas ddr 4 10 Cr at Controls iii decedat ism ede dare d 4 10 VI E N EE sc eth mentee tint Nena dente ni 4 11 View Find UIR Objects sess 4 11 View Show Hide Panels esses nennen nennen nnne 4 12 View Bring Panel to Front nennen neret 4 12 View Next Panel E E EEE E E E AAE TET 4 12 View Previous Panel senne E R A A AN 4 12 View Preview User Interface Header File eese 4 12 Arrange Menu eter te det Wai Revi oe RA dt Ae Re E eei e d 4 13 Arrange Alignment irte ORE coves er dta iet 4 13 Arrange Align iai WR ERR E EEE E 4 13 Arrange Duistribution oe iere ett rete t AREA INE EP IP ADS 4 14 Arrange DIstribUte cosita eoe ERE LEER
212. ent LabWindows CVI reports a run time error It is possible to associate a c file with a p file after you load the p file Refer to the Instrument Edit command for more information Modules that Contain Non Instrument Functions Although the LabWindows CVI instrument driver mechanism is primarily for program modules that control instruments you can use it for any module that contains a set of high level functions Suppose for instance you write a set of specialized analysis functions If you develop function panels and a h file for the module you can load the module from the Instrument menu and call the functions from the function panels LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 38 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Modifying an Instrument Driver You might want to modify an instrument driver that you received from National Instruments or elsewhere If you want to modify the instrument driver program file you must have the c file for the instrument driver Before modifying an instrument driver familiarize yourself with the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide You can modify four parts of an instrument driver e You can modify the function tree by selecting the p file using the File Open Function Tree fp command by selecting Instrument Edit or by selecting Tools Edit Function Tree from a Source window that contains the instrument driver source or include file Youcan modify the f
213. ent command to add instrument drivers to your project Instrument drivers that LabWindows CVI loads through the project remain in memory while the project is open Use the All Files command to add any file to your project The All Files command brings up the Add Files to Project dialog box and lists all files available in the selected directory Edit Select All Use the Select All command to select all of the files in the project You select specific files using the keyboard and mouse as described in the Selecting Multiple Files in the Project Window section Edit Exclude File from Build Include File in Build The Exclude File from Build command excludes the highlighted code module file from the build This command does not apply to h p or uir files Excluded files appear in a different color in the Build window LabWindows CVI does not compile or link them into the project When you exclude a file the command toggles to Include File in Build so you can include the file in the build again Edit Replace File in Project Use the Replace File in Project command to replace the selected files in your project In the dialog box that appears browse to a file and add the new file to the project Edit Remove File Use the Remove File command to remove the selected files from the project list Edit Move Item Up Use the Move Item Up command to move the selected files up one line in the project list To activate this menu item s
214. er function panels using the Function Panel Editor Invoking the Function Panel Editor You can invoke the Function Panel Editor from the Function Tree Editor or from a function panel Invoking from the Function Tree Editor To invoke the Function Panel Editor from the Function Tree Editor 1 Highlight the function that corresponds to the function panel you want to edit 2 Select Edit Edit Function Panel Window on the Function Tree Editor menu bar You also can invoke the Function Panel Editor with the shortcut key F8 or by double clicking on the function name Invoking from a Function Panel To edit a function panel that you are currently operating select Option Edit Function Panel Window on the Function Panel menu bar If the current function panel is for a library that is in the Library menu you cannot use the Edit Panel command Function Panel Editor Menu Bar The following items appear on the function panel e The Function Panel Editor menu bar appears at the top of the screen above the function panel e The Instrument Name and Function Panel Name appear in the title bar of the function panel window e The Function Name appears in the title bar of the function panel e The Function Name appears with an empty argument list in the Generated Code window below the Function Panel Editor window National Instruments Corporation 8 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor e Right click
215. er is to document the driver The doc file describes the purpose of the driver the function tree and function panels It also contains a function reference list that explains the syntax of each function in the driver Chapter 3 Programming Guidelines for Instrument Drivers in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide contains guidelines and suggestions for documenting your instrument driver Instrument Menu The Instrument menu is a dynamic menu It contains a list of the loaded instrument drivers and commands to load unload and edit instruments When you load an instrument its name appears in the list When you unload an instrument its name disappears from the list When you select an instrument name in the Instrument menu you can access its function panels Load and unload instrument drivers using the commands in the Instrument menu For more information on instrument drivers see the Using Instrument Drivers section Instrument Load When you select the Load command a dialog box appears In the Instrument Load dialog box the filename p appears in the File Name text box Always load instruments through the p filename You cannot load an instrument driver unless a p file exists for it When you specify a p file to load LabWindows CVI also looks in the same directory for a program file with the same base filename If it finds one it loads the instrument driver program along wit
216. erenced by modules you load at runtime by calling LoadExternalModule Ifyou force a Windows SDK import library into your project your executable might not start up successfully The Windows SDK import libraries contain functions that are not present on all versions of Windows If the DLL on your system does not export all the functions in the import library your executable will fail at startup Instead of forcing an import library into your executable you can force only the functions you need into the executable To force specific functions into your executable create a table of function pointers and add the functions to the table For example to force references to CreateWindow and GetFreeDiskSpace you can add the following code to a source file in your project void ReferenceFunctionsTable CreateWindow GetDiskFreeSpace LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 14 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window e OK This button accepts the current inputs and closes the dialog box e Cancel This button cancels the operation and removes the dialog box Target Settings for DLLs When you set the Target Type to Dynamic Link Library and select Build TargetSettings the Target Settings dialog box has the following options DLL File The name of the DLL files for the debug and release versions of your program Changing the value of the ring control allows you to edit the filename for the debug and release configurations You can use
217. es command The Index indicator shows the currently selected element Multi Dimensional Arrays For an array with two or more dimensions you can specify two dimensions as the rows and columns of the display You also can specify constant values to use to fix the other dimensions Use the Options Reset Indices command to specify which plane of the array to display The following figure shows the Array Display for a three dimensional array tw Array Display data File Edit Format Run Window Options Help double data 4 10 3 Slice O0 R C Index 0 4 1 D 1 2 513870663 175725578 534531693 947630238 702230903 226416822 124698630 083895383 277230140 535386212 765678864 767143773 780236213 151921140 525476852 346903897 917203284 401165807 506769005 308633686 E 171727653 494766076 389629810 983458968 646473586 822962127 314676351 519760735 785424360 HA nn HR HH HH HH 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual 11 2 ni com Chapter 11 Array and String Display Windows The Array Display window shows a two dimensional view By default the next to last dimension appears as rows the last dimension appears as columns and the indices of the other dimensions remain constant at 0 Select Options Reset Indices to specify the dimensions you want to display as rows and columns and set the other dimensions to constant values When you select Reset Indices for a three dimensi
218. es defines a set of multiple allowable data types When the user executes the Declare Variable command on a control defined with a meta data type the user can select from a list of the allowable data types Numeric Array Numeric Array specifies a parameter that can be any of the intrinsic C numeric array data types You must define the parameter as void in the function prototype An example of a Numeric Array data type is in the P1otx function of the User Interface library The Plot x function plots the values of any intrinsic C numeric array data type to a graph control on a user interface panel On the function panel the X Array control is of type Numeric Array X Array is defined as void in the following function prototype int PlotX int panel int control void xArray int numPoints int xDType int plotStyle int pointStyle int lineStyle int pointFreq int color Any Array Any Array specifies a parameter that can be any of the intrinsic C or user defined array data types You must define the parameter as void in the function prototype An example of an Any Array data type is in the memcpy function of the ANSI C library This function copies a specified number of bytes from a target buffer of any type to a source buffer In the function panel the first parameter is the Target Buffer which is of type Any Type The Target Buffer is defined as void in the function prototype void memcpy void const void size t Any T
219. et of functions Stand alone executables you create with the Full Runtime Engine item selected use the LabWindows CVI Run time Engine DLL cvirte d11 Stand alone executables you create with the Instrument Driver Only item selected use instrsup d11 instead of cvirte dll If you use a stand alone compiler and want to use instrsup d11 include cvilextliblinstrsup lib in your external compiler project instead of cvirt 1ib and cvisupp 1ib Remember that when you use an external compiler you link to that compiler s ANSI C library instrsup d11 contains functions from the following libraries Formatting and I O Library Except ArrayToFile and FileToArray RS 232 Library LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 12 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Utility Library selected functions only refer to the Utility Library Functions discussion later in this section ANSIC Library Your project also can link to the following libraries Analysis or Advanced Analysis Library GPIB Library VXI Library VISA Library IVI Library Data Acquisition Library lf your project files call the Config Alarm Deadband Config ATrig Event Message Config DAQ Event Message DIG Change Message Config Get DAQ Event or Peek DAQ Event functions in the Data Acquisition Library you will get link errors when you build your program in LabWindows CVI The link errors occur because the preceding functions use the LabWindows CVI User Inte
220. evious Scope highlights the function that the current function called directly In the Global subwindow Previous Scope highlights the previous module This command is not available in the Watch window Edit Menu for the Watch Window Edit Edit Value The Edit Value command operates the same way as it does in the Variables window Refer to the Edit Menu for the Variables Window section for more information on this command Edit Add Edit Watch Expression The Add Edit Watch Expression dialog box has the following options e Variable Expression Contains the variable or expression to place in the Watch window e Scope Corresponds to whether the variable or expression variables are global to the project global to a file local to a function or global to the Interactive Execution window Executable DLL Indicates the executable or DLL to which the watch expression applies The default value for the control is the debug executable or DLL name for the active project When you start debugging a project LabWindows CVI changes an empty string to the name of the debug executable or DLL for the current project The menu ring to the right of the control contains the names of all debuggable executables and DLLs in the workspace If you want the watch expression to apply to a DLL that is not in the workspace you must supply the name of the DLL Enter the filename and extension National Instruments Corporation 10 5 LabWindows CVI Use
221. execute a function call from a function panel LabWindows CVI automatically excludes all previous lines in the Interactive Execution window An excluded line is dimmed and the LabWindows CVI compiler ignores it Refer to the Edit Toggle Exclusion section for more information about excluded lines When you execute code in the Interactive Execution window LabWindows CVI automatically excludes all declarations This is why you must avoid placing executable statements on the same line as declarations in the Interactive Execution window Auto exclusion also occurs when you type a line of code beneath a line that has just been executed You can manually exclude and include lines with the Edit Toggle Exclusion command Declarations in the Interactive Execution window remain in effect until you select Build Clear Interactive Declarations or Edit Clear Window National Instruments Corporation 5 8 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Rules for executing code in the Interactive Execution window are as follows When executing code from the Interactive Execution window data declarations must precede any program statements Function declarations are also necessary unless you disable the Require Function Prototypes option in the Build Options dialog box by selecting Options Build Options in a Project window You cannot include function definitions in the Interactive Execution window LabWindows CVI tre
222. f creating an object file for both of the compatible external compilers rather than just for the current compatible compiler If you choose to create an object file for both compilers LabWindows CVI creates the files in subdirectories named msvc and borland LabWindows CVI creates a copy of the object file for the current compatible compiler in the parent directory You can compile your file using a third party compiler LabWindows CVI supports Refer to the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual for more information on compatible external compilers These compiled files are smaller and execute faster than object files LabWindows CVI creates You can use the Create Object File command if you do not have access to another compiler LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 34 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Options Preprocess Source File Use the Preprocess Source File command to open a new source window that contains the preprocessed output LabWindows CVI replaces simple macros expands function macros includes header files and resolves conditional compilation Help Menu You use the commands in the Help menu to access information about LabWindows CVI Refer to the Help Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of the commands in the Help Menu National Instruments Corporation 5 35 LabWindows CVI User Manual Using Function Panels This section describes how to use LabWi
223. ferences for New Controls section 4 23 Preferences for New Panels section 4 22 User Interface Editor Preferences section 4 22 User Interface Editor window Coloring tool 4 1 Editing tool 4 1 eyedropper tool 4 2 Help menu 4 23 Labeling tool 4 1 moving to using Find UI Object command 5 18 opening with New command 3 3 with Open command 3 4 Operating tool 4 1 popup menus 4 2 purpose and use 2 3 tool bar 4 1 User Interface Localizer utility Tools menu 3 58 to 3 59 user interface objects finding 4 11 to 4 12 5 18 User Interface option Add Files to Project command 3 7 user interface resource uir files National Instruments Corporation 1 37 Index Convert Ul to Lab Style command 3 59 optional for project file list 3 1 Ul to Code Converter utility 3 56 to 3 58 generated code 3 57 to 3 58 limitations 3 58 using 3 56 to 3 57 UIR Callbacks option External Compiler Support dialog box 3 21 User Interface Localizer utility 3 58 to 3 59 user libraries See also libraries dummy fp files for support libraries 3 72 installing into Library menu 3 72 instrument drivers vs 3 72 specifying in Library Options dialog box 3 72 user defined data types 3 44 to 3 45 array data types 3 45 creating 3 45 Using LoadExternalModule to Load Object and Static Library Files option External Compiler support dialog box 3 21 V Value option Find command 5 13 10 4 Var Args data type 3 44 Variable Size co
224. figure cw Create Binary Control x Parameter Position S o j Data Type dito Default Value 3 Off On Off Settings 9 Click the On Off Setting button and complete the Edit On Off Settings dialog box as shown in the following figure Click OK in both dialog boxes and position the control on the panel LabWindows CVI User Manual 8 20 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Edit On Off Settings 10 Select Create Input 11 Complete the Create Input Control dialog box as shown in the following figure Click OK and position the control on the panel 12 Select Create Slide 13 Complete the Create Slide Control dialog box as shown in the following figure Gn Create Slide Control National Instruments Corporation 8 21 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor 14 Click Label Value Pairs and complete the Edit Label Value Pairs dialog box as shown in the following figure Click OK in both dialog boxes and position the control on the panel cp Edit Label Value Pairs 15 Select Create Binary 16 Complete the Create Binary Control dialog box as shown in the following figure 17 Click the On Off Settings button and complete the Edit On Off Settings dialog box as shown in the following figure Click OK in both dialog boxes and position the control on the panel LabWindows CVI User Manual 8 22 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Edit On Off Settings Chang
225. file Case Sensitive Finds instances only of the specified text that match exactly Whole Word Finds the specified text only when it is surrounded by spaces punctuation marks or other characters not part of a word LabWindows CVI treats the characters A through Z 0 through 9 and underscore _ as parts of a word Regular Expression Causes LabWindows CVI to treat certain characters in the search string control as regular expression characters instead of literal characters Refer to Table 5 1 in Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows for more information Find Click on the Find button to perform the search If any user interface objects match a different dialog box appears National Instruments Corporation 4 11 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window This dialog box allows you to browse through the list of matches As you come to each object its callback function name and label appear and the object is highlighted in the uir file The Find UIR Objects dialog box has the following buttons Find Prev Searches backward for the previously matched object Find Next Searches forward for the next matching object Edit Terminates the search and opens the Edit dialog box for the user interface object currently highlighted Stop Terminates the search View Show Hide Panels The Show Hide Panels command has a submenu Use this submenu to Show All Pan
226. file cvi exe or cvi also contains the directories in the preceding table tmpdir tmpdir sets the location for temporary files If you do not specify a directory LabWindows CVI uses the value of the environment variable TMP If the value of TMP is not defined or is invalid LabWindows CVI uses the value of the environment variable TEMP If the value of TEMP is not defined or is invalid LabWindows CVI uses the directory that contains cvi exe If you run LabWindows CVI across a network you must set tmpdir to one of your local directories National Instruments Corporation 1 3 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 1 Configuring LabWindows CVI Date and Time Option DSTRules The DSTRules option allows you to specify the portions of the year daylight savings time is in effect in your area This affects ANSI C Library functions such as mkt ime and localtime Referto the Library Reference ANSI C Library Time and Date Functions topic in the LabWindows CVI Help for more information Timer Options useDefaultTimer If you set the useDefaultTimer option to True LabWindows CVI uses the default Windows timer to implement the LabWindows CVI timing related functions such as Timer and Delay The default Windows timer provides a resolution of 55 ms under Windows 98 95 and 10 ms under Windows 2000 NT If you set useDefaultTimer to False under Windows 98 95 LabWindows CVI uses the Windows multimedia library timer The multimedia library timer pro
227. fine the function If you subsequently modify the function you must recompile the Source window before calling the function again LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 18 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Refer to the Options Build Options section in Chapter 3 Project Window for more information about compiler options Build Create Debuggable Executable The Create Debuggable Executable menu item appears if you select the Debug item in the Configuration submenu and the Executable item in the Target Type submenu Use this menu item to compile and build an executable with debugging information Use the Debugging level control on the Build Options dialog box to select the degree of debugging information you want LabWindows CVI to generate for the executable For information on the Debugging level control settings refer to the Options Build Options section in Chapter 3 Project Window To debug the executable you create with this command use the Debug menu item in the Run menu of a Project Source or Variables window You can specify the filename of the executable as well as other executable settings by selecting the Target Settings menu item You can set other compile and run options using the menu items in the Options menu of the Project window Build Create Debuggable DLL The Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library menu item appears if you select the Debug item in the Configuration submenu and the Dynamic Link
228. following locations Start Programs Sub Folder LabWindows CVI creates shortcuts in Start Program Files Sub Folder shortcut name You can change the Sub folder in the Advanced Distribution Kit Options dialog box The default for the Sub Folder is usually the name of the current LabWindows CVI project Start Programs Top Level LabWindows CVI creates shortcuts in Start Program Files shortcut name Start Top Level LabWindows CVI creates shortcuts in the top portion of the menu directly under the Start button None No shortcuts are created for the files in this group Windows Startup LabWindows CVI creates shorcuts in the Windows Startup folder The items in the Windows Startup folder execute automatically every time a user logs into the system LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 28 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window e Desktop LabWindows CVI creates shortcuts on the user s Windows desktop Send To Menu LabWindows CVI creates shortcuts in the user s Send To menu The Send To menu appears when you right click a file in Windows Explorer Group Destination Sets the root destination directory for the selected group You can select the destination directory to be either the application install location or a list of common Windows locations These locations automatically resolve to the actual directories on the target machine during the install Relative Path Assigns a relative path based on the grou
229. for the time between points LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 44 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Creating a User Defined Data Type Complete the following steps to create a user defined data type for use in a function panel 1 Define the data type with a typedef statement in the instrument driver header file 2 Add the data type to the instrument driver function panel file using the Options Data Types command in the Function Panel Editor 3 Using the previous example of the waveform var data type include the following code in the include file for the instrument driver typedef struct double waveform arr 500 float t zero float t delta waveform var 4 Makethe waveform var data type available in the function panel file Select Options Data Types in the Function Panel Editor and enter waveform var in the Type box of the Edit Data Type List dialog box Then click on Add Now you can select the waveform var data type when you create function panel controls for this instrument driver Also users can interactively declare a variable of wave orm var data type from any function panel control that you define as waveform var User Defined Array Data Types Use care when you declare user defined data types that are arrays If you want to define a user defined array data type square brackets must appear at the end of the type name in the Edit Data Type List dialog box The brackets enable the interactive variable declaration and other c
230. function2 6 function2 7 The third implementation treats the two function classes as two distinct instruments instrumentA 3 1 functionl function2 LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 40 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window function3 function4 instrumentA 3 2 function5 function6 function7 To successfully structure the functions for your instrument you must determine who will use the instrument driver and how they will use the instrument Define functions that stand alone to perform a useful action For example it might at first seem logical to use the functions SetDMMRange and SetDMMFunct ion for setting the range and function of a multimeter However a more useful function might be Conf igureMeasurement for setting up multiple parameters Defining the Hierarchy of Functions It is important to design the function hierarchy for the instrument driver carefully When you do the user can identify the functions required by the desired action without the burden of choosing from a long list of unrelated functions The concept of function classes is only apparent to the user from within the LabWindows CVI development environment The application program calls all functions within an instrument driver the same way regardless of which function class they are in Defining the Function Parameters To design the code for an instrument driver function you must first establish its parameters Function parameters provide input information to the f
231. functions and to automatically insert the code into your program Function panels contain complete online help Refer to Chapter 6 Using Function Panels for more details The Project window contains all the component files of your application The simplest case is one source file A typical project however contains multiple code modules and a User Interface Resource file You can list code modules as source files or compiled files You can debug source files and LabWindows CVI performs run time error checking when you execute code in source files To include compiled files such as library or object files in your project you must compile them with LabWindows CVI or a compatible external compiler Refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual for more information on compatible external compilers Compiled files consume less memory and run faster than source files However you cannot debug them and they do not have run time error checking You can mark a source file in the project list to be compiled without debugging to use less memory LabWindows CVI User Manual 2 4 ni com Chapter 2 LabWindows CVI Overview You can strike a balance between initial project start up time execution speed memory consumption and the ability to debug code modules by varying the types of code modules you list in your project Creating a User Interface You can create user interface ob
232. fy the external program pathname and command line arguments using the Select External Process command in the Run menu The same command line arguments appear when you select the Command Line command from the Options menu Options Environment The Environment command invokes a dialog box you use to set the following options CVI Environment Sleep Policy Each time LabWindows CVI checks an event from the operating system it can put itself in the background in sleep mode for a specified period of time While LabWindows CVI is in sleep mode other applications have more processor time However LabWindows CVI might run slower You can specify how much LabWindows CVI sleeps You have the following sleep policy choices Do not sleep Sleep some sleep a short period of time National Instruments Corporation 3 69 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Sleep more sleep a longer period of time the default setting The setting that is optimal for you depends on the operating system you are using and the other applications you are running Generally for Windows National Instruments recommends the sleep more mode If you think you might have to make an adjustment try the different settings and observe the resulting behavior Interactive Window Memory Size Use this control to set the amount of memory you want LabWindows CVI to reserve for executing function panels or code in the Interactive window If LabWin
233. g area or over the line number or line icon area Interactive Execution Window You can execute selected portions of code in the Interactive Execution window Unlike the Source window you do not have to have a complete program in the Interactive Execution window For instance you can execute C variable declarations and assignment statements without declaring a main function Use the Interactive Execution window to test portions of code before you include them in your main program Also you can use the Interactive Execution window to execute functions exported by a loaded instrument or by a file in the project if the project has been linked The Interactive Execution window can access functions and data declared as global in a Source window but a Source window has no access to the functions and data declared in the Interactive Execution window When you execute a function from a function panel LabWindows CVI inserts the function call into the Interactive Execution window for execution In this way the Interactive Execution window keeps a record of the functions you execute from function panels When LabWindows CVI copies a function call from a function panel to the Interactive Execution window for execution it inserts the code after all the pre existing lines LabWindows CVI also inserts an include statement for the header file associated with the function in the Interactive Execution window if you have not already included it When you
234. h the function panels For VXIplug amp play instrument drivers the program file can be in a different directory Refer to the Precedence Rules for Loading the Instrument Driver Program File section for more information on loading instrument drivers File Format Conversion If the p file you are loading was created using LabWindows for DOS a message appears indicating that LabWindows CVI is converting the p file to the current format You can use the dialog box that appears after the conversion to save the converted p file to disk Instrument Unload When you select the Unload command a dialog box appears that contains a scrollable list of all the instruments you loaded with the Load menu From this dialog box you can select one or more instrument drivers to unload LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 50 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Instrument Edit The Edit command lets you invoke the Function Panel Editor or modify the relationship between the function panel file and its associated program file When you select Instrument Edit the Edit Instrument Dialog Box appears The Edit Instrument dialog box presents the following options Show Info Displays the names of the current function panel file and the attached program file It also shows whether these files are in the current project and if the program file is compiled The attached program file contains the functions that are called when users operate the function p
235. he p file is loaded into the Instrument menu and signifies that it is attached to or associated with a program file LI This icon indicates that the p file is loaded into the Instrument menu and signifies that it is unattached to any program file When you double click on this icon LabWindows CVI tries to attach a program file If no icon appears in the I column next to a p file the p file is not loaded into memory When you double click on the U icon LabWindows CVI tries to load the p file into memory and attach the instrument driver program file The box in this icon appears whenever the file is in the current source code control system project A checkmark appears in the box if the file is currently checked out Double click on the box to check the file in or out of the source code control system Selecting Multiple Files in the Project Window You can execute commands on multiple files in the project by selecting multiple files and then executing the command through its hot key or menu item Use one or more of the following methods to select multiple files in the project window e Ctil Left Click Adds a file to the currently selected files e lt Shift Left Click gt Adds the files between the last selected file and the file you click on to the currently selected files e Ctil Shift A Selects all the files in the project LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 2 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window e
236. he std cal1 calling convention it is a good idea to explicitly declare the functions as stdcallin the include h file and the source c file rather than relying on the Default Calling Convention option If you do not explicitly declare the functions as stdcall in the include file and if another developer uses the object file library file or DLL in LabWindows CVI or an external compiler without setting the default calling convention to stdcal1 the functions do not work correctly Maximum Stack Size bytes Your program uses the stack for passing function parameters and storing automatic local variables By setting a stack limit LabWindows CVI can catch infinitely recursive functions and report a stack overflow Refer to Chapter 1 LabWindows CVI Compiler of the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual for limitations on the stack size LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 62 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window If you enable the Detect uninitialized local variables at runtime option LabWindows CVI might use extra stack space You can adjust your maximum stack size to avoid a stack overflow Image Base Address This option specifies the address where LabWindows CVI loads a DLL or executable into memory By specifying the image base address you can avoid relocating DLLs which can slow down the load time of DLLs You also can avoid collisions which occur when LabWindows CVI attempts to load more than one DLL with t
237. he Create Distribution Kit command on a project that you link for LabVIEW Real Time Support only LabWindows CVI automatically includes cvi_lvrt d11 in the distribution kit and disables the option to distribute the full LabWindows CVI Run time Engine All the functionsin cvi lvrt d11 are multithread safe National Instruments Corporation 3 17 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Version Info When you click on this button the Version Info dialog box appears You can enter version information for the DLL in this dialog box LabWindows CVI saves the version information in the DLL as a standard Windows version resource You can obtain the information from the DLL by using the Windows SDK functions GetFileVersionInfo and GetFileVersionInfoSize In the Version Info dialog box File Version and Product Version must be in the form n n n n where n is anumber from 0 to 255 Import Library Choices This button lets you choose whether to create a DLL import library for each of the compatible external compilers or to create one only for the current compatible compiler Refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual It also lets you choose to create the import libraries in the VXIplug amp play subdirectories instead of the directory of the DLL If you choose to use the DLL directory and create an import library for each compiler LabWindows CVI creates the f
238. he breakpoint occurs e Condition Use this box to enter an optional expression that LabWindows CVI evaluates before it executes the source code line If the condition is true your program enters a breakpoint state otherwise execution continues Refer to the Conditional Breakpoints section in Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows for examples of conditional expressions e Disabled Use this checkbox to disable the breakpoint The breakpoint icon in the Source window changes color to indicate that you disabled it e After you set all the breakpoint attributes in the Edit Breakpoint dialog box you can Replace the breakpoint with the new attributes Add the breakpoint to the breakpoint list or Cancel the operation The Go to Line button takes you to the source code location of the currently selected breakpoint LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 34 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window The Delete Item button deletes the currently selected breakpoint The Delete All button deletes all the breakpoints The Disable All button forces LabWindows CVI to ignore all the breakpoints The breakpoint icons in the Source window change color to indicate that you disabled them The Enable All button activates all the breakpoints The breakpoint icons in the Source window change color to indicate that you enabled them The OK button accepts the current breakpoint attributes and the Cancel button cancels the current operation Run Selec
239. he pointer to its parent structure does not appear Click on this icon or select View Retrace Pointer Chain to replace the current structure with its parent For more information refer to the View Retrace Pointer Chain Watch Window The Watch window is similar in nature to the Variables window except that you can select your own set of variables and expressions to view in the Watch window By default LabWindows CVI updates variables and expressions in the Watch window at each breakpoint but you also can set them to update continuously and cause a breakpoint when their values change To activate the Watch window select Window Watch in the active LabWindows CVI window Select Watch window variables from the Variables window using the Options Add Watch Expression command The Add Watch Expression command opens the Add Edit Watch Expression dialog box LabWindows CVI User Manual 10 2 ni com Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows File Menu File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI The New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the File menu of the User Interface Editor work like New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the Project window For more information on these commands refer to the File Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window File Output The Output command writes the contents of the window to an ASCII file on disk When you select Output a dialog box appears prompting you to specify
240. he same address You can specify any value or you can select the following default values x00400000 for executables x10000000 for DLLs Debugging Level LabWindows CVI uses this setting only if you check the Debug item in the Configuration submenu of the Project window Build menu If you check the Release item in the Configuration submenu LabWindows CVI compiles all source files c without debugging information Refer to the Build Configuration section for information on the Configuration submenu The following three debugging levels exist for the source modules in your application No Run time Checking In this mode you can set breakpoints and use the Variables window You have no protection from run time memory errors and you cannot use the Break on Library Errors option Standard In this mode you can set breakpoints use the Variables window and use the Break on Library Errors option You also have protection from run time memory errors Refer to Chapter 1 LabWindows CVI Compiler of the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual for more information Extended This mode has the same benefits as Standard mode with added user protection that validates every attempt to free dynamically allocated memory by verifying that the address you pass is actually the beginning of an allocated block e Detect Uninitialized Local Variables at Run Time This option checks for the run tim
241. ialog Box appears The Edit Instrument dialog box presents the following options Show Info Displays the names of the current function panel file and the attached program file It also shows whether these files are in the current project and if the program file is compiled The attached program file contains the functions that are called when users operate the function panel Attach and Edit Source Searches the directory that contains the function panel file for a filename that has the same prefix as the function panel file and a c extension If the file is found a new Source window opens with the file displayed in it and the source file is attached to the function panel If the file is not found you are prompted to create a new source file and a blank Source window appears Detach Program Detaches the program file from the function panel Reattach Program Attaches a program file to a function panel It searches the directory that contains the function panel file for a filename that has the same prefix as the function panel file and a obj d11 or c extension If a file is found the program attaches it to the function panel Edit Function Tree Invokes the Function Tree Editor Done Exits the Edit Instrument dialog box without modifying the function panel LabWindows CVI User Manual 7 6 ni com Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor Tools Menu Use the commands in the Tools menu to generate function definitions and decla
242. ibraries files required in project file list 3 1 standard libraries 2 2 static libraries creating 3 10 5 20 target settings 3 20 user libraries 3 72 Library File option Target Settings dialog box 3 20 Library Generation Choices option Target Settings dialog box 3 20 Library menu Function Panel windows 6 17 Project window 3 52 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 28 User Interface Editor 4 21 Library option Add Files to Project command 3 6 Library Options command Options menu 3 71 National Instruments Corporation 1 23 Index Library Options dialog box dummy fp files for support libraries 3 72 National Instrument Libraries 3 71 to 3 72 User Libraries section 3 72 Line command View menu 5 15 Line Icons command View menu 5 15 5 23 Line Numbers command View menu 5 14 Line Select mode 5 5 Line Terminator option Editor Preferences command 5 31 lines of code excluding 5 9 LINK_CVI_LVRT_ macro 3 67 LINK_CVIRTE_ macro 3 67 LINK_INSTRSUP_ macro 3 67 Load command Instrument menu Function Panel Editor 8 15 Function Tree Editor 7 7 Project window 3 50 Load From Text Format command Options menu 4 23 LoadExternalModule option External Compiler support dialog box 3 21 Target Settings dialog box Target Type Dynamic Link Library 3 18 to 3 19 Target Type Executable 3 14 loading unloading instrument drivers 3 37 to 3 38 instruments without instrument program 3 38 Load command Inst
243. ic instruments A development environment with windows to manage projects and source code with complete editing debugging and user protection features National Instruments Corporation 2 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 2 LabWindows CVI Overview An additional library the Advanced Analysis Library is available for LabWindows CVI This library is an optional package that you can order from National Instruments Standard Libraries LabWindows CVI includes the following standard libraries e User Interface Library e Analysis Library e Easy I O for DAQ Library e Data Acquisition Library e GPIB 488 488 2 Library RS 232 Library e VISA Library e IVI Library e TCP Library e DataSocket Library e DDE Library e ActiveX Library e Formatting and I O Library e Utility Library e ANSIC Library The functions that make up these libraries can be executed in the LabWindows CVI environment Refer to the following manuals e NI VISA User Manual available upon request e NI VISA Programmer Reference Manual available upon request Instrument Library The Instrument Library is a set of instrument drivers that each contain high level C functions for controlling a specific GPIB RS 232 or VXI instrument The high level functions encapsulate the low level steps necessary to control the instrument and read data You can use instrument drivers in the environment in the same way you use the other LabWindows CVI libraries
244. ide control parameter 6 5 viewing arrays structures and variables 6 7 Function Panel Editor 8 1 to 8 25 Create menu 8 7 to 8 13 Edit menu 8 3 to 8 7 examples 8 20 to 8 25 changing control type 8 23 to 8 24 creating Function window 8 20 to 8 23 cutting and pasting controls 8 24 to 8 25 File menu 8 2 to 8 3 Help menu 8 19 Instrument menu 8 15 to 8 16 invoking from function panel 8 1 from Function Tree Editor 8 1 menu bar 8 1 to 8 2 Options menu 8 18 to 8 19 Tools menu 8 16 to 8 18 View menu 8 13 to 8 15 Window menu 8 18 Function Panel Editor windows adding help information example 9 9 purpose and use 2 4 National Instruments Corporation I 17 Index Function Panel Help Editor window 2 4 Function Panel History command View menu 6 15 Function Panel Tree command View menu 5 16 Function Panel Window command Create menu 7 6 to 7 7 Function Panel windows closing after executing Insert Function Call command 3 70 Code menu 6 8 to 6 14 File menu 6 7 generated code box 6 3 help information old style 9 4 Help menu 6 19 Instrument menu 6 17 Library menu 6 17 multiple function panels per window 6 3 Options menu 6 18 to 6 19 purpose and use 2 3 Tools menu 6 17 using only one 3 70 View menu 6 15 to 6 16 Window menu 6 17 function panels See also function panel controls accessing 6 2 to 6 3 from Instrument menu 3 51 to 3 52 building for instrument drivers 3 48 to 3 49 creati
245. iew Menu section of Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows for more information Format Menu Chapter 11 Array and String Display Windows This section contains a detailed description of the Format menu for the Array and String Display windows Use the commands in the Format menu to choose the format the Array or String Display window uses to display numbers You can display integers in decimal hexadecimal octal binary or ASCII format You can display real arrays in either floating point or scientific notation Run Menu The Run menu contains the following subset of the commands that appear in the Run menu of the Source window Refer to the Run Menu section of Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows for more information Run Continue Step Over Step Into Finish Function Terminate Execution Break at First Statement Breakpoints Threads Window Menu Use commands in the Window menu to bring any open window to the front for viewing or editing Refer to the Window Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for command descriptions National Instruments Corporation LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 11 Array and String Display Windows Options Menu This section contains a detailed description of the Options menu for the Array and String Display windows Options Reset Indices Use Reset Indices in the Array Display window to set which array dimension appears as rows and which array
246. ike a mechanical on off switch A binary control gives a parameter value one of two predefined values depending on whether the control is in the up or down position When you select Create Binary the Create Binary Control Dialog Box appears The following items appear in the Create Binary Control dialog box e Control Label Specifies the label that appears above the control on the panel e Parameter Position Selects the location of the control value in the function parameter list For a control in a common control panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter lists of all function panels in a function panel window The first position is one 1 For a control on a function panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter list after the controls in the common control panel The first position after the controls in the common control panel is one 1 If there is no common control panel the first position is one 1 e Data Type Selects the data type of the values in the binary control LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 8 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor e Default Value Selects the default for the binary control The default can be On or Off e When you select the On Off Settings button the Edit On Off Settings dialog box appears ON Text Specifies the label that appears next to the upper on position of the binary control OFF Text Specifies the label that appears next t
247. ile to Project The Add FP File to Project command adds the fp file of the current Function Panel window to the project list File Add Program File to Project The Add Program File to Project command adds the instrument driver program file associated with the fp file of the current Function Panel window to the project list File Most Recently Closed Files For your reference two lists appear in the File menu Alist of the four most recently closed files other than project files Alist of the four most recently closed project files National Instruments Corporation 6 7 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Code Menu This section contains a detailed description of the Code menu for Function Panel windows Code Run Function Panel Selecting the Run Function Panel command executes the code in the generated code box When you select Run Function Panel the following actions take place LabWindows CVI automatically inserts the header file for the library or instrument driver into the Interactive Execution window if it is not already there LabWindows CVI generates temporary variables for blank scalar output controls LabWindows CVI copies the generated function s to the Interactive Execution window LabWindows CVI executes the code While executing the lt lt Running gt gt menu appears in the upper left corner of the function panel menu bar LabWindows CVI displays the new values for outp
248. iles in subdirectories named msvc and borland LabWindows CVI also creates the library for the current compatible compiler in the directory of the DLL If you choose to create an import library only for the current compiler LabWindows CVI creates the file in the directory of the DLL If you choose to use the VXIplug amp play directories and create an import library for each compiler LabWindows CVI creates the files in the subdirectories msc and bc under the VXIplug amp play lib directory If you choose to create an import library for the current compiler only LabWindows CVI creates the file in the appropriate subdirectory Type Library This button lets you choose whether to add a type library resource to your DLL Also you can choose to include links in the type library resource to a Windows help file LabWindows CVI generates the type library resource from a function panel p file You must specify the name of the p file You can generate a Windows help file from the p file by using the Generate Windows Help command in the Options menu of the Function Tree Editor window This feature is useful if you intend for your DLL to be used from Visual Basic For more information refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual LoadExternalModule Options The following options assist you in loading external modules Enable LoadExternalModule Select this option if
249. in LabWindows CVI the cdb file and the source files for the DLL must be available LabWindows CVI looks for the cdb file in the following locations and order 1 The directory from which LabWindows CVI loaded the DLL 2 The directory in which you created the DLL 3 The directory of the current project target if the current project target is the DLL 4 The Windows directory 5 The Windows system directory If LabWindows CVI cannot find the cab file in any of these locations a dialog box prompts you to browse for it After you enter the location of the cdb file LabWindows CVI stores the location in the Windows Registry The cab file contains the locations of the source files at the time you created the DLL It also contains the LabWindows CVI installation directory and VXIplug amp play framework directory When LabWindows CVI has to display a DLL source file it looks for the file in the following places and order 1 The project list if the current project target is the DLL you are debugging 2 The source file directory that LabWindows CVI stored in the cab file 3 Ifyou have moved the cab file the directory that is in the same relative position to the current cdb location as the stored source file directory was in relation to the original cdb file location 4 Ifthe source file was originally under the LabWindows CVI directory and the LabWindows CVI directory has changed the same relative position to the new LabWindow
250. ind The Find command invokes the Find dialog box The Find command operates the same way as it does in the Variables window but with fewer options Refer to the Edit Menu for the Variables Window section in Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows for information on how to use options in the Find dialog box Edit Goto The Goto command moves the highlight to a particular location in the current string or array plane When you execute the Goto command a dialog box appears where you can enter the row and column number of the desired location For a single string you specify only the column View Menu for the Array Display Window View Source Code Browser This command operates the same way as Tools Source Code Browser in the Project Window Refer to the Tools Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for more information View String Display This command operates the same way as View String Display in the Variables and Watch Windows Refer to the View Menu section of Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows for more information View Memory Display This command operates the same way as View Memory Display in the Variables and Watch Windows Refer to the View Menu section of Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows for more information LabWindows CVI User Manual 11 6 ni com View Graphical Array View This command operates the same way as View Graphical Array View in the Variables and Watch Windows Refer to the V
251. ine Numbers command controls the presence of line numbers in a window A checkmark appears next to the Line Numbers item in the View menu when you activate the line number display LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 14 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows View Line Icons The Line Icons command controls the presence of line icons in a window Line icons indicate the lines that you mark for breakpoint and the lines that you tag A checkmark appears next to the Line Icons item in the View menu when you activate the line icons display iyi Note LabWindows CVI saves line icons in the project file Editing source files outside of LabWindows CVI however might invalidate the associated line icons View Toolbar Use the Toolbar command to toggle between viewing or not viewing the Function Panel window toolbar View Line The Line command moves the cursor to the line that you specify When you select the Line command a dialog box appears in which you enter the number of the line where you want to position the cursor If you specify a line number greater than the total number of lines in the program the cursor moves to the last line of the program View Beginning End of Selection The Beginning End of Selection command toggles the window between the beginning and the end of a highlighted block of text This is useful when you want to verify a selected block of text that is larger than the Source window View Toggle T
252. ine in the Data Type list e Change Displays a dialog box that prompts you to change the selected entry in the Data Type list e Delete Removes an entry in the Data Type list LabWindows CVI User Manual 8 18 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Options Panels Movable The Panels Movable command lets you specify whether panels are movable within a Function Panel Editor window Panels are never movable in operate mode e Add VISA Types Adds the special set of data types defined by the VISA I O library e Done Accepts edits to the Data Type list and returns to the Function Panel Editor Options Toolbar The Toolbar command displays a dialog box that prompts you to select which icons appear in the Function Panel Editor tool bar Options Initial Control Width With the Initial Control Width command you can set the initial width for all input output ring return value and global variable controls that you create in the function panel window The default initial control width is 145 pixels LabWindows CVI saves your settings between sessions Options Revert to Default Panel Size The Revert to Default Panel Size command sizes and positions the function panel so that it exactly fills up the default function panel window size Options Toggle Scroll Bars The Toggle Scroll Bars command adds or removes horizontal and vertical scroll bars from a function panel Options Edit Function Tree The Edit Function Tree
253. ine item selected use the LabWindows CVI Run time Engine DLL cvirte d11 DLLs you create with the Instrument Driver Only item selected use instrsup d11 instead of cvirte d11 The Instrument Driver Only option is particularly useful for creating instrument driver DLLs It allows other applications to use instrument driver DLLs without having to load the large LabWindows CVI Run time Engine DLL DLLs you create with the LabVIEW Real Time Only item selected use cvi 1vrt d11 instead of cvirte d11 or National Instruments Corporation 3 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window instrsup dll The LabVIEW Real Time Only option is useful for creating DLLs that will be downloaded and run on the LabVIEW Real Time hardware If you use a stand alone compiler and want to use instrsup d11 include evi extlib instrsup 1ib in your external compiler project instead of cvirt lib and cvisupp 1ib Remember that when you use anexternal compiler you link to that compiler s ANSI C library instrsup dll contains functions from the following libraries Formatting and I O Library RS 232 Library Except InstallComCallback Utility Library selected functions only refer to the Utility Library Functions discussion later in this section ANSIC Your project also can link to the following libraries Analysis or Advanced Analysis Library GPIB Library VXI Library VISA Library IVI Library Data Acquisition
254. ines 5 9 executing code 5 3 to 5 4 rules for 5 4 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 22 File menu 5 6 to 5 7 force loaded instrument driver s source into 3 70 force project compiled source files into 3 71 Instrument menu 5 28 Interactive Window Memory Size control 3 70 Library menu 5 28 Options menu 5 31 to 5 35 purpose and use 2 3 rules for executing code 5 4 Run menu 5 22 to 5 28 selecting text 5 4 to 5 6 subwindows 5 4 Tools menu 5 29 to 5 30 View menu 5 14 to 5 18 Window menu 5 31 Interpret As command Options menu 10 13 intrinsic C data types 3 42 to 3 43 Item option Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 6 IVIinstrument drivers creating 3 53 5 29 editing attributes 5 30 K keyboard commands for Source window table A 1 to A 2 L Label Appearance section Edit Control dialog box 4 9 Labeling tool 4 1 Label Value Pairs button 4 9 LabVIEW Real Time Only option Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 25 to 3 26 ni com LabWindows CVI See also specific windows components 2 1 to 2 4 LabWindows CVI environment 2 3 to 2 4 list of components 2 1 standard libraries 2 2 configuration options 1 2 to 1 5 creating applications 2 4 to 2 5 environment 2 3 to 2 4 startup options table 1 1 Last Function Panel Window command View menu Function Panel Editor 8 15 Function Panel windows 6 16 Last Panel command View menu 6 2 Left Edges option Alignment command 4 13 Distribution command 4 14 l
255. information retrieval system or translating in whole or in part without the prior written consent of National Instruments Corporation Trademarks CodeBuilder CVI DataSocket IVI Measurement Studio National Instruments NI NI 488 2 NI DAQ NI VXI ni com and TestStand are trademarks of National Instruments Corporation Product and company names mentioned herein are trademarks or trade names of their respective companies WARNING REGARDING USE OF NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS PRODUCTS 1 NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS PRODUCTS ARE NOT DESIGNED WITH COMPONENTS AND TESTING FOR A LEVEL OF RELIABILITY SUITABLE FOR USE IN OR IN CONNECTION WITH SURGICAL IMPLANTS OR AS CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN ANY LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS WHOSE FAILURE TO PERFORM CAN REASONABLY BE EXPECTED TO CAUSE SIGNIFICANT INJURY TO A HUMAN 2 IN ANY APPLICATION INCLUDING THE ABOVE RELIABILITY OF OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE PRODUCTS CAN BE IMPAIRED BY ADVERSE FACTORS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FLUCTUATIONS IN ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY COMPUTER HARDWARE MALFUNCTIONS COMPUTER OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE FITNESS FITNESS OF COMPILERS AND DEVELOPMENT SOFTWARE USED TO DEVELOP AN APPLICATION INSTALLATION ERRORS SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE COMPATIBILITY PROBLEMS MALFUNCTIONS OR FAILURES OF ELECTRONIC MONITORING OR CONTROL DEVICES TRANSIENT FAILURES OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS HARDWARE AND OR SOFTWARE UNANTICIPATED USES OR MISUSES OR ERRORS ON THE PART OF THE USER OR APPLICA
256. ing Control Type In this example you change the type of the Volts Div control from an input control to a slide control Follow these steps 1 Be sure the function panel window from the previous example is active in edit mode Place your cursor on the Volts Div control 2 Select Edit Change Control Type 3 Inthe Change Control Type dialog box select Slide and click OK The Edit Slide Control dialog box appears 4 Click Label Value Pairs The Edit Label Value Pairs dialog box appears Complete the dialog box as shown in the following figure and click OK dy Edit Label Value Pairs 6 Click OK in the Edit Slide Control dialog box to replace the Volts Div input control with a slide control National Instruments Corporation 8 23 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Suppose that you meant this control to be a ring control instead of a slide control Follow these steps 1 Place your cursor on the Volts Div control 2 Select Edit Change Control Type 3 Select Ring The Edit Ring dialog box appears 4 Click Label Value Pairs leaving all other items unchanged The Edit Label Value Pairs dialog box appears Notice that the slide control label value pairs remain 5 Click OK A ring control replaces the Volts Div slide control on the function panel Cutting and Pasting Controls You frequently might want to cut and paste controls In this example you copy controls from one panel to an
257. ing a control displays a menu with the following options Control Help Opens the Help Editor window Edit Control Opens the Edit Control dialog box for the selected control Change Control Type Opens the Change Control Type dialog box Cut Controls Removes the selected control s from the function panel and places the control s on the clipboard The contents of the clipboard stay in place when you change panels Copy Controls Copies the selected control s and places the control s on the clipboard The contents of the clipboard stay in place when you change panels File Menu The File menu lets you create a new function tree edit an existing function tree save function panel information into a p and sub file on disk or add function panels to a project For each IVI instrument driver a sub file accompanies the p file The sub file contains the information about the instrument driver attributes You edit this information using the attribute editor When you save the contents of a p file LabWindows CVI also saves the contents of the sub file automatically File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI The New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the File menu of the User Interface Editor work like New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the Project window For more information on these commands refer to the File Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window Fil
258. ion Select Function Panel dialog box 3 51 6 2 Follow Pointer Chain command View menu 10 2 10 7 Font command Options menu Project window 3 74 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 32 font directory table 1 3 font options DialogFontBold 1 4 DialogFontName 1 4 DialogFontSize 1 4 MenuFontBold 1 5 MenuFontName 1 5 MenuFontSize 1 5 fonts setting and applying defaults 4 10 Foreground lockout settings checking on startup 3 70 format conversion of files during loading 3 50 Format menu Array and String Display windows 11 7 Variables and Watch windows 10 12 FP Auto Load List command Edit menu 7 4 FP File Format command Options menu 7 11 fp files See instrument driver function panel fp files Full Runtime Engine option Run Time Engine Support Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 24 Runtime Support option Target Settings dialog box Target Type Dynamic Link Library 3 15 Target Type Executable 3 12 function classes See function trees Function command Help menu 6 19 ni com Function Help command Edit menu 8 7 Function Panel command Create menu 8 12 function panel controls 6 4 to 6 7 binary control parameter 6 4 common control panel 6 6 global control 6 6 input control parameter 6 5 numeric control parameter 6 5 output control parameter 6 6 overriding with Toggle Control Style command 6 18 purpose and use 6 4 restoring default value 6 18 return value control parameter 6 4 sl
259. ion command 5 27 Break at First Statement command 5 23 5 26 Breakpoints command 5 23 5 26 to 5 27 Continue command 5 25 Debug Run Interactive Statements command 5 24 to 5 25 Down Call Stack command 5 27 Finish Function command 5 25 Go To Cursor command 5 25 Run Interactive Statements command 5 24 to 5 25 Stack Trace command 5 27 Step Into command 5 25 Step Over command 5 25 Terminate Execution command 5 26 Threads command 5 28 Toggle Breakpoint command 5 23 5 26 Up Call Stack command 5 27 View Variable Value command 5 27 10 1 11 1 User Interface Editor 4 20 Variables and Watch windows 10 12 to 10 13 Run Options command Options menu 3 68 to 3 69 Break On First Chance Exceptions 3 68 to 3 69 Break on library errors option 3 68 Enable global Ctrl F12 debug break key 3 69 Hide windows 3 69 Save changes before running 3 68 run startup option table 1 1 run_then_exit startup option table 1 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 30 Run Time Engine Support Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 24 to 3 25 All Engines option 3 26 Full Runtime Engine option 3 24 Instrument Driver Only option 3 24 to 3 25 LabVIEW Real Time Only option 3 25 to 3 26 None option 3 26 run time error reporting Run menu Project window 3 31 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 25 Run Time Errors command Window menu 3 60 Runtime Support option Target Settings dialog box Target Type Dynamic Link Library
260. ion and select Code Add Watch Expression Edit Delete Watch Expression Delete Watch Expression removes the selected watch variable expression from the Watch window This command is not available in the Variables window Edit Find The Find command operates the same as it does in the Variables window Refer to Edit Menu for the Variables Window section for more information on this command View Menu This section contains a detailed description of the View menu for the Variables and Watch windows To use one of these commands select a particular array or string by clicking on it with the mouse or using the up and down arrow keys and then access the command from the View menu LabWindows CVI User Manual 10 6 ni com Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows View Expand Variable The Variables and Watch windows can display arrays strings and structures in closed form or expanded form In closed form you see only the name and address of the aggregate variable next to the triangle icon In expanded form the icon changes to a circle and you see the individual elements and their values The Expand Variable command expands a currently closed aggregate variable so you can see its contents Clicking on the triangle icon has the same effect as selecting View Expand Variable View Close Variable Refer to the View Expand Variable section for a discussion of expanded and closed variables The View Close Variable command c
261. ion in Chapter 3 Project Window for more descriptions of Instrument Menu commands Library Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the Library menu Use the Library menu commands to access function panels for the LabWindows CVI libraries Use library function panels to interactively run library functions and insert these function calls into any open Source window Refer to each library overview in the Library Reference section of the LabWindows CVI Help When you select a library name in the Library menu you can access the library function panels For more information refer to the Accessing Function Panels section in Chapter 6 Using Function Panels LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 28 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Tools Menu This section explains how to use the commands in a Source window Tools menu Tools Create ActiveX Controller Refer to Create ActiveX Controller topic in the LabWindows CVI Help for more information Tools Create ActiveX Server You can use the LabWindows CVI Create ActiveX Server Wizard to provide settings for your ActiveX Server project Refer to the Create ActiveX Server Wizard topic in the LabWindows CVI Help for more information Also refer to the Building ActiveX Servers in LabWindows CVI white paper from Start Program Files National Instruments Measurement Studio Help Measurement Studio Library Tools Edit ActiveX Server Use the Edit Activ
262. ion on how you can customize your Distribution Kit LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 30 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Run Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the Project window Run menu as shown in Figure Run Menu You can use commands in the Run menu to run your program and assign breakpoints For more information about breakpoints refer to the Introduction to Breakpoints and Watch Expressions section of Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Run Debug If the Target Type is Executable the Debug menu item runs the project s target executable for the currently selected configuration You set the active configuration using the Configuration submenu in the Build menu If the Target Type is Dynamic Link Library the Debug menu item runs the executable you specify with the External Process menu item Before running the executable the Debug menu item compiles any source files that must be compiled and builds the project s target executable or DLL if you made changes since you last built the target DLL or executable Run Time Error Reporting During the execution of a program LabWindows CVI can report various run time errors One example of a run time error is a call to a LabWindows CVI library function in which an array or string argument is not large enough to hold the output data When such errors occur a dialog box appears identifying the type of error and the location in the program where the error o
263. ions background color frame color and title bar color The frame color and title bar color options have effect only when you load a panel as a child panel To change each of these three options in the User Interface Editor you can use the Paintbrush tool on the background frame or title bar of a panel To set these colors programmatically use Set PanelAttribute with the ATTR BACKCOLOR ATTR FRAME COLOR and ATTR TITLE BACKCOLOR attributes LabWindows CVI User Manual 4 22 ni com Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window e Use the Preferences for New Controls section of the Editor Preferences dialog box to set initial attribute values for each control that you create in the User Interface Editor The Control Text Style and Label Text Style command buttons allow you to select the initial font and text style for all new controls Click on the More button to open the Other User Interface Editor Preferences dialog box Options Assign Missing Constants The Assign Missing Constants command assigns constant names to all of the objects in the User Interface Editor window that currently do not have constant names A confirmation dialog box appears showing the number of items that have no constant names Options Save In Text Format The Save In Text Format command saves the contents of the User Interface Editor window in an ASCII text format A dialog box appears prompting you to enter the pathname under which to save the text file The extensi
264. is command only if the file in the Source window has the same path and base filename as an instrument driver function panel p file The text cursor must be over the name of a function for which there is a function panel in the p file Tools Source Code Control Refer to the Tools Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of this command Tools Source Code Browser Refer to the Tools Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of this command LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 30 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Window Menu Use commands in the Window menu to bring any open window to the front for viewing or editing Refer to the Window Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of the commands in the Window Menu Options Menu Use the commands in the Options menu to set up preferences in the LabWindows CVI environment and execute various LabWindows CVI utilities Options Editor Preferences You can use the Editor Preferences dialog box to set up Source window editor preferences Undoable Actions Per File Next Session Use this option to set the number of actions per file that you can undo Purge Undo Actions When Saving File Use this option to clear the accumulated list of editing actions each time you save a file Move Cursor to the End of Pasted Text Use this option to put the cursor at the end of the pasted text Leave this
265. isplays a value returned from a function You can use a return value control only if the function has a non void data type When you select Create Return Value the Create Return Value Control Dialog Box appears You see the following items in the Create Return Value Control dialog box Control Label Specifies the label that appears above the control on the function panel Data Type Selects the data type of the variable or value displayed in the return value control The data type can be any data type other than an array type or a meta data type National Instruments Corporation 8 11 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor e Display Format Selects the format in which the return value control displays values You can display integers longs shorts and chars in decimal hexadecimal octal or ASCII You can display doubles and floats in either scientific or floating point notation If the datatypeis char orvoid the display format control is not valid e Control Width Specifies the width of the control in pixels The minimum allowed is 24 The maximum allowed is 2 048 The default control width is 145 pixels Create Global Variable A global variable control displays the value of a global variable defined in LabWindows CVI when users operate the function panel When you select Create Global Variable the Create Global Variable Control Dialog Box appears The following items appear in the Create Global V
266. ith the Edit Breakpoint dialog box The Edit Breakpoint dialog box contains the following items File Select the source file that contains the breakpoint you want to edit Line Select the line that contains the breakpoint you want to edit Pass Count Select the number of times that the source code line executes before the breakpoint occurs Condition Enter an optional expression that LabWindows CVI evaluates before it executes the source code line If the condition is true your program enters a breakpoint state otherwise execution continues Refer to the Conditional Breakpoints section for examples of conditional expressions Disabled Disable the breakpoint The breakpoint icon in the Source window changes color to indicate that you disabled it After you set all the breakpoint attributes in the Edit Breakpoint dialog box you can Replace the breakpoint with the new attributes Add the breakpoint to the breakpoint list or Cancel the operation The Go to Line button takes you to the source code location of the currently selected breakpoint The Delete Item button deletes the currently selected breakpoint LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 26 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows The Delete All button deletes all the breakpoints The Disable All button forces LabWindows CVI to ignore all the breakpoints The breakpoint icons in the Source window change color to indicate that you disabled them The En
267. itor window 3 Enter the help text into the Help Editor window Function Class Help To display help information about a class of function panel windows select the class in the Select Function Panel dialog box and click on the Help button Enter function class help information from the Function Tree Editor Complete the following steps to add help information 1 Select the class node in the function tree 2 Select Edit Edit Help in the Function Tree Editor menu bar The Help Editor window appears Alternatively you can click on the class node with the right mouse button to display the Help Editor window 3 Enter the help text into the Help Editor window Function Help New Style Help Only When you use the new help style you can display help information that pertains to a specific function panel by selecting Help Function in the Function Panel menu bar Alternatively you can click on the background of the function panel with the right mouse button to display the function panel help When you use the new help style you enter function panel help information from the Function Panel Editor Complete the following steps to add function panel help 1 Activate the function panel 2 Select Edit Function Help in the Function Panel Editor menu bar The Help Editor window appears Alternatively you can click on the background of the function panel with the right mouse button to display the Help Editor window 3 Enter
268. ize setting 3 62 to 3 63 Follow Pointer Chain command 10 7 parent structure 10 2 pointer linked structures 10 7 National Instruments Corporation 1 33 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index replacing 10 7 Retrace Pointer Chain command 10 7 subwindows in Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 4 symbols options for exporting symbols in DLLs 3 19 specifying in External Compiler Support dialog box 3 22 Syntax Coloring option Options menu 5 32 system colors selecting for panels 4 22 system integration by National Instruments B 1 T Tab Length option Editor Preferences command 5 31 Tab Order command Edit menu 4 9 Tag Scope command View menu 5 16 tagged lines Clear Tags command 5 16 Next Tag command 5 15 Previous Tag command 5 15 Tag Scope command 5 16 Toggle Tag command 5 15 Target Settings command Build menu 3 12 Target Settings dialog box 3 12 to 3 20 Target Type Dynamic Link Library 3 15 to 8 20 DLL file 3 15 Exports 3 19 Import Library Base Name 3 15 Import Library Choices button 3 18 Runtime Support 3 15 to 3 17 Type Library 3 18 Using LoadExternalModule 3 18 to 3 19 Version Info 3 18 Where to Copy DLL 3 15 Target Type Executable 3 12 to 3 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 34 Application file 3 12 Application Icon File 3 12 Application Title 3 12 Create Console Application 3 14 Icon 3 12 LoadExternalModule Options 3 14 Runtime Support 3 12 to 3 13 Version Info 3
269. ject Window Window Minimize All The Minimize All command hides all the LabWindows CVI windows including the Project window You can restore the windows by clicking on LabWindows CVI in the Windows task bar Window Close All The Close All command closes all the LabWindows CVI windows excluding the Project window Window Project Use this command to bring the Project window to the front Window Build Errors If you attempt to build a project and the project has build errors such as syntax or link errors the Build Errors window contains a list of the errors To bring the Build Errors window to the front for viewing select Window Build Errors Window Run Time Errors If you attempt to run a project and the project has run time errors such as over indexing an array the Run Time Errors window contains a list of the errors The Run Time Errors window also displays the output of the Utility Library ErrorPrintf function To bring the Run Time Errors window to the front for viewing select Window Run Time Errors You can use the Utility library DebugPrintf function to send debug output to the Debug Output window Window Debug Output LabWindows CVI displays the output of the Utility library DebugPrintf function and the Windows SDK OutputDebugString function in the Debug Output window It is a good idea to use the DebugPrintf function for all your debug output strings Unlike the Standard I O window you can access and scro
270. ject files Alist of the four most recently closed workspace or project files File Exit LabWindows CVI Use the Exit LabWindows CVI command to close the current LabWindows CVI session If you have modified any open files since the last save or if any windows contain unnamed files LabWindows CVI prompts you to save them National Instruments Corporation 3 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Edit Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the Project window Edit menu Edit Workspace You can include multiple projects in a workspace LabWindows CVI stores in the workspace the settings that do not affect the way your project builds When you create a new project a dialog box prompts you to add the new project in the existing workspace or to create a new workspace for the project The Edit Workspace dialog box displays the project files you included in your workspace The Edit Workspace dialog box has the following options e Add Adds a project to the workspace You can browse to the project you want to add e Remove Removes a project from the workspace e Move Up Moves the selected project up one line This list determines the order in which projects appear in File Set Active Project Move Down Moves the selected project down one line e OK Accepts your changes and closes the dialog box e Cancel Closes the dialog box without accepting any changes e Help Displays hel
271. jects panels controls menus and so on using the User Interface Editor window and save them in a uir file You can load display and modify these objects in your program using the functions in the User Interface Library Also you can specify callback functions that LabWindows CVI calls when events occur on these objects The LabWindows CVI CodeBuilder automatically generates complete C code that compiles and runs based on a user interface uir file you create or edit By choosing certain options presented to you in the Code menu you can produce skeleton code Skeleton code is syntactically and programmatically correct code that can compile and run before you type a single line of code With the CodeBuilder feature you save the time of typing standard code you must include in every program eliminate syntax and typing errors and maintain an organized source code file with a consistent programming style For more information refer to the CodeBuilder topic in the LabWindows CVI Help Creating Stand Alone Programs and DLLs With the LabWindows CVI Run time Engine you can create standalone executables dynamic link libraries and static libraries Refer to Chapter 4 Creating and Distributing Stand Alone Executables and DLLs in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual for more information National Instruments Corporation 2 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual Project Window Overview Use the Project wind
272. l Parameter esee 6 5 Specifying a Slide Control Parameter see 6 5 Specifying a Binary Control Parameter sess 6 6 Specifying an Output Control Parameter sese 6 6 Using a Global Control viii ld eda eS 6 6 Common Control Function Panel esee 6 6 Convenient Viewing of Function Panel Variables sss 6 7 Fil Men m 6 7 File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI esee 6 7 uiae cc 6 7 PilesSave Alls iia EUR ee NN e ES 6 7 Files Addi FP Bile to Project ace eH He etie rS 6 7 File Add Program File to Project sse 6 7 File Most Recently Closed Files eene 6 7 Code Menu siii at E 6 8 Code Run bunction Panel eio or e eem 6 8 Code Declare Variable 6 8 Code Clear Interactive Declarations eee 6 9 Code Select UIR Constant ecrire cete eri tl Dn te sica 6 9 LabWindows CVI User Manual xiv ni com Contents Code Select Attribute Constant ocoooocccnnnnnoncnnnconnonnnnncononnnnnnconnnnnnnncnonanannncnnnns 6 10 Select Attribute Constant oooooccononoconcconononnnonononnnnonconananonocononnnnnnconnno 6 10 Select Attribute Value naihir E E A Na 6 11 Code Select Variable or Expression c ccesccesceseneceseeenrereeeeseeeeecsaeeeneeesaes 6 12 What is
273. lay AC Current AC DC rms Current DC Current Continuity Diode Frequency AC DC Volts DC VYolts fl45Session Lal 45 configMeas Secondary Display AC Current DC Current Diode Frequency Ohms AC Volts DC Volts Clear Status 145 configMeas fl45Session Multiple Function Panels in a Window The Function Panel window can contain more than one function panel Each function panel corresponds to one function with the controls on that function panel manipulating the parameters to that function call You can disable individual functions by selecting Edit Edit Function and selecting the Function Disabled checkbox from the dialog box Disabled function calls do not appear in the generated code box therefore you cannot execute or insert them into a Source window Generated Code Box The generated code box at the bottom of the Function Panel window displays the code the function panels produce when you manipulate the panel controls The generated code box displays up to three lines of code at a time and is scrollable National Instruments Corporation LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Toolbars in LabWindows CVI The LabWindows CVI toolbar appears within function panels in the Function Panel Editor window and in Source windows It gives you quick access to common commands such as File Open and File Save You can configure the
274. le Auto Replace command Tools menu Function Panel Editor 8 17 Function Tree Editor 7 10 Enable global Ctrl F12 debug break key 3 69 End of Selection command View menu 5 15 Environment command Options menu 3 51 3 69 to 3 71 environment options Bring Debug Output window to front whenever modified 3 70 Check Foreground Lockout Setting on Startup 3 70 CVI Environment Sleep Policy 3 69 to 3 70 Enable Data Tool Tips 3 70 Force Loaded Instrument Driver s Source into Interactive window 3 70 Force Project Compiled Source Files into Interactive window 3 71 Goto source After Inserting Code from Function Panel 3 70 Interactive Window Memory Size 3 70 Lines in Debug Output window 3 70 Use Console Window for Standard I O When Debugging 3 70 Use Only One Browse Info window 3 70 National Instruments Corporation I 13 Index Use Only One function panel window 3 70 Error command View menu Function Panel Editor 8 13 Function Panel windows 6 15 errors Break on library errors option 3 68 build errors 5 21 Display status dialog box during build option 3 64 Maximum number of compile errors option 3 66 run time error reporting 3 31 5 25 Show Build Error window for warnings option 3 66 Source Code Control Errors window 3 61 Stop on first file with errors option 3 66 Estimate Number of Elements command Options menu 10 14 Exclude File from Build command Edit menu 3 7 Exclude Function command Options menu 6
275. le menu and choosing the User Interface unir menu item User Interface Editor Overview From the User Interface Editor Window you can create and edit GUI panels controls and menu bars Use the tool bar beneath the menu bar for high level editing with the mouse When you click on a particular tool the mouse cursor changes to reflect the new editing mode You can use the following icons in the User Interface Editor window E Use the operating tool to operate objects When you are in the operate mode events display on the right side of the tool bar These event displays have a built in delay to give you time to see each event Use the editing tool to select position and size objects Use the labeling tool to modify text associated with objects Use the coloring tool to color objects Clicking the right mouse button displays a color palette from which you can choose a color Clicking the left mouse button automatically colors the object with the last color selected in the color palette National Instruments Corporation 4 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window a Holding down the lt Ctrl gt key changes the coloring tool to an eyedropper tool When you click on an object with the eyedropper tool the current color of the tool becomes the color of that object Then you can apply that object s color to another object Using the Pop Up Menus of the User Interface Editor You can open a pop
276. lected controls through their horizontal centers Right Edges vertically aligns the right edges of the selected controls to the right most control Top Edges horizontally aligns the top edges of the selected controls to the upper most control 13 bl posi P Vertical Centers horizontally aligns the selected controls through their vertical centers co e Bottom Edges horizontally aligns the bottom edges of the selected controls to the lower most control Arrange Align The Align command performs the same action as the Alignment command using the option you last selected in the Alignment command submenu National Instruments Corporation 4 13 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window Arrange Distribution The Distribution command allows you to distribute controls on a panel Select a group of controls by dragging the mouse over them or Shift Click on each item you want to include in the group Then you can select a distribution method from the submenu The options on the Distribution command submenu are as follows Top Edges sets equal vertical spacing between the top edges of the controls The upper most and lower most controls serve as anchor points Vertical Centers sets equal vertical spacing between the centers of the controls The upper most and lower most controls serve as anchor points Bottom Edges sets equal vertical spacing between the bottom edges of the controls The upper mo
277. ll through the Debug Output window even while your program is suspended Enable the Bring Debug Output Window to Front Whenever Modified option in the Environment Options dialog box to make LabWindows CVI bring the Debug Output window to the front whenever your program adds text to the window LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 60 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Window Source Code Control Errors This window displays warnings and errors that source code control systems return when you execute commands from the Source Code Control submenu of the Tools menu Window Memory Display The Memory Display command opens the Memory Display window that you can use to view and edit the memory of the program you are debugging This window allows you to view and edit the data in hexadecimal byte word long decimal byte word long single precision floating point double precision floating point or ASCII representation You must enable the Edit Mode option before you can modify the process memory To change the value of a memory location click on that cell in the Memory Display window and type in the new value Window Variables Use this command to bring the Variables window to the front The Variables window shows the contents of all variables currently defined in LabWindows CVI You can access the Array Display and String Display windows from the Variables window The Variables window is useful for debugging programs LabWindows CVI updates th
278. loses the currently expanded aggregate variable so you can see its name and starting address Clicking on the circle icon has the same effect as selecting View Close Variable View Follow Pointer Chain Use Follow Pointer Chain to examine complex pointer linked structures such as linked lists and trees If a pointer is a member of a structure and points to a structure of the same type Follow Pointer Chain replaces the current structure with the child structure that the pointer references Clicking on the right arrow icon or selecting Follow Pointer Chain replaces the current structure with the child structure that the pointer references View Retrace Pointer Chain E Retrace Pointer Chain replaces the current structure with its parent Notice the presence of the left arrow icon after selecting Follow Pointer Chain in Child Structure Pointer in a Chain This indicates that the structure hquework begin next is a child structure in a chain Clicking on the left arrow icon or selecting Retrace Pointer Chain causes the variable display to revert back to Parent Structure Pointer in a Chain Note Retrace Pointer Chain is valid only when you displayed the current structure with Follow Pointer Chain National Instruments Corporation 10 7 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows View Go To Execution Position This command is valid only in the Variables window The Go To Execution Position command is availa
279. ls the Utility Library LoadExternalModule function to load object or static library files hy Note This option is not necessary if you use LoadExternalModule to load only DLLs that you load through DLL import libraries e Unlike DLLs object and static libraries can contain unresolved external references When you use LoadExternalModule to load an object or static library file LabWindows CVI resolves these references using symbols in your executable or DLL or in previously loaded external modules Consequently the names of the symbols in your executable or DLL that are necessary to resolve these references must be available to the LoadExternalModule function National Instruments Corporation 3 21 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window e CVILibraries This display provides information LoadExternalModule requires when your run time modules reference symbols in any of the following LabWindows CVI libraries User Interface Library RS 232Library DDE Library TCP Library Formatting and I O Library Utility Library If you use one of these libraries include in your external compiler project the source file displayed in this indicator This does not apply if you use LoadExternalModule to load only DLLs ANSI C Library This display provides information LoadExternalModule requires when your run time modules reference symbols in the ANSI C library Include in your external compiler projec
280. lude evi extlib cvi_lvrt 1ib in your external compiler project instead of cvirt lib and cvisupp 1ib Remember that when you use an external compiler you link to that compiler s ANSI C library If you use the Create Distribution Kit command on a project that you link for LabVIEW Real Time Support only LabWindows CVI automatically includes cvi lvrt dllin the distribution kit and disables the option to distribute the full LabWindows CVI run time engine All the functions in cvi 1vrt dll are multithread safe None Does not include any run time engine support All Engines Includes support for all three of the above run time engines Because it is not known at distribution kit build time if the target machine already has a run time engine NI recommends that you not choose None for your run time engine support Also do not include run time engine DLLs directly in a File Group because the DLL might not run correctly or it might have uninstallation issues Run Time Engine Install Location Selects the installation location for the run time engine If you choose Install in Windows System Directory the run time engine files are installed into whatever the Windows system directory resolves to on the target machine If you choose Install in Application Directory all run time engine and supporting files including cvirt d11 and cvirte dl1 are installed in the same directory as your application The low level support driver files cannot be
281. lude file associated with the p file of the current Function Tree Editor window e In the Create Distribution Kit dialog box The Install Run Time Engine option is disabled The instrument driver support DLL is included in the file groups instead If you need the LabWindows CVI Run time Engine for the soft front panel executable you must enable this option manually Hie groups are created that contain all the files that are required of a VXIplug amp play instrument driver installation For example only the import libraries for Visual National Instruments Corporation 7 13 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor C C and Borland C C are included and their directory names are msc and be Files that you must create independently are also named in the file groups even if they do not currently exist These files include the following e A Visual Basic include file which you can create by selecting Options Generate Visual Basic Include in the Source window e A documentation file which you can create by selecting Options Generate Documentation e A help file which you can create by selecting Options Generate Windows Help and the Windows Help Compiler e Aknowledge base file as defined in the VXIplug amp play specification e Files for a soft front panel executable an empty file group is created for this e In the Advanced dialog box The Use Custom Script option is enabled Script Filena
282. ly you can click on the control with the right mouse button to display the control help You enter control help information from the Function Panel Editor Complete the following steps to add help information for a function panel control 1 Select the control 2 Select Edit Control Help in the Function Panel Editor menu bar The Help Editor window appears Alternatively you can click on the control with the right mouse button to display the Help Editor window 3 Enter the help text into the Help Editor window LabWindows CVI User Manual 9 4 ni com Chapter 9 Adding Help Information File Menu Use the commands in the File menu to create a new function tree edit an existing function tree save function panel information into a p and sub file on disk or add function panels to a project For each IVI instrument driver a sub file accompanies the p file The sub file contains the information about the instrument driver attributes You edit this information using the attribute editor When you save the contents of a p file LabWindows CVI also saves the contents of the sub file automatically File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI The New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the File menu of the User Interface Editor work like New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the Project window For more information on these commands refer to the File Menu section of Chapter 3 Project
283. ly on disk File Print The Print command prints the window contents to a printer or a file Edit Menu This section explains how to use the commands in a Source or Interactive Execution window Edit menu as shown in Edit Menu Use the commands in the Edit menu to edit text in Source windows and the Interactive Execution window i Note Selecting Text in the Source and Interactive Execution Window describes the procedures for moving the cursor scrolling and selecting text National Instruments Corporation 5 7 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Edit Undo and Redo B Note LabWindows CVI disables Undo and Redo until you make an edit LabWindows CVI disables the Cut and Copy commands until you select text and disables Paste until you place text on the Clipboard If you select an edit command while it is disabled nothing happens The Undo command reverses your last edit action LabWindows CVI stores editing actions in a stack so that sequential Undo commands reverse a history of your edit actions You can set the size of this stack using the Options Editor Preferences command The maximum capacity of this stack is 1 000 operations The Redo command reverses your last Undo command If you go too far in using the Undo command you can use Redo to reverse your edit actions LabWindows CVI enables the Redo command only when the previous action was the Undo command Any other action even m
284. mand Options menu 3 62 to 3 66 Button Bar option Find command Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 13 Variables window 10 4 buttons adding and positioning on toolbar 5 2 C Callback Function option Edit Control dialog box 4 8 Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 6 Edit Panel dialog box 4 7 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index callback functions associated with close controls note 4 16 generating code for AII Callbacks command 4 18 Control Callbacks command 4 18 to 4 19 Main Function command 4 17 to 4 18 Menu Callbacks command 4 19 Panel Callbacks command 4 18 calling convention default 3 62 Cascade Windows command Window menu 3 59 Case Sensitive option Find command Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 11 Variables window 10 4 Case Sensitive option Find UIR Objects dialog box 4 11 Center Label command Arrange menu 4 15 Change Control Type command Edit menu 8 5 Change Control Type option Function Panel Editor menu bar 8 2 Change Format command Options menu 6 19 Character Select mode 5 5 Check Foreground Lockout Settings on Startup Environment dialog box 3 70 Check In command Source Code Control submenu 3 54 Check Out command Source Code Control submenu 3 54 Checked option Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 7 Child Panels Attributes section Edit Panel dialog box 4 8 child structure 10 2 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 4 Class command Create menu 7 6 Clear Interactive Declaratio
285. me is set to cvi bin vxipnp inf Executable Filename is left empty After you create a soft front panel executable and add it to the soft front panel file group click on the Select button to specify the soft front panel executable as the Executable Filename The Installation Title names are set to instrument prefix Instrument Driver Help Menu You use the commands in the Help menu to access information about LabWindows CVI Refer to the Help Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of the commands in the Help Menu Function Tree Editor Examples Creating a Function Tree with Multiple Classes In this example you create a function tree with several nested classes Before beginning invoke the Function Tree Editor by selecting File New Function Tree fp Complete the following steps to create a new instrument and function tree 1 Select Create Instrument 2 Enter Function Tree Examples as the Name and tree as the Prefix Click OK 3 Select Create Function Panel Window 4 Enter Function 1 as the Name and un1 as the Function Name Click OK LabWindows CVI User Manual 7 14 ni com Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor Select Create Class Enter Class 1 as the Name Click OK Select the line beneath the name Class 1 Select Create Function Panel Window Enter Function 2 as the Name and un2 as the Function Name Click OK Select File Save FP File As and save the file as n1tc1s To
286. ment driver Loading Unloading Instrument Drivers You can load and unload instrument drivers manually using the Instrument menu Instrument drivers loaded through the Instrument menu do not have to be listed in the project and you can load or unload them at any time except during program execution You can incorporate instrument drivers into the project by selecting File Add to Project in a Function Panel window or the Function Tree Editor window or by selecting Edit Add Files to Project in the Project window The p file represents the instrument driver in the project list If the p file is in the project list when you open the project LabWindows CVI automatically loads the instrument driver and removes it when you unload the project Precedence Rules for Loading the Instrument Driver Program File When you load a p file LabWindows CVI loads the instrument driver program file In some cases you might have an instrument driver program file in more than one format For instance you might have 18840a obj and 18840a c in the same directory This can occur when you obtain the source code for the instrument driver and then compile it LabWindows CVI chooses which file to load according to the following rules e Ifan instrument driver program file is in the project LabWindows CVI loads it There can be at most one unexcluded program file with the same base name as the p file in the project list Thus x obj and x c cannot be
287. ment window is active Setting and Clearing Breakpoints You can set and clear breakpoints in the following ways e If you select View Line Icons click the mouse in the line icon area next to a line of code to set or clear a breakpoint on that line e Move the cursor to the line of code where you want to set or clear a breakpoint and select Run Toggle Breakpoint or press lt Shift F9 gt e Select Run Breakpoints to edit all breakpoints in the project and the Interactive Execution window You also can use the Breakpoints command to set conditional breakpoints Refer to the Conditional Breakpoints section for information about conditional breakpoints e Select Run Break at First Statement to break on the first executable statement in the project or the Interactive Execution window e You can set breakpoints directly in your source code using the Breakpoint function e You can manually suspend execution while your program runs if your program checks for user input For example if your program makes calls to RunUserInterface or scanf pressing lt Ctrl F12 gt while a LabWindows CVI environment window is active causes a breakpoint state Conditional Breakpoints Set conditional breakpoints by selecting Run Breakpoints When you assign a conditional breakpoint to a line in your program LabWindows CVI evaluates an expression you supply such as x 100 or y lt 0 before executing the line If the expression is true program execution
288. menu 5 19 to 5 20 Configuration submenu 3 10 Create Return Value Control dialog box 8 11 to 8 12 Create Ring Control dialog box 8 9 Create Slide Control dialog box 8 8 Create Static Library command Build menu Project window 3 10 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 20 curly braces finding pairs of 5 10 setting location for 5 32 Current Tree command View menu Function Panel Editor 8 14 Function Panel windows 6 15 customer education B 1 Cut command Edit menu adding help information 9 6 Function Tree Editor 7 3 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 8 User Interface Editor window 4 5 Cut Controls command Edit menu 8 4 Cut Controls option Function Panel Editor menu bar 8 2 Cut Panel command Edit menu Function Panel Editor 8 4 User Interface Editor window 4 5 CVI Environment sleep Policy option 3 69 to 3 70 CVI Libraries display External Compiler support dialog box 3 22 CVI macro 3 67 CVI DEBUG macro 3 67 CVI DLL macro 3 67 CVI EXE macro 3 67 CVI LIB macro 3 67 cvidir configuration option 1 3 ni com D data tool tips enabling 3 70 data type compatibility for function panel variables 6 13 Data Types command Options menu 8 18 data types for instrument drivers 3 41 to 3 47 browsing 3 56 overview 3 41 to 3 42 predefined 3 42 to 3 44 intrinsic C data types 3 42 to 3 43 meta data types 3 43 to 3 44 user defined 3 44 to 3 45 array data types 3 45
289. mes associated with the objects in your uir files When you specify a parameter for an input control that can accept a panel resource ID control ID menu bar resource ID menu ID or menu item ID use Select UIR Constant to open the Select UIR Constant dialog box The list box at the top of the dialog box lists all the uir files open or in the project Only constants from the currently selected uir file appear in the list box at the bottom Click a file to select it e Constant Type Select which category of constant name to display in the list box below Constant Type e OK Copies the currently selected constant name into the function panel control e Cancel Cancels the operation and closes the Select UIR Constant dialog box National Instruments Corporation 6 9 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 6 Ej Using Function Panels Note If you attempt to use Select UIR Constant on the Panel Handle and Menu Bar Handle controls that appear on most User Interface Library function panels an error message appears These controls take the values returned from LoadPanel and LoadMenuBar so an attempt to select uir constants will fail You can use Select UIR Constant in user defined panels That way the command is available to function panels for user libraries that you build on top of the User Interface Library Code Select Attribute Constant In certain cases the Select Attribute Constant command replaces the Select UIR Con
290. meta data types that LabWindows CVI defines Intrinsic C Data Types The intrinsic C data types that LabWindows CVI defines are as follows int long short char unsigned i unsigned unsigned unsigned int long short char unsigned unsigned unsigned unsigned double float double float char char void long short char int long short char I When you create a control to represent an array of data make the data type an intrinsic C data type that ends with the square brackets Do not select a data type that ends with an asterisk The brackets tell LabWindows CVI that the control represents an array of data not a LabWindows CVI User Manual ni com Chapter 3 Project Window pointer LabWindows CVI can then perform the appropriate variable declaration and run time checking capabilities when the user operates the function panel When you define a function panel control with an intrinsic C data type variables the user declares in the control through the Declare Variable command appear with that data type in the dialog box You must define the parameter with the same data type when you prototype the function in the instrument driver include file Meta Data Types The meta data types are useful for parameters through which users can pass arguments of more than one data type The meta data types are Numeric Array Any Array Any Type and Var Args Each of these data typ
291. mmand 5 15 Recall Function Panel command 5 16 to 5 17 Tag Scope command 5 16 Toggle Tag command 5 15 Toolbar command 5 15 User Interface Editor Find UIR Objects command 4 11 to 4 12 Preview User Interface Header File command 4 12 Show Hide Panels command 4 12 Variables and Watch windows Array Display command 10 8 11 1 Close Variable command 10 2 10 7 Expand Variable command 10 2 10 7 Follow Pointer Chain command 10 2 10 7 Go To Definition command 10 8 National Instruments Corporation 1 39 Index Go To Execution Position command 10 8 Graphical Array View command 10 9 to 10 12 Memory Display command 10 8 Retrace Pointer Chain command 10 2 10 7 Source Code Browser command 10 8 String Display command 10 8 11 3 View Variable Value command Code menu Array Display window 11 1 Function Panel windows 6 7 6 14 String Display window 11 3 Run menu Array Display window 11 1 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 27 String Display window 11 3 Variables window 10 1 VISA data types 3 46 Visual Basic generating include file for 5 34 VXIplug amp play instrument driver files 3 37 VXIplug amp play Style command Options menu 7 13 to 7 14 W Watch command Window menu Project window 3 61 Watch window 10 2 watch variables expressions Add Edit Watch Expression dialog box 10 2 applicable only in source code modules note 5 22 purpose and use 5 22 to 5 23 selecting 10 2
292. mmand Options menu 10 13 variables browsing 3 56 compiler options Detect unitialized local variables at run time 3 63 Unitialized local variables detection 3 64 Declare Variable dialog box 6 8 to 6 9 Select Variable or Expression dialog box 6 12 to 6 14 Variables command Window menu Project window 3 61 Variables window 10 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index Variables window 10 1 to 10 14 Edit menu 10 3 to 10 5 File menu 10 3 Format menu 10 12 Function subwindow 10 1 Global subwindow 10 1 Help menu 10 14 icons associated with variables 10 2 Options menu 10 13 to 10 14 purpose and use 2 4 Run menu 10 12 to 10 13 View menu 10 6 to 10 12 viewing 10 1 Window menu 10 13 Version Info button Target Settings dialog box Target Type Dynamic Link Library 3 18 Target Type Executable 3 14 Vertical Centers option Alignment command 4 13 Distribution command 4 14 Vertical Compress option Distribution command 4 14 Vertical Gap option Distribution command 4 14 View command Code menu 4 19 View menu Array Display window 11 6 to 11 7 Graphical Array View command 11 7 Memory Display command 11 6 Source Code Browser command 11 6 String Display command 11 6 Function Panel Editor 8 13 to 8 15 Current Tree command 8 13 Error command 8 13 Find Function Panel command 8 14 First Function Panel Window command 8 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 38 Function Panel History command 8 14 Include File
293. n i odit ata dut hme her decade diti 6 17 Window Menu huit citu t i ERE a Da 6 17 Options Menu i e o a died 6 18 Options Default Control essere 6 18 Options Default All sese 6 18 Options Loo Darin rere eee UR RR RR A GERE 6 18 Options Exclude Function heine e a E e R a 6 18 Options Toggle Control Style sse 6 18 Options Change Format sess 6 19 Options Edit Function Panel Window eese 6 19 Help Men dere ote re Coe e RI ERR ee es EAE E REOR REO Re et ete 6 19 Control ti do Una anb uu AI AT 6 19 Purctlon oce enaU IG a Eee 6 19 National Instruments Corporation XV LabWindows CVI User Manual Contents Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor About the Function Tree and Function Tree Editor esse 7 1 Function Tree Editor Context Menu oocccccnncoocnncnononannncnononnnnncnnnannnnncononnnnnncnonos 7 1 A ta eco a ROV Eee rne ciet vigo etd 7 2 File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI esses 7 2 HEilesSave EP Fille tena e ed tas 7 2 Hille gt Save ERES AS ei etr irre Ge dos tdi 7 2 File Save Copy of FP File As eene nene eene 7 2 Ielloxelh cp 7 2 lul AN SUR 7 3 File Add FP File Lo Project tities een lie meme pgs 7 3 File Add Program File To Project esses 7 3 File Read Only etiem eem tt pte titi 7 3 Edit Menu i die
294. n subwindow displays function parameters and local variables from currently active functions The variable list for each function appears in a different section For any given function the Variables window lists formal parameters first followed by local variables Formal parameters appear in italics National Instruments Corporation 10 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows The following icons appear to the left of certain variables 7 The variable on this line is the starting pointer to a block of defined data such as an array string or structure Click on this icon or select View Expand Variable to expand the variable so that you can see each element or member For more information refer to the View Expand Variable section e The variable on this line is the starting pointer to a block of defined data that appears in expanded form Click on this icon or select View Close Variable to close the variable so that you see only the starting pointer For more information refer to the View Expand Variable section The variable on this line is a member of a structure that is a parent pointer to another structure of the same type Click on this icon or select View Follow Pointer Chain to replace the current structure with the child structure that the pointer references For more information refer to the View Follow Pointer Chain section The variable on this line is a child structure in a chain T
295. n the Create Instrument Node dialog box The name of the instrument up to 40 characters e The prefix that you want LabWindows CVI to add to the beginning of each function name The prefix cannot exceed eight characters Do not include the underscore _ separator in your prefix LabWindows CVI adds an underscore separator to the prefix before appending the function name to it The instrument name you enter in the Create Instrument Node dialog box appears at the bottom of the Function Tree Editor window The Create Class or Function Panel Window line appears beneath the instrument name Add functions and classes to the function tree using the Function and Class commands National Instruments Corporation 7 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor Create Class Use the Class command to add a new class to a function tree When you select the Class command a dialog box appears Enter the name that you want to appear in the Select Function Panel dialog box that appears when the user selects the instrument from the Instrument menu Adding a Class to an Empty Tree or Class Complete the following steps to add a class to an empty tree 1 Select the line that contains Create Class or Function Panel Window 2 Select the Create Class The Create Class Node dialog box appears 3 Complete the Create Class Node dialog box The class appears in the function tree window The new class name takes the place of the
296. n use global controls to monitor global variables the function does not specifically return as results These are read only controls You cannot alter the content and the controls do not contribute parameters to the generated code Common Control Function Panel A Function Panel window can contain a special function panel called a Common Control function panel The n controls on a Common Control function panel specify the first n parameters of all functions in the Function Panel window LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 6 ni com Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Convenient Viewing of Function Panel Variables Select View Variable Value or Add Watch Expression from the Code menu to view the contents of arrays structures and global variables that exist in function panel controls Depending on the type of the variable or expression the Variables Array Display String Display or Watch window appears with the variable or expression highlighted File Menu File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI The New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the File menu of the User Interface Editor work like New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the Project window For more information on these commands refer to the File Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window File Close The Close command closes the active Function Panel window File Save All The Save All command saves all open files to disk File Add FP F
297. n you execute the command the External Compiler Support dialog box appears The External Compiler Support dialog box has the following options UIR Callbacks This option creates an object or source file for you to link into your executable or DLL The object or source file contains a list of the callback functions you specify in the User Interface Resource uir files in your project When you load a panel or menu bar from the uir file the User Interface Library uses the list to link the objects in the panel or menu bar to their callback functions in your executable or DLL If you specify callback function names in your uir file s set the ring control to Source File enter the name of the source file to create and click on the Create button In the future whenever you save modifications to any of the uir files in the project LabWindows CVI automatically updates the source file You must call the InitCVIRTE function at the beginning of your main WinMain or DLLmain function so that LabWindows CVI run time libraries can initialize the list of names from the source file If you create a DLL and any of your callback functions are defined in but not exported by the DLL you must call LoadPanelEx or LoadMenuBarEx rather than LoadPanel or LoadMenuBar from the DLL Using LoadExternalModule to Load Object and Static Library Files This option enables the section of the dialog box that you use when creating an executable or DLL that cal
298. name as an instrument driver function panel p file and its associated sub file The command is useful only if you used the Create IVI Instrument Driver command to generate the instrument driver files The Edit Instrument Attributes command analyzes the instrument driver files to find all the attributes the driver uses It then opens a dialog box that displays the attributes and various information about them In the dialog box you can add or delete attributes modify their properties and enter help text for them When you apply the changes the command modifies the source include and function panel files for the instrument driver If you invoke the command when the text cursor is over the defined constant name or callback function name for one of the attributes the dialog box appears with that attribute selected in the list box Refer to the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide for more information about the Edit Instrument Attributes command Tools Edit Function Tree Use Edit Function Tree command to display the Function Tree Editor window for the function panel p file associated with the file in the Source window The function panel file must have the same path and base filename as the file in the Source window Tools Edit Function Panel Use the Edit Function Panel command to display the Function Panel Editor window for a function defined in an instrument driver source file You can use th
299. nary controls message control text and help text When you search in help text you cannot search in any of the other items at the same time The search begins at the function tree node for the current Function Panel Editor window The Find command always searches all controls on the panel regardless of whether any are currently selected If the Find command brings up a Help Editor window and you do not use the button bar you must return to the Function Panel Editor window or Function Tree Editor window to continue searching throughout the function panel file The Find command in the Help Editor window searches only within the window You can return to the Function Panel Editor window by pressing F8 You can return to the Function Tree Editor window by pressing F7 Edit Replace The Replace command operates the same as the Find command except that you can replace the search string with another search string i Note When you cut or copy aclass to the Function Tree Editor clipboard all its subclasses and functions are cut or copied as well Similarly when you paste the class all its subclasses and functions are pasted Create Menu Use the commands in the Create menu to create a new function tree or add new functions and classes to an existing function tree Create Instrument The Create Instrument command lets you create a new function tree When you select Instrument a dialog box appears Enter the following information i
300. nates and the width of each control National Instruments Corporation 8 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Use the commands and ring controls to the right of the list box to edit the top coordinate left coordinate and width of each control The ring controls contain default values until you highlight a specific control name and click Extract When you click Extract LabWindows CVI displays the coordinates for the highlighted control in the ring controls You can change the top and left coordinates and width of a control by highlighting a control name in the list box entering a value in the ring controls and clicking Apply To align or move controls complete the following steps 1 Use the Extract button to copy values into the ring control Highlight a control name and click Extract to copy the existing value of the control to the top left or width ring controls 2 To apply values to other control names place a check next to the control names whose values you want to change Click Apply to copy the values Edit Find The Find command allows you to locate a particular text string in the function panel file You can search for text in node names function names control labels control values item labels in ring slide and binary controls message control text and help text When you search in help text you cannot search in any of the other items at the same time The search begins at the no
301. nce REI rebns Options Menu nse ices tei dee e ct Seok e IE SEVERE CE lady Options Reset NdICES oooooconcnnnnnncnocnonnconconnconcnrncnnnnn nono Options Display Entire Buffer sss Help Menus ui ite i t EO RP Appendix A Source Window Keyboard Commands Appendix B Technical Support Resources Glossary Index LabWindows CVI User Manual xxii ni com About This Manual Conventions The Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI User Manual contains detailed descriptions of LabWindows CVI features and functionality To use this manual effectively you should be familiar with the Getting Started with Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI manual DOS and Windows fundamentals bold italic monospace monospace bold The following conventions appear in this manual The symbol leads you through nested menu items and dialog box options to a final action and through the Table of Contents in the LabWindows CVI Help to a topic The sequence File Page Setup Options directs you to pull down the File menu select the Page Setup item and select Options from the last dialog box This icon denotes a note which alerts you to important information This icon denotes a caution which advises you of precautions to take to avoid injury data loss or a system crash Bold text denotes items that you must select or click on in the software such as menu items and dialog box options Bold text also denotes
302. nction panel that is cut copied or pasted Complete the following steps to copy the help information between controls on different panels 1 PL SON Create a new function panel window from the Function Tree Editor Type Function 2 in the Name box and un2 in the Function Name box The Function 1 function panel should be on the screen in Edit mode Double click on Function 1 in the Function Tree Editor Select Create Global Variable Type Status in the Control Label box and ibsta in the Global Variable Name box Leave all other items at their default settings Click on OK Add the following help information to the Global Control This control displays the status of GPIB function calls Errors 0 Success non zero See the STATUS control on any GPIB Library function panel Select File Save FP file then File Close to save the text Select the Status control Select Edit Copy Controls Ctrl Page Down to display the Function 2 function panel Select Edit Paste The Status control appears on the function panel Select Options Operate Function Panel and view the help information Notice that the help information stays with a control when you copy that control Complete the following steps to copy the help text without copying the control 1 2 por tO OA tps Select Options Edit Function Panel Window Select Create Global Variable Complete the Create Global Variable Control dialog box as follows Type Erro
303. ndex Open command 4 3 Print command 4 4 Read Only command 4 4 Save command 4 3 Save All command 4 3 Save As command 4 3 Save Copy As command 4 3 Variables and Watch windows Exit LabWindows CVI command 10 3 Hide command 10 3 most recently closed files list 10 3 New command 10 3 Open command 10 3 Output command 10 3 Save All command 10 3 Savecommand 10 3 filename startup option table 1 1 files See also project files adding to project list 3 6 to 3 7 browsing source code files 3 55 Set Active Project command 3 4 Source and Interactive Execution windows Add File to Project command 5 7 Close command 5 7 Exit LabWindows CVI command 5 6 Hide command note 5 7 New command 5 6 Open command 5 6 Open Quoted Text command 5 6 Print command 5 7 Read Only command 5 7 Save command 5 6 Save All command 5 7 Save As command 5 6 Save Copy As command 5 7 User Interface Editor Add File to Project command 4 4 Close command 4 3 Exit LabWindows CVI command 4 3 New command 4 3 National Instruments Corporation 1 15 format conversion when loading 3 50 instrument driver files 3 36 to 3 37 location of files required for debugging DLLs 3 32 to 3 33 selecting multiple files in Project window 3 2 to 3 3 Find command Edit menu Array Display window 11 5 creating help information 9 6 Function Panel Editor 8 6 Function Tree Editor 7 5 Source an
304. ndow Refer to Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor for information about editing instrument function panels 3 Note You cannot edit the function panels of the LabWindows CVI libraries or user libraries Help Menu The Help menu for Function Panel windows works the same way as the Help menu in the Project window except that it also includes Control and Function help Refer to the Help Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for more information Control The Control command displays help information about the currently highlighted control To select control help with the mouse right click anywhere on the control you want help with Function The Function command displays general information about the function the current Function Panel generates To select function help with the mouse right click on the Function Panel you want help with National Instruments Corporation 6 19 LabWindows CVI User Manual Function Tree Editor About the Function Tree and Function Tree Editor The function tree defines the way functions are grouped in the dialog boxes Users access the function panels of an instrument driver through the Select Function Panel dialog box that they select from the Instrument menu Use the Function Tree Editor to create and modify the function tree for an instrument driver To invoke the Function Tree Editor select File New Function Tree fp or File Open Function Tree fp When you invoke the Functi
305. ndows CVI function panels to generate code to call functions in any of the LabWindows CVI libraries A function panel is an interface to the functions in the LabWindows CVI libraries and instrument drivers You can use function panels to help generate and test function calls within LabWindows CVI A Function Panel window generates one or more function calls with function parameters you specify in the function panel LabWindows CVI can execute these functions immediately in the Interactive Execution window When you execute a function panel LabWindows CVI copies the generated code to the Interactive Execution window and executes it The first time you execute a function panel for an instrument driver or library LabWindows CVI creates and executes an include statement for the header file associated with the instrument driver or library Refer to the Accessing Function Panels and Toolbars in LabWindows CVI sections for more information on the relationship between a function panel and the Interactive Execution window Instead of executing the function call you can choose to copy the function call code to a Source window You can later recall the function panel from the Source window by selecting View Recall Function Panel in a Source window Normally you use function panels to call into instrument drivers in the Instrument menu and libraries in the Library menu Refer to the Using Instrument Drivers section in Chapter 3 Project Window for detaile
306. nels command View menu 4 12 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 20 Hide Windows option Run Options command 3 69 hierarchy buttons Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 7 HKEY LOCAL MACHINESOFTWARE National Instruments CVI Run Time Engine cvirte 1 2 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE National Instruments CVI version 1 2 Horizontal Centers option Alignment command 4 13 Distribution command 4 14 Horizontal Compress option Distribution command 4 14 Horizontal Gap option Distribution command 4 14 Icon control Target Settings dialog box 3 12 icons associated with variables 10 2 Project window 3 1 to 3 2 Image base address compiler option 3 63 Import Library Base Name option Target Settings dialog box 3 15 Import Library Choices button Target Settings dialog box 3 18 include directory table 1 3 Include File command View menu Function Panel Editor 8 13 Function Panel windows 6 15 Include File in Build command Edit menu 3 7 include files adding missing files 5 21 generating for Visual Basic 5 34 prompting for path 3 63 tracking dependencies 3 63 Include option Add Files to Project command 3 7 ni com Include Paths command Options menu 3 68 Initial Control Width command Options method 8 19 Input command Create menu 8 7 File menu 11 4 input control parameters specifying 6 5 Insert Construct command Edit menu 5 9 to 5 10 Insert Function Call command Code menu 6 14 Insert Include Statements command B
307. nfiguration of each project Rebuild Forces LabWindows CVI to recompile all source files in each selected configuration of each project e Cancel Cancels the operation and removes the Batch Build dialog box Build Target Type The Target Type item opens a submenu in which you select the target type for your project The target type determines what type of file you create when you execute the Create command that appears below Configuration in the Build menu The name of the Create command changes depending on the target type and configuration you select You can select from the following target types e Executable Dynamic Link Library e Static Library The Executable and Static Library options are dimmed if you select LabVIEW RealTime Only as the run time support in the Target Settings dialog box When you select Static Library the Debug command in the Run menu is dimmed If you select Dynamic Link Library you can use the Select External Process command in the Run menu to specify an external program that uses the DLL When you do this the Debug command changes to Debug xxx exe where xxx exe is the name of the program you specify National Instruments Corporation 3 11 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Build Target Settings The Target Settings item brings up the Target Settings dialog box The Target Settings dialog box contains different controls depending on the item you check in Target Type
308. ng example 8 20 to 8 23 cutting and pasting functions and panels example 7 15 definition 2 3 6 1 finding functions 5 17 to 5 18 help information new style 9 3 to 9 4 invoking Function Panel Editor 8 1 multiple function panels per window 6 3 purpose and use 6 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index recalling See Recall Function Panel command View menu using existing panels in new driver example 7 15 to 7 16 function prototypes requiring 3 65 Function subwindow Variables window 10 1 Function Tree Editor 7 1 to 7 16 adding help information example 9 8 context menu 7 1 to 7 2 Create menu 7 5 to 7 7 Edit menu 7 3 to 7 5 examples 7 14 to 7 16 creating function tree with multiple classes 7 14 to 7 15 cutting and pasting functions and panels 7 15 editing items in function tree 7 16 using existing function panels in new driver 7 15 to 7 16 File menu 7 2 Help menu 7 14 Instrument menu 7 7 to 7 8 invoking 7 1 invoking Function Panel Editor 8 1 Options menu 7 11 to 7 14 Tools menu 7 9 to 7 10 Window menu 7 10 Function Tree Editor windows opening with New command 3 3 with Open command 3 4 purpose and use 2 3 Function Tree Help Editor window 2 4 function trees adding or inserting functions 7 7 building for instrument drivers 3 48 classes adding to empty tree or class 7 6 help information 9 3 inserting into existing tree 7 6 overview 6 2 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 18 creating
309. nition Opens the driver source file and jumps to the definition of the function that is currently selected in the function tree Go To Declaration Opens the driver include file and jumps to the declaration of the function that is currently selected in the function tree File Menu Use the commands in the File menu to create a new function tree edit an existing function tree save function panel information into a p and sub file on disk or add function panels to a project For each IVI instrument driver a sub file accompanies the p file The sub file contains the information about the instrument driver attributes You edit this information using the attribute editor When you save the contents of a p file LabWindows CVI also saves the contents of the sub file automatically File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI The New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the File menu of the User Interface Editor work like New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the Project window For more information on these commands refer to the File Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window File Save FP File The Save command writes the contents of the active window to disk If you want to append a different extension type it in after the filename If you do not want to append an extension enter a period after the filename File Save FP File As The Save As command writes the contents of the
310. not fit the IVI instrument driver model for GPIB or VXI devices National Instruments Corporation 3 39 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Defining the Instrument Functions An instrument driver exports a set of functions that programmers can use to control an instrument To make the set of functions easy to use you must organize them into a logical structure Group related functions into categories or classes For complex instruments group related classes into higher level classes For very complex instruments that incorporate multiple personalities you might consider creating multiple instrument drivers Structuring Functions in an Instrument Driver If you use the wizard with a predefined instrument template the wizard creates a function hierarchy for you Otherwise you must define and structure the driver functions on your own The three implementations of a single instrument driver hierarchy in this section show you some options for structuring functions In this example the driver includes seven functions with which to program the instrument The first implementation gives the user a simple linear list of all available functions instrumentA 1 functionl function2 function3 function4 function5 function6 function7 The second implementation breaks the functions into two function classes instrumentA 2 function classi functionl 1 functionl 2 functionl 3 functionl 4 function class2 function2 5
311. ns command Build menu 5 3 5 21 Code menu 6 9 Clear Source Code Control Error Window command Source Code Control submenu 3 55 Clear Tags command View menu 5 16 Clear Window command Edit menu 5 3 5 9 Close command File menu Array and String Display windows 11 4 creating help information 9 5 Function Panel Editor 8 3 Function Panel windows 6 7 Function Tree Editor 7 2 Source and Interactive Execution windows 3 7 User Interface Editor 4 3 Close All command Window menu 3 60 Close Variable command View menu 10 2 10 7 code See source files Code menu Function Panel windows 6 8 to 6 14 Add Watch Expression command 6 7 6 14 Clear Interactive Declarations command 6 9 Declare Variable command 6 4 6 5 6 8 to 6 9 Insert Function Call command 6 14 Run Function Panel command 6 8 Select Attribute Constant command 6 10 to 6 11 Select Attribute Value command 6 11 Select UIR Constant command 6 9 to 6 10 Set Target File command 6 14 View Variable Value command 6 7 6 14 11 1 11 3 ni com User Interface Editor Generate submenu 4 15 to 4 19 All Callbacks command 4 18 All Code command 4 16 to 4 17 Control Callbacks command 4 18 to 4 19 Generate All Code dialog box 4 16 Main Function command 4 17 to 4 18 Menu Callbacks command 4 19 Panel Callback command 4 18 Preferences command Always Append Code to End option 4 20 Default Control Events option 4 20 Default Panel Events option 4 20 Set
312. nstrument Edit The Edit command lets you invoke the Function Panel Editor or modify the relationship between the function panel file and its associated program file When you select Instrument Edit the Edit Instrument Dialog Box appears The Edit Instrument dialog box presents the following options Show Info Displays the names of the current function panel file and the attached program file It also shows whether these files are in the current project and if the program file is compiled The attached program file contains the functions that are called when users operate the function panel Attach and Edit Source Searches the directory that contains the function panel file for a filename that has the same prefix as the function panel file and a c extension If the file is found a new Source window opens with the file displayed in it and the source file is attached to the function panel If the file is not found you are prompted to create a new source file and a blank Source window appears e Detach Program Detaches the program file from the function panel e Reattach Program Attaches a program file to a function panel It searches the directory that contains the function panel file for a filename that has the same prefix as the function panel file and a obj d11 or c extension If a file is found the program attaches it to the function panel Edit Function Tree Invokes the Function Tree Editor Done Exi
313. nstrument Heli eb bata ide a eet 9 3 Function Class Help St e ee eth d tpe eerte leet eh dire ele dert 9 3 Function Help New Style Help Only eese nennen 9 3 Function Panel Window Help Old Style Help Only eee 9 4 Control Help ene eet eed ated quee 9 4 National Instruments Corporation Xix LabWindows CVI User Manual Contents File Menu eerte teo edge er dre ERR ole Rene a a a a etd 9 5 File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI esee 9 5 File Save FP File ime t re RR Hie UG 9 5 File Save FP File As inue estt ere Se P e desde 9 5 File Save Copy of FP File ea aree eder eee Rear eSti 9 5 Bile Closes 5 ra er RED HERREN 9 5 File Save All im ier ro e e RS NES eh He PUPPES 9 5 File Add FP File To Project unco eter eere 9 6 File Add Program File To Project eese 9 6 Pile Read Only decet eet er rd eden 9 6 Edit Menu dte m ente eren te s e esee te Eee Pues 9 6 Edit Undo and Redo eee tt etes 9 6 Edity Cuts 5 une aee Bebe eec ie 9 6 Edit9 COPY iii Ah e RD e 9 6 Edit P ste ninia ERE aH a E RUE HE ede rete EPUM 9 6 Edit Delete oisi atit te P TRE EU HET EE et ete UE PRRS 9 6 Edit Find sei nde tete aen eite 9 6 Edit Replace ioa ere teet ed aep e Dr 9 7 Edit Revertz ate RET ae eee an 9 7 Tools M nUu ete dune aa n aneb uie ed te as 9 7 Tools Edit Function Panel eese neret 9 7 Tools
314. nt Directories command 3 68 Library Options command 3 71 to 3 72 Run Options command 3 68 to 3 69 Source Code Control Options 3 73 to 3 74 Tools Menu Options command 3 72 to 3 73 Source and Interactive Execution windows Bracket Styles command 5 32 Colors command 5 32 Create Object File command 5 34 Editor Preferences command 5 36 Font command 5 32 Generate DLL Import Library command 5 34 Generate DLL Import Source command 5 33 Generate Visual Basic Include command 5 34 Help menu 5 35 Preprocess Source File command 5 35 Syntax Coloring option 5 32 Toolbar command 5 31 Translate DOS LW program command 5 33 User Defined Tokens for Coloring command 5 33 User Interface Editor Assign Missing Constants command 4 23 ni com Load From Text Format command 4 23 Next Tool command 4 21 Operate Visible Panels command 4 21 Preferences command 4 22 to 4 23 Save in Text Format command 4 23 Variables and Watch windows Add Watch Expression command 10 2 10 14 Estimate Number of Elements command 10 14 Interpret As command 10 13 Variable Size command 10 13 Other User Interface Editor Preferences dialog box 4 23 Output command Create menu 8 11 File menu Array and String Display windows 11 4 Variables and Watch windows 10 3 output control parameters specifying 6 6 Overwrite command Edit menu 11 6 P Panel Callback command Generate menu 4 18 Panel command Create menu 4 1
315. nu presents four commands Move to Front moves the control to the front of the z plane order so it is drawn last e Move to Back moves the control to the back of the z plane order so it is drawn first e Move Forward moves the control one place forward in the z plane order e Move Backward moves the control one place backward in the z plane order Arrange Center Label The Center Label command centers the label of the selected control Arrange Control Coordinates The Control Coordinates command invokes a dialog box where you can interactively set the width height top and bottom of all selected controls and labels Code Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the User Interface Editor window Code menu Use the commands in the Code menu to use CodeBuilder to generate code automatically based on a uir file you are creating or editing Code Set Target File Use the Set Target File command to set the destination file for the Insert Function Call command Set Target File brings up a dialog box from which you can select from any open Source window or the Interactive Execution window Code Generate You access the CodeBuilder features of LabWindows CVI in the Generate menu item The commands in the Generate menu produce code based on the uir file The code produced by the Generate menu uses the bracket styles you specify with the Bracket Styles command in the Options menu of the Source window for your project
316. ny other files it references Select Build Target Type Static Library in the Project window Execute the Create Static Library command Note You cannot export variables from a DLL using the import library source code this command generates When you want to export a variable create functions to get and set its value or create a function to return a pointer to the variable Note When you edit the source code this command generates you cannot use the import qualifier in the function declarations in the DLL include file Note The import source code does not operate in the same way as a normal DLL import library When you link a normal DLL import library into an executable the operating system attempts to load the DLL as soon as the program starts The import source code operates in such a way that the DLL does not load until the user makes the first function call into it National Instruments Corporation 5 33 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Options Generate DLL Import Library This command generates a DLL import library LabWindows CVI enables Generate DLL Import Library only when you have an include file in the Source window The include file must contain declarations of all the functions and global variables you want to access from the DLL When you execute the command a dialog box appears giving you the option to generate an import library for each of the compatible external compilers
317. o the New Panel function panel 8 Select Edit Paste The control appears on the panel View the help information by selecting Edit Control Help Notice that the help information is copied with the control National Instruments Corporation 8 25 LabWindows CVI User Manual Adding Help Information This chapter describes the types of help information available from an instrument driver and how you can create help information New Style Versus Old Style Help LabWindows CVI has two styles of online help for instrument drivers new Recommended and old LabWindows DOS The old help style maintains compatibility with help information created in LabWindows version 2 3 or earlier This help style uses the DOS IBM character set so it can display special extended ASCII characters used by older instrument drivers The new help screen style uses the standard Windows character set and automatically displays the control help with control name and data type information There is also a difference in the type of help information that can be displayed In either new or old style help you can view instrument help function class help and control help However the help information for functions is displayed differently between the two styles This difference has an effect only when you have multiple function panels on a single function panel window In the new style you can access function help for each function panel In the old style
318. o the lower off position of the binary control e ON Value Specifies the value constant name or valid C expression you want to associate with the On label e OFF Value Specifies the value constant name or valid C expression you want to associate with the Off label Create Ring A ring control shows the user an option list A ring control displays only one item at a time from its list of options When you select Ring from the Create menu the Create Ring Control Dialog Box appears The following items appear in the Create Ring Control dialog box Control Label Specifies the label that appears above the control on the function panel e Parameter Position Selects the location of the control value in the function parameter list For a control in a common control panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter lists of all function panels in a function panel window The first position is one 1 For a control on a function panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter list after the controls in the common control panel The first position after the controls in the common control panel is one 1 If there is no common control panel the first position is one 1 e Data Type Selects the data type of the values in the ring control Default Value Selects the default for the ring control The default must be one of the labels specified in the Edit Label Value Pairs dialog box
319. obal variable and message Create Input An input control accepts a variable name or value entered from the keyboard When you select Create Input the Create Input Control dialog box appears The following items appear in the dialog box e Control Label Specifies the label that appears above the control on the panel e Parameter Position Selects the location of the control value in the function parameter list For a control in a common control panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter lists of all function panels in a function panel window The first position is one 1 For a control on a function panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter list after the controls in the common control panel The first position after the controls in the common control panel is one 1 If there is no common control panel the first position is one 1 Data Type Selects the data type of the item entered in the input control Default Value Specifies the default for the input control The default must be a valid value a constant name or any other valid C expression Control Width Specifies the width of the control in pixels The minimum allowed is 24 The maximum allowed is 2 048 The default control width is 145 pixels National Instruments Corporation 8 7 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Create Slide A slide control looks like a mechanical
320. ogram catches the exception you can use the Continue command to resume execution of your program Note When you use LabWindows CVI to debug a DLL that you are calling from National Instruments TestStand enable this option so that LabWindows CVI can suspend your program before TestStand catches the exception Hide Windows When you enable this checkbox the LabWindows CVI environment hides all its windows until execution terminates or a breakpoint occurs Enable Global Ctrl F12 Debug Break Key Use this option to install a system wide hot key to suspend the execution of your LabWindows CVI program or the interactive window You can use this hot key when LabWindows CVI or your program is not the active application Enabling this option might interfere with other applications including your program that use lt Ctrl F12 gt for different purposes It also might not work correctly when you are debugging two applications with LabWindows CVI at the same time The hot key is active only when LabWindows CVI is running a user program or the interactive window Options Command Line Use the Command Line command to enter the command line arguments for your program When you run your program in the LabWindows CVI environment LabWindows CVI passes the command line arguments to your main function in the argc and argv parameters If your project makes a DLL you can pass command line arguments to an external program that you run to debug the DLL Speci
321. ollowing table shows these special data types for instrument drivers VISA Type Name Definition ViIntl6 Signed 16 bit integer ViInt32 Signed 32 bit integer ViUInt16 Unsigned 16 bit integer ViUInt32 Unsigned 32 bit integer ViReal64 64 bit floating point number VilInt16 An array of ViInt16 values ViInt32 An array of ViInt32 values ViReal64 An array of ViReale4 values ViChar A string buffer ViConstString A read only string ViRsrc An instrument driver resource descriptor string ViSession An instrument driver session handle ViStatus An instrument driver return status type ViBoolean Boolean value ViBoolean An array of ViBoolean values To use these special user defined data types in an instrument driver do the following 1 Add the VISA data types to the function panel file by using the Options Data Type command in the Function Panel Editor Then click the Add VISA Types button in the Edit Data Type List dialog box 2 Include the file vpptype h in the instrument driver header file LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 46 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Input and Output Parameters Because most instrument drivers are designed to control a physical instrument the input and output function parameters often correspond to one or more of the controls on the face of the instrument Define output parameters as follows 1 Review the purpose of the function to determine the
322. ols Export What This indicates your current method of choice for determining which symbols in the DLL to export to the users of the DLL Use the Change button to change your choice Change This button lets you select the method to use for determining which symbols in the DLL to export to the users of the DLL You have the following choices Include File Symbols You must name one or more include files that declare symbols defined globally in the DLL The DLL exports the symbols you declare in the include files You can select from a list of include files in the project Symbols Marked for Export The DLL exports all symbols you define in the DLL with the qualifier declspec dllexport or export Include File and Marked Symbols The DLL exports all symbols you define in the DLL with the qualifier _declspec dllexport or export and the symbols you declare in the include files e OK This button accepts the current inputs and closes the dialog box e Cancel This button cancels the operation and removes the dialog box iyi Note When you use the Symbols Marked for Export option or the Include File and Marked Symbols option and include in your project an object or library file that defines exported symbols LabWindows CVI cannot correctly create the import libraries for both of the compatible external compilers This problem does not arise if you use only source code files in your DLL project National Instrumen
323. ompiler to open the Build Error window when warnings occur even if no errors exist If you deactivate it warnings can occur without being brought to your attention e Generate Source Code Browse Information Use this option to view source code browse information under Tools Source Code Browser Options Compiler Defines The LabWindows CVI compiler accepts compiler defines through the Compiler Defines command in the Options menu of the Project window Compiler defines have the following syntax Dx or Dx y The variable x is a valid C identifier You can use x in your source code as a predefined macro For example you can use x as the argument to the if or ifdef preprocessor directive for conditional complication If y contains embedded blanks you must surround it with double quotation marks The Compiler Defines dialog box contains a list of the macros that LabWindows CVI predefines This list includes the name and value of each predefined macro LabWindows CVI predefines the macros to help you write platform dependent code 3 Note The default Compiler Defines string contains the following definition DWIN32 MEAN AND LEAN This definition reduces the time and memory taken when compiling Windows SDK include files For more information refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 66 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Predefined M
324. on tui is recommended for such files Do not use the uir extension The ASCII text file contains descriptions of all the objects in the User Interface Editor window You can call LoadPanel and LoadPanelEx on tui files iyi Note If you have a large number of objects in your User Interface Editor window loading a tui file can take significantly longer than loading a comparable uir file R Note The tui file format in LabWindows CVI 5 0 and later differs from previous versions If you use tui files to find differences between versions of your uir files and you created tui files in previous versions of LabWindows CVI create new baseline cui files for your uir files Options Load From Text Format The Load From Text Format command loads into a new User Interface Editor window the objects defined in a file saved using the Save In Text Format command A dialog box appears prompting you for the pathname of the file Help Menu The Help menu for the User Interface Editor window works the same way as the Help menu in the Project window Refer to the Help Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for information about the Help menu National Instruments Corporation 4 23 LabWindows CVI User Manual Source and Interactive Execution Windows Source Windows Source windows display the source code for the programs you develop These windows behave like standard text editors You can type text directly into a Source window
325. on Running a Program in LabWindows CVI National Instruments Corporation 3 33 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window The command line arguments that you set in the Select External Process dialog box are the same command line arguments that you set using Options Command Line in the Project window Run Continue Use the Continue command to resume program execution when in a breakpoint state Run Terminate Execution Use the Terminate Execution command to terminate a program that is in a breakpoint state Run Break at First Statement Select Break at First Statement to force LabWindows CVI to break a program on the first executable statement When activated this command has a checkmark beside it in the menu Run Breakpoints The Breakpoints command opens the Breakpoints dialog box which contains a list of the breakpoints in the project Also you can open this dialog box by right clicking in the line icons column and selecting Breakpoints from the pop up menu Use the Add Edit Item button to edit a single breakpoint with the Edit Breakpoint dialog box The Edit Breakpoint dialog box contains the following items e File Use this control to select the source file that contains the breakpoint you want to edit e Line Use this control to select the line that contains the breakpoint you want to edit Pass Count Use this control to select the number of times that the source code line executes before t
326. on Tree Editor a new Function Tree Editor window appears If you selected New to create a new function tree you see a blank Function Tree Editor window If you selected Open to edit an existing function tree the function tree for the file you selected appears in the window To edit the function panel of an instrument driver that is loaded in the Instrument menu select Instrument Edit Highlight the name of the instrument in the selection list of the Edit Instrument dialog box and click the Edit Function Tree button The function tree context menu appears when you right click a function panel window node in the Function Tree Editor Function Tree Editor Context Menu The following menu options are the same or similar to options available through the menu bar selections e Edit Node Performs the same function as the Edit Edit Node command Edit Function Panel Window Performs the same function as the Edit Edit Function Panel Window command Generate Source For Function Node Generates a function definition and declaration for the currently selected function node If a function definition already exists in the driver source file you are prompted for permission to update it You can replace insert above or below or skip without updating Your choice is then also applied to the declaration in the driver include file National Instruments Corporation 7 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor Go To Defi
327. on Windows Edit Delete The Delete command deletes highlighted text without placing the text on the Clipboard Edit Select All The Select All command selects all the text in the Source window and positions the keyboard cursor at the end of the file Edit Clear Window Use the Clear Window command in the Interactive Execution window to clear the contents of the window The Clear Window command also clears any variables declared in the Interactive Execution window 3 Note The Clear Window command is disabled in Source windows Edit Toggle Exclusion You can specify portions of code to exclude during compilation and execution LabWindows CVI ignores excluded code and displays it in a different color than included code The Toggle Exclusion command marks lines in Source windows and the Interactive Execution window as excluded or included code This command acts on single and multiple line selections You can exclude lines automatically when working in the Interactive Execution window Refer to Interactive Execution Window for more information on automatically excluding lines Select Edit Toggle Exclusion if you want to include these lines Edit Resolve All Excluded Lines The Resolve All Excluded Lines command interactively highlights the next excluded line or set of consecutive excluded lines and allows you to reinclude comment out conditionally compile out delete or skip the code Edit Insert Construct The Insert
328. onal array the Reset Indices dialog box appears The dialog box shows the size and display index for each array dimension The letter R indicates the dimension displayed as rows and the letter C indicates the dimension displayed as columns The indices for the remaining dimensions those dimensions not specified as either row or column remain constant at the specified value If you enter an invalid character such as a non alphanumeric character or any alphabetic character besides R r C or c an error message appears Likewise if you enter an index out of the range of a dimension an error message appears Press Enter to remove the error message If you want to close the Reset Indices dialog box without changing the indices click on Cancel String Display Window You can use the String Display window to view and edit the contents of a string variable or string array during a breakpoint When strings appear in ASCII format there is no visual distinction between a space ASCII 32 and a NUL byte ASCII 0 You can see the difference by displaying the string in decimal format In the String Display you can see beyond the NUL byte by selecting Options Display Entire Buffer From the Variables window select View String Display to invoke the String Display window for the currently highlighted string variable Double click on a string to invoke the String Display window Select Run View Variable Value in a Source window or selec
329. ons in an Instrument Driver se 3 40 Defining the Hierarchy of Functions eeeeee 3 41 Defining the Function Parameters sese 3 41 Data Types i aee RE ied hott on pat RO REED rH Hb RUE REESE ONERE 3 41 Predefined Data Types ice eg dr eer pne 3 42 Intrinsic C Data Types eret ettet tete 3 42 Meta Data Types entere emere eee fei 3 43 National Instruments Corporation Vii LabWindows CVI User Manual Contents User Defined Data Types eere tette eee eee tpe 3 44 Creating a User Defined Data Type eee 3 45 User Defined Array Data Types see 3 45 VISA Data Types ciutat a rere tee OPE Rib eese 3 46 Input and Output Parameters sess 3 47 Return Values co WR ERREUR RR ERR 3 47 Required Instrument Driver Functions essere 3 47 Building the Function Tree tee acid 3 48 Building the Function Panels eese 3 48 Writing the Function Code eese emen 3 49 Operating the Driver edt e ette Yee ete redes 3 49 Testing the Instrument Driver eeessseeeeeeeenenen eene 3 49 Documenting the Driver tee tette eee retire tds 3 50 Instrument Mei or d eee Rr POE a 3 50 Instruments Gad isis os ote tener e RUE NR dn ede steer us 3 50 File Format Conversion sssrinin enai 3 50 Instrument Unlo ad eene ie ER e tee ie Ee i ENE 3 50 Instrumen
330. ontrol commands apply to either the list of files you select the currently selected file in the Project window or the file that is in the active window Get Latest Version Use this command to get the latest version of files from the source code control project that is attached to the current LabWindows CVI project Get Latest Versions of All Use this command to get the latest version of all files in the current LabWindows CVI project e Check Out Use this command to check out files from the source code control project attached to the current LabWindows CVI project e Check In Use this command to check files into the source code control project attached to the current LabWindows CVI project Undo Check Out Use this command to undo check out actions you previously performed on files Add File to Source Control Use this command to add files to the source code control project that is attached to the current LabWindows CVI project Remove From Source Control Use this command to remove files from the source code control project that is attached to the current LabWindows CVI project Show History Use this command to view the source code control history for a file Show Differences Use this command to view the differences between a file on disk and the latest version of the file in the source code control system e Properties Use this command to view the source code control properties and status of a file
331. option blank to put the cursor at the beginning of the pasted text Tab Length Use this option to set the tab length Activate the options to request LabWindows CVI to convert tab characters into spaces when saving files and convert leading spaces to tab characters when loading files These options are convenient if you use another editor or a printer that does not support tab characters Line Terminator for This File and Line Terminator for New Files LabWindows CVI can read source files with any of the commonly used line termination sequences It remembers what line termination sequence was found in each file and uses the same sequence when saving each file If you want to change that sequence because you want to load the file into another editor use the Line Terminator option as follows Ifyou want to load your text file into DOS Windows editors select CR LF termination Ifyou want to load your text file into a Macintosh editor select CR termination Options Toolbar Use the Toolbar command to select which icons appear in the Source window toolbar National Instruments Corporation 5 31 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Options Bracket Styles The Bracket Styles command allows you to set the location of curly brackets when the following commands generate them in your program The Edit Insert Construct command in a Source window e The Code Generate command in the
332. option generates error messages when you access variables that do not have values assigned to them You can select the following levels Disabled This mode disables uninitialized local variable warnings and errors Conservative This mode flags only variables that do not have values assigned to them Aggressive This mode flags all variables that may or may not have values assigned to them Detect Signed Unsigned Pointer Mismatches This option generates a compiler warning for pointer assignments in which the left side and right side are not both signed or unsigned expressions According to the ANSI C standard these assignments are errors because they involve incompatible types In practice however such assignments cause no problems The LabWindows CVI compiler checks assignment statements and function call arguments to ensure that the 1value and rvalue expressions have compatible types If you enable the Enable Signed Unsigned Pointer Mismatch Warning option LabWindows CVI generates compile warnings when the 1value and rvalue expressions are both pointers to integers but one points to a signed integer and the other points to an unsigned integer For example the LabWindows CVI compiler generates a Signed type mismatch between pointer to char and pointer to unsigned char warning on the call to MyFunction in the following code example void MyFunction unsigned char x char y my string main MyFunction
333. oration xvii LabWindows CVI User Manual Contents Edit Cut Control si Suc cr ato citer dnd 8 4 Edit Copy Controls ine hp erred epe qi 8 4 Edit P st zi Dna RIS 8 4 Bdit CutiPanelz noue en eua eis 8 4 Edits Copy Panel Ret e HER en asks aaa as 8 4 Edit Edit Control cccccsssscccccsssssccsecessssececcssssneeeccensnneececesseaaeescessssaeeeeess 8 4 Edit Change Control Type essent 8 5 Edits Edit Funct On ri ertet oe e e ees 8 5 Edits Alignment n dede ne ote obe ten ede e eR ve peas 8 5 Edit Alien uot egoou talium p pO Rete detulit 8 5 Edit Distributionzcs ida eds toned E O d WEGE E TEENS 8 5 EditsDistribute eret ied eder I eiue 8 5 Edit Control Goordin tes ni tva acd e d ndi 8 5 Edit FlMd RR 8 6 Edit Repl ce oer RA RH e e np ser Hee rere EIS 8 6 Edit Control Help 55er ttr ta nere RR ERI na ed 8 6 Edit Function Help or Window Help eene 8 7 Create Menu sace ici 8 7 Create Input rem autem he RR des 8 7 Creates deta eth oonebwNt leitete int totes 8 8 Create BInaby 25 e Seele ae RE E E 8 8 Greate Rings ts ater aa ni eU ets 8 0 Creates NUME C nooi rrei tte ia DR eR EE Re e HE ER AEEA 8 10 Create OUEDUt aco ete bs at 8 11 Create Retum Valle iniciada 8 11 Create Global Variable essere enne een 8 12 Create Message osten m dead e RR e URS e en 8 12 Create Function Panel essere eene 8 12 Create Common Control Panel
334. ore but you are no longer dependent on an external file In general you will develop your application using the UIR Editor and loading UI objects from files as you have done before When you are ready to distribute the application go through the above steps and eliminate the external dependency If you want to modify the UI after generating the code you may either edit the generated code or use the UIR Editor re save the cui and re generate the function definitions UI to Code Converter Limitation The UI to Code Converter application will handle any UIR transparently with one restriction The generated code will declare identifiers for what were originally defined constants Since you cannot switch on identifiers you will have to replace any switch case structures that relied on the constant definitions with a series of if constructs For example you might have been switching inside a callback function on the control parameter You would need to replace this with a series of if constructs Tools User Interface Localizer Use this utility to translate your user interface resource files uir into other languages Refer to the help dialog box in the User Interface Localizer utility for more information This utility allows you to create a language resource file 1w1 which you can use with LoadLocalizedPanel to translate a uir file When you load a uir or tui file you will see a tree populated with all the strings of
335. other Complete the following steps to copy a control 1 Gol Auc SIL E Be sure the function panel from the previous example is active and in the Edit mode Position the selection on the Volts Div control Select Edit Control Help or click the secondary mouse button on the control Enter the following text in the Help Editor dialog box This control specifies the volts per division setting of the oscilloscope Select File Save FP File and then select File Close in the Help Editor dialog box With the selection still on the Volts Div control select Edit Copy Controls Select Edit Paste With the selection on the new control select Edit Edit Control Change the Ring Control Label to Volts Div 2 and the parameter position to 2 Notice in the Generated Code window that the config function now has an additional parameter Volts Div 2 Complete the following steps to create a new function panel and copy a control to the panel 1 2 GM deos Select Option Edit Function Tree Create a function panel window with the following parameters Type New Panel in the Name box and new panel in the Function Name box Position the selection on the Configure node Select Edit Edit Function Panel Window to return to the Configure panel Position the selection on the control Volts Div 2 Select Edit Cut Controls LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 24 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor 7 Press Ctrl Page Down to move t
336. oting wizards manuals drivers software updates and more Web support is available through the Technical Support section of ni com NI Developer Zone The NI Developer Zone at ni com zone is the essential resource for building measurement and automation systems At the NI Developer Zone you can easily access the latest example programs system configurators tutorials technical news as well as a community of developers ready to share their own techniques Customer Education National Instruments provides a number of alternatives to satisfy your training needs from self paced tutorials videos and interactive CDs to instructor led hands on courses at locations around the world Visit the Customer Education section of ni com for online course schedules syllabi training centers and class registration System Integration If you have time constraints limited in house technical resources or other dilemmas you may prefer to employ consulting or system integration services You can rely on the expertise available through our worldwide network of Alliance Program members To find out more about our Alliance system integration solutions visit the System Integration section of ni com National Instruments Corporation B 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Appendix B Technical Support Resources Worldwide Support National Instruments has offices located around the world to help address your support needs You can acce
337. ou can enter instrument class function and control You can edit instrument and class help from the Function Tree Editor and function and control help from the Function Panel Editor Each of the editors has an Edit menu in the menu bar Select Edit Edit Help in the Function Tree Editor to add instrument and class help Select Edit Function Help and Edit Control Help in the Function Panel Editor to add function panel and control help Complete the following steps to add help information 1 From either the Function Tree Editor or the Function Panel Editor select the item to which you want to add help information 2 Select Edit Edit Help Edit Function Help or Edit Control Help in the menu bar The Help Editor window appears 3 Enter help in the text box LabWindows CVI User Manual 9 2 ni com Chapter 9 Adding Help Information Instrument Help When you are viewing help information for a function class or function panel window click the Instrument Help button to see help information about the instrument driver as a whole You can add instrument help information in the Function Tree Editor Complete the following steps to enter the help information for the instrument 1 In the Function Tree Editor select the instrument node at the top of the function tree 2 Select Edit Edit Help The Help Editor window appears Alternatively you can click on the instrument node with the right mouse button to display the Help Ed
338. oving the cursor disables the Redo command Edit Cut and Copy To cut or copy text to the Windows Clipboard select the text you want to place on the Clipboard and then select Cut or Copy from the Edit menu LabWindows CVI places the selected text on the Clipboard If you used the Copy command the text remains in the window Use the Cut command to delete text from the window Controls you cut or copy do not accumulate on the Clipboard Every time you cut or copy a control it replaces the previous contents of the Clipboard Edit Paste The Paste command inserts text from the Clipboard e Ifyou Paste in character select mode the characters appear at the cursor on the current line e Ifyou Paste in line select mode the new lines appear above the current line e Ifyou Paste in column select mode the new block of characters appears at the cursor on the current line e f you select text before you execute the Paste command the contents of the Clipboard replace the selected text You can Paste the same information from the Clipboard as many times as you like Text remains on the Clipboard until you use Cut or Copy again or until another application overwrites the Clipboard The New and Open commands do not erase the Clipboard To insert text from the Clipboard move the cursor to the place you want the text inserted and select Paste from the Edit menu LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 8 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Executi
339. ow Edit Menu Bars The Menu Bars command opens the Menu Bar List dialog box The list contains all of the menu bars in the resource file listed by constant prefix The Menu Bar List dialog box has the following options Create Opens a new Edit Menu Bar dialog box as seen in Edit Menu Bar dialog box After you create a menu bar it appears below the currently selected menu bar in the menu bar list Edit Opens the Edit Menu Bar dialog box for the selected menu bar Cut Deletes the currently highlighted item in the menu bar list and copies it to the menu bar Clipboard Copy Copies the currently highlighted item in the menu bar list to the menu bar Clipboard Paste Inserts the contents of the menu bar Clipboard to the menu bar list When you use the Paste button the menu bar is inserted above the currently highlighted item in the menu bar list Done Closes the Menu Bar List dialog box The Edit Menu Bar dialog box appears when you click on the Create or Edit buttons on the Menu Bar List The Edit Menu Bar dialog box has the following options Menu Bar Constant Prefix Sets the resource ID for the menu bar You pass this resource ID to LoadMenuBar to load the menu bar into memory The menu bar constant prefix is defined in the file that LabWindows CVI generates when you save the uir file If you do not assign a menu bar constant prefix the User Interface Editor assigns one for you when you save the uir file
340. ow to open edit build run and save application project prj files A project file is a list of files your application uses Certain files must be in the list while others are optional If you had a project loaded the last time you used LabWindows CVI that project appears in the Project window when you start LabWindows CVI again Unless you use the following files as instrument driver program files or load them dynamically using LoadExternalModule you must put them in your project file list e Source files your application program uses ending with c e Object files your application program uses ending with obj e Library files your application program uses ending with 1ib DLL import libraries are in this category The following files are optional in your project file list Header files h your application program uses Listing h files makes it easy to open them for viewing or editing and ensures that the compiler can find them e User interface resource uir files your application program uses Listing uir files makes it easy to open them for viewing or editing and ensures that LabWindows CVI can find them e Instrument driver function panel p files Listing fp files lets LabWindows CVI automatically load instruments when you open the project Instrument driver program files Listing these files overrides the loading precedence for instrument driver program files Refer to Using Instrument Drivers and Inst
341. ows 4 Green 5 Cyan 6 Blue 7 Magenta 8 Black The Dimension 1 axis represents the first dimension of the array The Dimension 2 axis represents the second dimension of the array Customize the appearance of the graph by using the Color Scale option which selects different color scales Format Menu This section contains a detailed description of the Format menu for the Variables and Watch windows Use the commands in the Format menu to choose the format the Variables window uses to display numbers You can change the format for an individual variable as well as the default formats for all variables The first five items in the menu specify the available formats for displaying individual integers in the Variables and Watch windows You can display integers in decimal hexadecimal octal binary or ASCII format The next two items in the Format menu specify the formats available for displaying individual real numbers Real numbers appear in either floating point or scientific notation The last item Preferences sets the default formats for all integers and all real numbers Run Menu The Run menu contains the following subset of the commands that appear in the Run menu of the Source window Debug Continue e Step Over e Step Into e Finish Function e Terminate Execution Break at First Statement e Breakpoints Threads LabWindows CVI User Manual 10 12 ni com Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows
342. ows 5 31 String Display window 11 7 User Interface Editor 4 21 Variables window 10 1 10 13 Watch window 10 2 10 13 windows hiding 3 69 Windows DLLs See DLLs WINDOWS macro 3 63 Windows SDK command Help menu 3 75 WinMain using instead of main 4 18 workspace creating with New command 3 3 Edit Workspace dialog box 3 6 opening with Open command 3 4 with Set Active Project command 3 4 Workspace command Edit menu 3 6 Worldwide technical support B 2 Wrap option Find command Variables window 10 4 Find UIR Objects dialog box 4 11 ni com
343. ox 4 9 Label Appearance section 4 9 Quick Edit Window 4 9 Source Code Connection 4 8 Edit Control option Function Panel Editor menu bar 8 2 Edit Custom Controls command Edit menu 4 10 Edit Custom Controls dialog box 4 10 Edit Data type List dialog box 8 18 Edit Function command Edit menu 8 5 Edit Function Panel command Tools menu adding help information 9 7 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 30 Edit Function Panel Window command Edit menu 7 4 Options menu 6 19 Edit Function Panel Window option Function Tree Editor context menu 7 1 Edit Function Tree command Edit Instrument dialog box 3 51 7 8 Options menu 8 19 Tools menu 5 30 9 7 Edit Help command Edit menu 7 3 Edit Instrument Attributes command Tool menu Function Panel Editor 8 17 Function Tree Editor 7 9 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 30 National Instruments Corporation 1 11 Index Edit Instrument dialog box Function Panel Editor 8 16 Project window 3 51 Edit Label Value Pairs dialog box 4 9 Edit menu Array Display window Edit Value command 11 5 Find command 11 5 Goto command 11 5 creating help information 9 6 to 9 7 Function Panel Editor 8 3 to 8 7 Align command 8 5 Alignment command 8 5 Change Control Type command 8 5 Control Coordinates command 8 5 to 8 6 Control Help command 8 6 Copy Controls command 8 4 Copy Panel command 8 4 Cut Controls command 8 4 Cut Panel command 8 4 Distribute command
344. p destination directory in which to install the selected file group yi Note Using the V syntax can cause unexpected results if you attempt to reference a directory that is higher than one of the common Windows locations For example if you set the Group Destination to Windows System Directory and the Relative Path to Test you expect the Group Destination to resolve to c WINDOWS system and the relative path to resolve to c WINDOWS Ntest However due to the behavior of the installer the relative path resolves to c test because the common Windows locations behave as if they were one single directory no matter how many elements are in the path Set the Group Destination to Windows Directory and set the Relative Path to Test to obtain the expected location Distribute Objects Libraries For Both Compilers This option helps you distribute object files static libraries and DLL import libraries for all the compatible external compilers When enabled this option affects all the obj and 1ib files listed in the selected file group LabWindows CVI includes two versions of each file in the distribution kit LabWindows CVI expects these versions to be in subdirectories under the specified location of each file The subdirectories must be named msvc or borland For example if you specify the file c myapp distr big 1ib in a file group and you enable the Distribute Objects Libraries For Both Compilers option when LabWindows CV
345. p for workspaces Edit Add Files to Project Use the Add Files to Project item to add any type of file to the project list Choose any one of the file types listed in the menu to invoke a dialog box and then select a file from the dialog box Use the Source Object and Library items to add code modules to your project Refer to Chapter 2 Using Loadable Compiled Modules in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual for information about using object library and DLL files in LabWindows CVI An import library 11b file must accompany each DLL If you want to use a DLL in your project you must list the import library rather than the DLL You cannot add DLL and DLL path pth files to the project If you load a project that was created in Windows 3 1 and contains d11 or pth files LabWindows CVI displays a warning message and excludes the files For more detailed information on using DLLs in LabWindows CVI refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 6 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Use the Include item to add header files to your project It is a good idea to list header files in your project because this makes access to your header files much easier Use the User Interface item to add uir files to your project You can list uir files in your project to make access to the files easier Use the Instrum
346. pare use Synchronize at Top to display both files starting at the top e Select Find Next Difference to display the next point where a difference exists in the files Highlight a section from one of the files and select Synchronize Selections from that window to find a matching section in the other file Use Match Criteria to establish the number of lines that must match to mark the end of differing sections in a file e Select Ignore White Space to compare files while ignoring spaces tabs or other text control characters Use Recompare Ignoring White Space once a difference has been found to determine if the only difference in the selections involves white space characters Edit Go To Definition When you place the text cursor on a C identifier and select Go To Definition LabWindows CVI highlights the definition of the identifier If the definition is not available for example a LabWindows CVI library function definition LabWindows CVI highlights the declaration of the identifier LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 10 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Edit Go To Next Reference When you place the text cursor on a C identifier and select Go To Next Reference LabWindows CVI highlights the next reference of the identifier Edit Go Back Returns to the previous identifier Edit Find The Find command invokes the Find dialog box Enter the text you want to find in the Find What text box If
347. poration 2 3 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 2 LabWindows CVI Overview e Function Panel Editor windows You use these windows to build function panels These windows include an optional toolbar to give you quick access to commands you use frequently Refer to Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor for more information e Function Tree Help Editor and Function Panel Help Editor windows You use these windows to add online help to function panels Refer to the Chapter 9 Adding Help Information for more information on these windows e Variables Array Display String Display and Watch windows You use these windows for debugging programs Refer to Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows and Chapter 11 Array and String Display Windows for more information You develop applications in the LabWindows CVI environment using the ANSI C programming language LabWindows CVI complies with the ANSI X3 159 1989 and the ISO IEC 9899 1990 standards for the C programming language For information on the LabWindows CVI compiler linker and how to use the LabWindows CVI libraries with other compilers and linkers refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual How to Create Applications with LabWindows CVI Use LabWindows CVI as a text editor in which to enter your entire program You can greatly simplify application development by using function panels to execute LabWindows CVI
348. ps You must assign a destination directory to each group The distribution kit creates the directories on the target machine and places each of the file groups in its assigned directory You can set each of the options to the right of the list box to different values for each file group File groups for the files in your project are automatically created for you Add Group Adds a new group to your distribution kit Edit Group Edits the selected group Delete Group Deletes the selected group from your distribution kit Create Shortcuts Use this option to choose whether to create shortcuts that contain icons for files in the selected file group The installation program will install the embedded icons for exe files and the default icons for com pif 1nk bat cmd hlp txt doc wri xls ppt htm html vsd xml pd and reg files To create a shortcut to the same file in more that one location you can add the file to a new file group with the same Group Destination and change the shortcut in that new group to be created in the additional location Items created on the Start menu are shortcuts so they do not have file extensions If you create shortcuts for two files of the same base name such as test exe and test h1p two shortcuts with the name test are created and one overwrites the other Make sure that you name shortcuts created in the same location differently You can create shortcuts choose in the
349. ptions Source Code Control Options eee 3 73 Options Foto eae 3 74 Options Colors iaa a dai e DTP are Re oes 3 75 Help Men negro ren ERU Rad RH eee 3 75 Help Conte mt iiss uie mae er RR dass 3 75 Help Windows DK notre eet ut PR ee eheu 3 75 Help Tip of the Day i e ORO ER ERO REESE TIS E 3 76 Helps Web Links 5 Ait bare Rede RP RR 3 76 Help About LabWindows CVI eese nennen 3 76 Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window User Interface Editor Overview ccccsccccccesssscccceesssceeecessssscececesssaeeeceesessseeeeeeesssseeeeees 4 1 Using the Pop Up Menus of the User Interface Editor 4 2 CodeBuilder OVErview A r a a a ara e ara 4 2 Elle Menusa a AA dd E i i aA 4 3 File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI eese 4 3 Biles Saves AS fic cias ee e geessesxtyen evtecehvisestexi etw seeevchvesteteve Ioui ta 4 3 File Save Copy Asa uite tatam ed quete 4 3 Piles C1 OSC 2 2 S En eer eret deve ec eee er t b vede 4 3 File Save Alle nee terre RERO ee D e DUE 4 3 National Instruments Corporation ix LabWindows CVI User Manual Contents File Add Fileto Project 5 3 e eed E eret rere eve a 4 4 File Read Only eco niaite pee eee eo dere tret 4 4 FilesPtmtzz oup nn IM NBI 4 4 Edit Menu duo sonet dub etui aatia ath 4 4 Edit9Undo andRedo 3 Bash ee Rae elle e Hehe eee e 4 4 Edit Cut and Copy 5 eere eonee cene t
350. quired Instrument Driver Functions All instrument drivers must contain functions that perform the following operations e prefix init e Prefix close e prefix error_message National Instruments Corporation 3 47 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window The VXIplug amp play standard requires the following additional functions for instrument drivers that control GPIB VXI or serial instruments e prefix reset e prefix self test e prefix revision query e prefix error query TVI instrument drivers must have the following additional functions e Prefix InitWithOptions e prefix GetErrorInfo e prefix ClearErrorInfo e prefix LockSession e Prefix UnlockSession e Prefix ReadInstrData e Prefix WriteInstrData TVI instrument drivers from National Instruments also must export functions by the name of Prefix Ivilnit and Prefix IviClose but the driver must not have function panels for these functions The Prefix_init function calls the Prefix InitWithOptions function which in turn calls the Prefix IvilInit function The Prefix close function calls the Prefix IviClose function For a description of the implementation guidelines for the required instrument driver operations refer to the Required Instrument Driver Functions section Building the Function Tree When users access an instrument driver from the Instrument menu they can select instrument functions from one or more dialog boxes The function tree shows the org
351. r Interface Editor window Options menu The Options menu includes the following commands Options Operate Visible Panels Operate Visible Panels allows you to operate the visible panels as you would in an application program This command has the same effect as clicking on the operating tool shown at left When you finish operating the panel select Operate Visible Panels again to return to edit mode Options Next Tool The Next Tool command in the Options menu cycles the User Interface Editor through its four modes For more information on the operating editing labeling and coloring tools refer to the User Interface Editor Overview section National Instruments Corporation 4 21 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window Options Preferences Selecting Options Preferences opens the Editor Preferences dialog box Use the User Interface Editor Preferences section of the Editor Preferences dialog box to set options that affect the operation of the User Interface Editor Initial Editor Background Color Determines the initial background color of User Interface Editor windows UseLocalized Decimal Symbol Replaces the traditional decimal symbol used by LabWindows CVI in numeric graph and table controls with the decimal symbol specified in the Regional Settings Properties configuration of your Windows Control Panel Use the Preferences for New Panels section of the Editor Preferences
352. r Manual Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows without a directory path such as myd11 d11 To set a watch expression for a DLL it is easiest to first set a breakpoint in a DLL source file Once the DLL has been loaded and program execution suspends select the DLL name from the menu ring File Name of the file that defines the variable or expression variables if they are global to a file or local to a function Function Name of the function that defines the variable or expression variables if they are local to a function Update Display Continuously Causes the variable or expression to be evaluated and updated on the Watch window between each statement in your program while the program is running Break When Value Changes Suspends the program when the value of the variable or expression changes Replace Replaces the previous attributes of the current variable or expression of the same name in the Watch window with the current attributes of the dialog box Replace is available only when you invoke the dialog box from the Watch window Add Inserts the variable or expression into the Watch window Cancel Aborts the operation You can add watch expressions to the Watch window directly from a Source window or a Function Panel window To add a watch expression from a Source window highlight the expression and select Run Add Watch Expression To add a watch expression from a Function Panel window highlight the express
353. r in the Control Label box and iberr in the Global Variable Name box Leave all other items at their default settings Click on OK Select the Status control Select Edit Control Help or click the right mouse button on the control Select all the text in the dialog box Select Edit Copy Select File Close LabWindows CVI User Manual 9 10 ni com Chapter 9 Adding Help Information 9 Select the Error control 10 Select Edit Control Help or click the right mouse button on the control 11 Select Edit Paste The help information appears in the window 12 Modify the text so it reads as follows This control displays the value of the GPIB global error variable The control displays the value of the error only when the STATUS control is non zero Errors 0 Success non zero See the STATUS control on any GPIB Library function panel In these examples you have learned to copy or move text from one control to another Use the same methods to copy and move help text between various locations For example copying and moving panel instrument window and control help within an instrument driver or across instrument drivers National Instruments Corporation 9 11 LabWindows CVI User Manual Variables and Watch Windows Variables Windows You use the Variables window to inspect and modify the values of program variables You can invoke this window when no program is running or when a program is suspended at a breakpoint
354. rates the same as the Find command except that you can replace one search string with another string Enter the text you want to find in the Find What text box and enter into the Replace With text box the new text you want to appear As LabWindows CVI performs the search a button bar appears You can bypass the Replace dialog box using the keyboard commands Refer to Appendix A Source Window Keyboard Commands Find Next skips to the next occurrence of the search string without making a change Replace executes the replacement Replace All finds and replaces all occurrences of the specified text without asking for confirmation Stop terminates the search leaving the keyboard cursor at the current position Return terminates the search leaving the keyboard cursor at the position where you initiated the search You can bypass the Replace button bar using the keyboard commands in Appendix A Source Window Keyboard Commands Edit Next File If you have selected the Multiple Files option from either the Find or Replace button bars you can move to the next file in the search list using this command View Menu This section explains how to use the commands in a Source and Interactive Execution window View menu as shown in View Menu Use commands in the View menu to display line numbers and tags on source code step through build errors and manipulate function panels that pertain to your editing session View Line Numbers The L
355. rather than just for the current compatible compiler Enter the pathname of the DLL in the file dialog box that appears The Generate DLL Import Library command generates a 1ib file with the same base filename as the include file If you choose to create an import library for both compilers LabWindows CVI creates the files in subdirectories named msvc and borland LabWindows CVI creates a copy of the library for the current compatible compiler in the directory of the DLL Options Generate Visual Basic Include This command generates a Visual Basic include file from the h file of an instrument driver Use this command if you are porting an instrument driver to a DLL for use in Visual Basic Options Create Object File You can use the Create Object File command to compile the contents of a Source window into an object file Compiled files consume less memory and run faster than source files They are especially useful for instrument driver programs because they load faster Compiled files cannot be debugged however and they do not have run time error checking Sy Note If the source file is in the project and you do not want to debug it use the Compile Without Debugging option in the Project window rather than the Create Object File command You enable the Compile Without Debugging option by double clicking in the O icon column to the right of the source filename in the Project window The Create Object File command gives you the option o
356. rations into your source and include files jump to function definitions and declarations generate hpp files for the function tree and invoke the instrument driver developer wizard and attribute editor Tools Create ActiveX Controller Refer to the Tools Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of this command Tools Create ActiveX Server Refer to the Tools Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of this command Tools Edit ActiveX Server Refer to the Tools Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of this command Tools Create IVI Instrument Driver This command initiates the instrument driver developer wizard Refer to Chapter 3 Programming Guidelines for Instrument Drivers in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide for more information on the instrument driver developer wizard Tools Edit Instrument Attributes Edit Instrument Attributes initiates the attribute editor Refer to Chapter 4 Attribute Editor in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide for more information on the attribute editor Tools Generate IVI C Wrapper Generate IVI C Wrapper generates a hpp file for the function tree This file contains the definition of a C class for the instrument driver A wrapper function is generated for each function in the function tree Required C member functions such as constructors an
357. rd Source Code Control Interface you can attach a LabWindows CVI project to your source code system using the Source Code Control Options dialog box Use the Source Code Control Options command in the Project window Options menu to bring up the Source Code Control Options dialog box National Instruments Corporation 3 53 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window The exact behavior of the commands in the Source Code Control submenu depends on the implementation of the Source Code Control Interface that your source code control system provides and on the settings in the Source Code Control Options dialog box Refer to the Options Source Code Control Options section Some of the source code control commands bring up a Select Files dialog box when you select the commands from the Project window Use the File Select dialog box to select the files you want to include in the operation and set any available options for the operation Click on the Advanced button to set any options that your Source Code Control Interface provides for the operation Source Code Control commands and options appear dim if the Source Code Control Interface that source code control system provides does not support the command or option Many of the commands transfer files between your hard disk and the Source Code Control program attached to the current LabWindows CVI program Depending on the command you select and the window that is active the Source Code C
358. re that the library is always available in the LabWindows CVI development environment If you do not want to develop function panels for the library create a p file without any classes or functions In that case LabWindows CVI loads the library at startup but does not include the library name in the Library menu Options Tools Menu Options Use the Tools Menu Options command to add your own menu items to the Tools menu Each entry consists of a menu item name and an associated command line to execute Each command line consists of a program name and optional arguments When you execute an item from the Tools menu LabWindows CVI calls a system function to start the program as another process LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 72 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Menu Item Name A list box that contains your current Tools menu entries Command Line An indicator that shows the command line for the currently selected menu item name Add Click on this button to add a new entry Edit Click on this button to edit the selected entry The Add and Edit buttons open the Add Edit Tools Menu Item dialog box where you can set the following options Menu Item Name The string that appears in the Tools menu To specify an accelerator key for the menu item insert two underscores in front of the designated letter Program Name The pathname of the program to execute when you select the menu entry You can specify full pathname simple fil
359. ression simple variable or array must agree with the data type of the control To determine the data type of the control press F1 or right click on the control to view the Help window Specifying a Numeric Control Parameter A numeric control behaves like an input control except that it accepts numeric values only If you want to type a variable name into a numeric control select Options Toggle Control Style Specifying a Slide Control Parameter With a slide control you select one item from a list of options The position of the slider the cross bar on the slide control determines the value LabWindows CVI places in the function call To move the slider with the keyboard press the up or down arrow key As you move the slider the corresponding argument in the function call in the generated code box changes The Home and End keys move you to the top and bottom of the slide control respectively To move the slider with the mouse click on the slider and drag it up and down or just click on the position you want If you want to type a variable name into a slide control select Options Toggle Control Style National Instruments Corporation 6 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Specifying a Binary Control Parameter The binary control is a limited version of the slide control that has only two positions To select the position of the binary control press the up or down arrow key or the
360. ressions that have data types compatible with the data type of the control e Data Type Indicates the data type of each variable and expression Show Project Variables Adds to the list box global variables static and non static defined in project files that have been successfully compiled e OK Dismisses the dialog box and copies the variable or expression into the function panel control It might add a leading ampersand amp when the function panel control is an output control It might add one or more leading asterisks or a trailing array indexation 0 when necessary to correctly match the data type of the control Cancel Cancels the operation and closes the Select Variable or Expression dialog box What is Included in a List Box Select Variable considers the following items for inclusion in the list box e Variables you declare in the Interactive Execution window e Variables you declare using the Declare Variable command in a function panel e Variables or expressions used in function panels you execute e Variables or expressions used in function panels from which you insert code into a Source window e User Interface panel handle variables that CodeBuilder adds to a Source window e Variables declared as global or static global in a project file that has been successfully compiled but only if the Show Project Variables option is enabled in the dialog box LabWindows CVI removes some or all these items from memor
361. rface Library internally which is not available in the instrsup and cvi 1vrt run time engine DLLs Your project files can call any of the other functions in the Data Acquisition Library If you use a stand alone compiler and want to use any of these libraries refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual If you use the Create Distribution Kit command on a project that you link for instrument driver support only LabWindows CVI automatically includes instrsup dll in the distribution kit and disables the option to distribute the full LabWindows CVI Run time Engine The following Utility Library functions are in instrsup dll Beep DateStr Delay SyncWait Timer TimeStr RoundRealToNearestInteger TruncateRealNumber Instand aloneExecutable CVIRTEHasBeenDetached instrsup d11 does not support the Standard Input Output window Functions such as FmtOut or ScanIn return errors when you use them with instrsup dll All the functions in instrsup d11 are multithread safe National Instruments Corporation 3 13 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Create Console Application If you leave this box unchecked your executable is created as a Windows GUI application If you check this box your executable is created as a console application Console applications create a Windows console window Command Prompt or MS DOS Prompt
362. ribution Kit dialog box Create Debuggable Executable command 3 0 5 19 Create Release Executable command 3 10 5 19 to 5 20 Runtime Support option Target Settings dialog box Target Type Dynamic Link Library 3 15 to 3 17 Target Type Executable 3 12 to 3 13 standard libraries 2 2 startup options for LabWindows CVI Source option Add Files to Project command 3 6 Source window table 1 1 static libraries Build menu 5 18 to 5 21 context menus 5 3 Edit menu 5 7 to 5 14 File menu 5 6 to 5 7 Instrument menu 5 28 keyboard commands table A 1 to A 2 Library menu 5 28 notification of external modification 5 2 opening with New command 3 3 with Open command 3 4 Options menu 5 31 to 5 35 purpose and use 2 3 5 1 Run menu 5 22 to 5 28 selecting text 5 4 to 5 6 subwindows 5 4 Tools menu 5 29 to 5 30 View menu 5 14 to 5 18 Window menu 5 31 creating 3 10 5 20 target settings 3 20 status dialog box displaying 3 64 Step Into command Run menu 5 25 Step Over command Run menu 5 25 Stop on first file with errors option 3 66 String Display command View menu 11 3 11 6 String Display window Edit menu 11 5 to 11 6 File menu 11 4 Format menu 11 7 Help menu 11 8 multi dimensional strings 11 3 to 11 4 Options menu 11 8 purpose and use 2 4 11 3 Run menu 11 7 Window menu 11 7 structures child structure 10 2 space character difference from NUL byte note 10 1 11 1 stack s
363. river LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 36 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window VXIplug amp play Instrument Driver Files When you install a VXIplug amp play instrument driver the installation program does not place the include h file in the same directory as the p file The installation program places it in the include subdirectory under the VXIplug play directory LabWindows CVI can find the include files in the VXIplug amp play include directory When you install a VXIplug play instrument driver the installation program places the source c file in the same directory as the p file The installation program also installs a dynamic link library d11 and two import libraries 1ib one compatible with Visual C C and the other with Borland C C These files are not in the same directory as the p file The import libraries are in the msc and bc subdirectories in the VXIplug amp play 1ib directory The DLL is in the VXIplug play bin directory The installation program adds the VXIplug amp play bin directory to the PATH environment variable so that the DLL can be found using the standard Windows DLL search algorithm If the p file is under the VXIplug amp play framework directory and your current compatible compiler is Visual C C or Borland C C LabWindows CVI can find the appropriate import library If LabWindows CVI finds the import library it gives it precedence over the c file as the program file for the instru
364. rms that Require the Function Low level Support Driver inp Windows 2000 NT inpw Windows 2000 NT outp Windows 2000 NT outpw Windows 2000 NT ReadFromPhysicalMemory All ReadFromPhysicalMemoryEx All WriteToPhysicalMemory All WriteToPhysicalMemoryEx All MapPhysicalMemory All UnMapPhysicalMemory All DisableInterrupts Windows 98 95 EnableInterrupts Windows 98 95 DisableTaskSwitching Windows 98 95 The LabWindows CVI run time engine loads the low level support driver automatically at startup if the support driver is present on disk Install ActiveX Container Support Check this box to install ActiveX container support on the user s computer If your project creates or includes any ActiveX servers such as ActiveX controls you must enable this option You also must enable Register Files as ActiveX Servers if you distribute ActiveX controls in your project Install Win95 DCOM RTE Support Enable this option to install DCOM support for the run time engine If you are installing to Windows 95 without Internet Explorer 4 0 or greater then you must enable this option If enabled the distribution kit will correctly install DCOM only on those systems running Windows 95 National Instruments Corporation 3 27 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window The File Groups section of the Create Distribution Kit dialog box has the following options File Groups Separates the files in your distribution kit into grou
365. rogram and a set of function panels The program contains the code for the high level functions Associated with the instrument program is an include file that declares the high level functions you can call the global variables you can access and the defined constants you can use A LabWindows CVI work area in which sections of code may be executed without creating an entire program G 4 ni com list box MB menu new style function definition 0 old style function definition output control P Project window prompt command National Instruments Corporation G 5 Glossary A dialog box item that displays a list of possible choices Megabytes of memory An area accessible from a menu bar that displays selectable menu items A function definition in which parameters are declared directly in the parameter list A function definition in which parameters are declared outside of the parameter list A function panel control that displays a value that the function you execute generates An output control parameter must be a string an array or a reference parameter of type integer long single precision or double precision A window containing a list of files your application uses A command that requires additional information before it can be executed a prompt command appears on a pull down menu suffixed with three ellipses LabWindows CVI User Manual Glossary R return value control
366. roject file list 3 1 previewing 4 12 Help dialog box for functions windows or classes 3 32 help information 9 1 to 9 11 control help 9 4 Edit menu 9 6 to 9 7 editing 9 2 examples 9 8 to 9 11 copying and pasting help text 9 10 to 9 11 Function Panel Editor 9 9 Function Tree Editor 9 8 File menu 9 5 to 9 6 function class help 9 3 function help new style help only 9 3 to 9 4 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index function panel window help old style help only 9 4 Generate Windows Help command Options menu 7 12 Help menu 9 7 help options 9 2 Help Style command Options menu 7 11 to 7 12 instrument help 9 3 new style versus old style help 9 1 Tools menu 9 7 Transfer Window Help to Function Help command Options menu 7 12 types of help information table 9 2 Window menu 9 7 Help menu Array and String Display windows 11 8 creating help information 9 7 Function Panel Editor 8 19 Function Panel windows Control command 6 19 Function command 6 19 Function Tree Editor 7 14 Project window About LabWindows CVI command 3 76 Contents command 3 75 Tip of the Day 3 76 Web Links 3 76 Windows SDK 3 75 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 35 User Interface Editor window 4 23 Variables and Watch windows 10 14 Help Style command Options menu 7 11 to 7 12 Hide command File menu Interactive Execution and Standard Input Output windows note 5 7 Variables and Watch windows 10 3 Hide Pa
367. rojectes nt e t rh etr rete 5 7 File gt Read Only uta eee RSS 5 7 Files uunc P 5 7 Edit Men RERO HG PER o Ope hale 5 7 Edits Undo and Redo eet ert t a Nee oppi 5 8 Edit Cut and Copy 4 uin t eee es a ree ede a eee gere 5 8 National Instruments Corporation Xi LabWindows CVI User Manual Contents Edit PASte e M T M M 5 8 Edits Deletes aeiee reesi ciae empti eiie e Aba in 5 9 EditySelect AIL im do Ru ted etus 5 9 EditsClear Wind Wis iint tace e e ERE atts 5 9 Edit Toggle Exclusions a ee de Petr rers e reete aene 5 9 Edit Resolve All Excluded Lines eene 5 9 Edit Insert Consttuct 5 2 eu cates etre ta e terne bis teer eae se ets 5 9 Edit Balance uote RERO a 5 10 Edit Dift 5 d tet RR ara e RU ee e he erg 5 10 Edit Go To Definition eir remate er ed ede rer 5 10 Edit Go To Next Referente niteisiin E E 5 11 Edit Go Back o etta n te am IEEE ec 5 11 Edit Find un D HO GU ege 5 11 Edit Replacezsa i eai e PORE iii 5 14 Edit Next Ele iii pn e hr te rU Ea da 5 14 View Men piter RO 5 14 V1ew Lme Numbers eee oce arte n Ele oleadas E 5 14 VAC WSEAS ICONS iss o4 aia ert n a er d prd ated fe ie 5 15 Vie W TOoolD ar cere OR RR ERE eU e eren RS 5 15 Ru dBuc EE 5 15 View Beginning End of Selection eese nens 5 15 View Toggle Tag eerte tH REOR Ter C p RE ER En 5 15 Vie w lNext Tag eset Re E ER
368. rties command Source Code Control submenu 3 54 Purge Undo Actions When Saving File option Editor Preferences command 5 31 Q Quick Edit Window Edit Control dialog box 4 9 Edit Panel dialog box 4 8 R Read Only command File menu creating help information 9 6 Function Panel Editor 8 3 Function Tree Editor 7 3 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 7 User Interface Editor 4 4 Reattach Program option Edit Instrument dialog box 3 51 7 8 ni com Recall Function Panel command View menu invoking 5 16 multiple functions in one function panel window 5 17 multiple panels for one function 5 17 purpose 5 16 recalling from function name only 5 17 syntax requirements 5 17 Redo command Edit menu adding help information 9 6 Function Panel Editor 8 3 to 8 4 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 8 User Interface Editor window 4 4 Refresh Status command Source Code Control submenu 3 54 regular expression characters table 5 12 to 5 13 Regular Expression option Find command Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 11 to 5 13 Variables window 10 4 Regular Expression option Find UIR Objects dialog box 4 11 Release option Configuration command 3 9 Remove File command Edit menu 3 7 Remove From Source Control command Source Code Control submenu 3 54 Replace command Edit menu creating help information 9 7 Find Next button 5 14 Function Panel Editor 8 6 Function Tree Editor 7 5 Replace
369. rument Menu sections for information about instrument driver program files You can open c h and uir files in the project list by double clicking directly on the filename Double clicking on a p filename opens the Select Function Panel dialog box for the instrument driver You can use the following icons in the Project window E The file is currently closed Double click on this icon to open the file If the file is a p file double clicking opens the Function Tree Editor National Instruments Corporation 3 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window I The file is currently open Double click on this icon to close the file If the file is a p file double clicking hides the Function Tree Editor window but does not unload the p file 5 The file has been modified since you last saved it Double click on this icon to save the file C You have modified the file since you last compiled it or you manually marked it for compilation Double click on this icon to compile the file a This icon applies only to source c files and indicates that you enabled the Compile Without Debugging option If you enable this option LabWindows CVI compiles the source file without debugging information You can use this option to reduce the amount of memory required to build a project Double click on this icon to toggle the option The file is associated with a loaded instrument driver A This icon indicates that t
370. rument menu 3 50 7 7 8 15 precedence rules 3 37 to 3 38 Unload command Instrument menu 3 50 7 8 8 15 Low Level Support Driver control Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 27 LabWindows CVI User Manual Index _M_IX86 macro 3 67 macros browsing 3 56 predefined 3 67 Main Function command Generate menu 4 17 to 4 18 manual See documentation Mark All for Compilation command Build menu 3 21 Mark File for Compilation command Build menu Project window 3 20 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 20 Maximum number of compile errors option 3 66 maximum stack size setting 3 62 to 3 63 Memory Display command View menu Array window 11 6 Variables and Watch windows 10 8 Window menu 3 61 menu bar Function Panel Editor 8 1 to 8 2 Menu Bar command Create menu 4 10 Menu Bar Constant Prefix option Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 6 Menu Bars command Edit menu 4 6 to 4 7 Menu Bars List dialog box 4 6 Menu Callbacks command Generate menu 4 19 MenuFontBold option 1 5 MenuFontName option 1 5 MenuFontSize option 1 5 Message command Create menu 8 12 meta data types Any Array 3 43 Any type 3 43 to 3 44 Numeric Array 3 43 Var Args 3 44 LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 24 Microsoft Visual Basic generating include file for 5 34 Minimize All command Window menu 3 60 Modifier Key Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 6 Move Backward option Control ZPlane Order command 4 15 Move Cursor to the End of
371. ry Action Shortcut Key s Editing Change text selection mode lt Ctrl Ins gt Toggle insert overwrite mode lt Ins gt Delete to end of line lt Ctrl D gt Backspace to beginning of word lt Ctrl Shift BkSp gt Cut line to Clipboard lt Ctrl Y gt Insert a new line above lt Shift Enter gt Insert a new line below lt Ctrl Enter gt Select text lt Shift arrow key gt Remove text selection lt Esc gt Cursor Movement Up 1 line lt Up arrow gt Down 1 line Down arrow Left 1 column Left arrow Right 1 column Right arrow Scroll up 1 line Ctrl Up arrow Scroll down 1 line Ctrl Down arrow Left 1 word Ctrl Left arrow Right 1 word lt Ctrl Right arrow Top of window Ctrl PgUp Bottom of window lt Ctrl PgDown gt Beginning of line lt Home gt End of line lt End gt Move up page lt PgUp gt Move down page lt PgDown gt Top of file lt Ctrl Home gt Bottom of file lt Ctrl End gt LabWindows CVI User Manual A 2 ni com Technical Support Resources Web Support National Instruments Web support is your first stop for help in solving installation configuration and application problems and questions Online problem solving and diagnostic resources include frequently asked questions knowledge bases product specific troublesho
372. s CVI directory 5 Ifthe source file was originally under the VXIplug play framework directory and the VXIplug amp play framework directory has changed the same relative position to the new VXIplug amp play framework directory If LabWindows CVI cannot find a DLL source file it reports an error Make sure that your files are in one of the preceding locations LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 32 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window In summary when you move a DLL to another machine and you want to debug it there you must also copy the cab file and the source files It is best to keep the cdb file and source files in the same relative location to each other You do not have to keep the cdb file in the same directory as the DLL LabWindows CVI prompts you for the cdb file location and keeps track of it thereafter Different Ways to Debug DLLs You can debug a DLL two ways In one approach you run a LabWindows CVI executable project that calls the DLL The DLL project is not open in LabWindows CVI In the other approach you open the DLL project and run an external process that uses the DLL Running a Program in LabWindows CVI To debug a DLL that another LabWindows CVI project uses select Run Debug after loading the project that uses the DLL When LabWindows CVI loads the DLL it loads the corresponding debug information from the cdb file LabWindows CVI honors breakpoints you set in DLL source files LabWindows CVI saves in the proj
373. s XXIV Related Documentation ccccnnooooncncnnnonnnnnononancnnncnnnannnonononnannnconannnnnncconannnnncnnnns XXIV Chapter 1 Configuring LabWindows CVI LabWindows CVI Startup Options eese emen 1 1 How to Set the Configuration Options essere 1 2 Option Descriptions ierit re ttt ep tette en pe 1 3 Directory Options Jn ze tH erp e dr rep ea 1 3 CVIGIE aeneae e OD PON Id dom 1 3 MP sati esa e o eade eet eet io rires 1 3 Date and Time Option DSTRules seen 1 4 Timer Options useDefaultTimer essent 1 4 Font Options ett eem et te ord eth 1 4 DialogFontlNaime ida 1 4 DialogFontS1ize atto IRE ee tede 1 4 Di logFEontBoldi iii ERR 1 4 MenuFontNatme 3 eter nte rg c deii te 1 5 MenuFOontS1Ze cuidad 1 5 MenuFontBold 5 te cedet ette 1 5 Chapter 2 LabWindows CVI Overview Components of LabWindows CVI essere eene en em eere rene 2 1 Standard Libraries esee ce t aed eee 2 2 Instr ment Libri aca 2 2 LabWindows CVI Environment eese 2 3 How to Create Applications with LabWindows CVI esee 2 4 Creating a User Interface cenas nane eret 2 5 Creating Stand Alone Programs and DLLs eee 2 5 National Instruments Corporation V LabWindows CVI User Manual Contents Chapter 3 Project Window ONE Wisin EH T E iS 3 1 Selecting Multiple File
374. s in the Project Window eee 3 2 Pile Menus utendi tee bee ecd M 3 3 File New iate et tasrertvotasth de t em i e tete tese teen 3 3 File Open iat isthe Haw at ae aee a e Us 3 4 Bile Save sita tai 3 4 File Save Project Asistida tele e qe 3 4 Pile Set Active Project e ere pee ape e be eee ree dee niet 3 4 Files Saye AIL iusti eene hem eerie aa aes 3 5 File Auto Save Project eleg eim e meto er eet tete eise teste dva 3 5 FilesPrint ex dseneli etse ee edes 3 5 File Most Recently Closed Files oooonconnconncnocnnonconcnnncononn cono nn conan nn crnnonnccnnos 3 5 File Exit LabWindows CVI esee 3 5 Edit Mense e e i Fui i vi i E OEC ete 3 6 Edit Workspace ist tome tete teda eee eti des 3 6 Edit Add Ellesto Project ic iode edi eir eere cie rented nn 3 6 Edit Select All sii adea eoe e ate ue At 3 7 Edit Exclude File from Build Include File in Build 3 7 Edit Replace File in Project essent 3 7 Edit Remove File 4 4p ertt ett ees 3 7 Edit Moye Item Up gists o e De es ete 3 7 Edit Move Item Do Witter cscs ineo et err iii 3 7 View Men E E E E A E ite a a ot 3 8 View Show Full Pathnames eese eene 3 8 View show Full Dates ettet etre er ege OE HERR 3 8 VAC WHS Ort by Date eere ia EE 3 8 View Sort by N me sciente ie ette e dde eoo tenue e e rene pe dg 3 8 Vaew Sort by Pathname eee pe
375. s that appear by name in the active window If you select Open Quoted Text when the text cursor in the active window is on a line that contains a filename in quotation marks or angle brackets that file opens in the corresponding window type File Save As The Save As command writes the contents of the active window to disk using a new filename you specify and changes the name of the active window to the name you specified LabWindows CVI User Manual 5 6 ni com Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows File Save Copy As The Save Copy As command writes the contents of the active window to disk using a filename you specify without changing the name of the active window File Close The Close command closes the active window If you have modified the contents of the window since the last save LabWindows CVI prompts you to save the file to disk ay Note The Hide command replaces the Close command in the Interactive Execution window The Hide command visually closes the Interactive Execution window but retains their contents in memory File Save All The Save All command saves all open files to disk File Add File to Project The Add File to Project command adds the file in the current window to the project list File Read Only The Read Only command suppresses the text editing capabilities in the current window When you initially open a file LabWindows CVI disables the Read Only command unless the file is read on
376. s the currently highlighted item in the memory display If the currently highlighted item is a pointer variable the memory pointed to by the pointer is displayed in the memory display If the currently highlighted item is not a pointer the address of the highlighted variable is displayed in the memory display LabWindows CVI User Manual 10 8 ni com Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows View Graphical Array View You can use the Graphical Array View command to view the values of your arrays in a graph You can view arrays in a graph only while you are debugging and only with 1D and 2D arrays From the Variables window or Watch window use the View Graphical Array View command to invoke the Graphical Array view for the currently highlighted array 1D Arrays The following figure shows a Graphical Array View for a 1D array ELT 1415 0 8 0 6 0 4 Dee 0 0 Ame anda 0 6 D 8 y AA 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 9599 Interpret data as sj aray EZ Line Style Solid The value at point 68 is 0 275206 Help For a 1D array the Graphical Array View shows a single plot Your cursor changes to a crosshair pointer in the graph To find the value of a point move your pointer over any point 1 0 National Instruments Corporation 10 9 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows in the graph When values change during debugging the graph auto
377. s the data specific attributes for the control Ring controls and list boxes have a Label Value Pairs button in the Control Settings section of the Edit control dialog box This button activates the Edit Label Value Pairs dialog box The Control Appearance section of the Edit control dialog box for a numeric control displays specific attributes for the type of control that you are editing It contains attributes pertaining to the physical appearance of the control e From the Quick Edit Window you can perform high level edits on the control The tools in the tool bar operate like the tools in the main User Interface Editor window The Quick Edit Window also immediately reflects any changes you make in other sections of the dialog box The Edit control dialog box of any control allows you to interactively set all of the attributes of the control The control types discussion describes these attributes in detail e The Label Appearance section of the Edit control dialog box contains attributes pertaining to the physical appearance of the control label If you type a double underscore before any letter in the Label field the letter appears underlined in the label The user can select the control by pressing Alt and the underlined letter provided that no accessible menu bars contain a menu with the same underlined letter Edit Tab Order Each control on a panel has a position in the tab order The tab order determines which control b
378. select multiple controls 2 Select Cut or Copy from the Edit menu Edit Paste The Paste command inserts controls panels or text from the Clipboard You can paste an object from the Clipboard as many times as you like Controls or panels remain on the Clipboard until you use Cut Cut Panel Copy or Copy Panel again The New and Open commands do not erase the Clipboard Edit Delete The Delete command deletes selected controls without placing the controls on the Clipboard Because Delete does not place controls on the Clipboard you cannot restore deleted controls using the Paste command Edit Copy Panel and Cut Panel The Copy Panel and Cut Panel commands put an entire panel on the Clipboard The Copy Panel command copies the selected panel and places it on the Clipboard leaving the selected panel in its original location The Cut Panel command removes the selected panel and places it on the Clipboard Panels you cut or copy do not accumulate on the Clipboard Every time you cut or copy a panel it replaces the previous contents of the Clipboard To use the Copy Panel or Cut Panel commands follow these steps 1 Select the panel you want to place on the Clipboard by clicking on the panel or pressing lt Shift Ctrl gt and the left or right arrow key until the panel is highlighted 2 Select Edit Copy Panel or Cut Panel National Instruments Corporation 4 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Wind
379. slide switch A slide control specifies a parameter value depending upon the position of the cross bar of the slide control When you select Create Slide the Create Slide Control dialog box appears The following items appear in the dialog box Control Label Specifies the label that appears above the control on the function panel Parameter Position Selects the location of the control value in the function parameter list For a control in a common control panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter lists of all function panels in a function panel window The first position is one 1 For a control on a function panel Parameter Position specifies the control value in the parameter list after the controls in the common control panel The first position after the controls in the common control panel is one 1 If there is no common control panel the first position is one 1 e Data Type Selects the data type of the values in the slide control Default Value Selects the default for the slide control The default must be one of the labels specified in the Edit Label Value Pairs dialog box e Label Value Pairs Displays the Edit Label Value Pairs dialog box Use the Edit Label Value Pairs dialog box to specify the label and value associated with each cross bar position on the slide control A slide control can have up to 32 labels and associated values Create Binary A binary control operates l
380. spends at the first statement of the function Step Into can enter a function only if you define it in a source file Otherwise Step Into executes the entire function and suspends execution on the statement following the function call Run Finish Function The Finish Function command resumes execution through the end of the current function and breakpoints on the next statement National Instruments Corporation 5 25 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Run Terminate Execution The Terminate Execution command terminates a program that is suspended at a breakpoint The shortcut key for terminating execution of a suspended program or suspending a running program while a LabWindows CVI environment window is active is lt Ctrl F12 gt Run Break at First Statement Break at First Statement is a run mode that enters a breakpoint state on the first executable statement in your source code When activated LabWindows CVI puts a checkmark beside this command in the menu Run Toggle Breakpoint The Toggle Breakpoint command toggles the state of the breakpoint on the current line Run Breakpoints The Breakpoints command opens the Breakpoints dialog box which contains a list of the breakpoints in the project Also you can open this dialog box by right clicking in the line icons column and selecting Breakpoints from the pop up menu Use the Add Edit Item button to edit a single breakpoint w
381. ss our branch office Web sites from the Worldwide Offices section of ni com Branch office Web sites provide up to date contact information support phone numbers e mail addresses and current events If you have searched the technical support resources on our Web site and still cannot find the answers you need contact your local office or National Instruments corporate Phone numbers for our worldwide offices are listed at the front of this manual LabWindows CVI User Manual B 2 ni com Glossary Prefix Meaning Value n nano 107 u micro 10 6 m milli 10 3 A active window Array Display auto exclusion binary control bps breakpoint Breakpoint command button National Instruments Corporation G 1 The window that user input affects at a given moment The title of an active window is highlighted A mechanism for viewing and editing numeric arrays A mechanism that prevents pre existing lines from executing in the Interactive Execution Window A function panel control that resembles a physical on off switch and can produce one of two values depending on the position of the switch Bits per second An interruption in the execution of a program A specific command that interrupts the execution of a program A dialog box item that when selected executes a command associated with the dialog box LabWindows CVI User Manual Glossary C checkbox Clipboard CodeBuil
382. st and lower most controls serve as anchor points Vertical Gap sets equal vertical gap spacing between the controls The upper most and lower most controls serve as anchor points Vertical Compress compresses the spacing of controls to remove any vertical gap between the controls Left Edges sets equal horizontal spacing between the left edges of the controls The left most and right most controls serve as anchor points Horizontal Centers sets equal horizontal spacing between the centers of the controls The left most and right most controls serve as anchor points Right Edges sets equal horizontal spacing between the right edges of the controls The left most and right most controls serve as anchor points Horizontal Gap sets equal horizontal gap spacing between the controls The left most and right most controls serve as anchor points Horizontal Compress compresses spacing of the controls to remove any horizontal gap between the controls Arrange Distribute The Distribute command performs the same action as the Distribution command using the option you last selected in the Distribution command submenu LabWindows CVI User Manual 4 14 ni com Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window Arrange Control ZPlane Order The Control ZPlane Order option lets you set the sequence in which overlapped controls are drawn Controls are always drawn in order from the back to the front of the z plane order The Control ZPlane Order subme
383. stant command in the Code menu This occurs in panels for functions that set or get attribute values The User Interface Library the VISA Library and IVI instrument drivers have such functions Examples are GetCtrlAttribute SetCtrlAttribute GetPanelAttribute and SetPanelAttribute in the User Interface Library The panels for these functions each contain an Attribute ring control and a corresponding Value input control When either of these two controls are active the Select Attribute Constant command appears in the Code menu The action of the command differs based on whether the Attribute or Value control is active Select Attribute Constant When you execute the Select Attribute Constant command on an Attribute ring control the Select Attribute Constant dialog box appears Control type Appears only when you access this dialog box from a User Interface Library function panel Use this ring to restrict the list of attributes to those applicable to a particular control type e Data type Appears when you access this dialog box from a function panel for a typesafe attribute function The IVI Library and IVI instrument drivers have typesafe attribute functions such as Ivi SetAttributeViInt32 Use the Data type ring to restrict the list of attributes to those that have the same data type as the typesafe function If you choose to see all attributes the data type of each attribute appears on the right hand side of the list box The data typ
384. string that is too small to hold the output data When such errors occur a dialog box appears identifying the type of error and the location in the file where the error occurred LabWindows CVI then displays the error in the Run Time Errors window LabWindows CVI suspends the program so you can inspect the values of variables in the Variables window To terminate a program that suspended because of a run time error select Run Terminate Execution or use the shortcut key lt Ctrl F12 gt while a LabWindows CVI environment window is active Run Continue Use the Continue command to resume program execution when in a breakpoint state Run Go To Cursor When the program is in a breakpoint state you can move the keyboard cursor to a line in the program and select Run Go To Cursor Program execution then continues until it reaches that line where it enters another breakpoint state Run Step Over Use the Step Over command to execute an outlined statement when in a breakpoint state If the program last suspended on a function call statement Step Over executes the entire function and then enters a breakpoint state on the statement following the function call If LabWindows CVI encounters a breakpoint within the function call Step Over pauses at the breakpoint Run Step Into The Step Into command is similar to the Step Over command except that after the program suspends operation at a function call Step Into enters the function and su
385. strument driver and to edit a function in the loaded instrument driver The Instrument menu lists the loaded instrument drivers The instrument function tree you select appears in a Function Tree Editor window Instrument Load Select Instrument Load to add a new instrument driver to the Instrument menu The Load command operates like the File Open command When you select the Load command the Load Instrument dialog box appears Enter the appropriate information to select an existing function panel file National Instruments Corporation 7 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor Instrument Unload Select Instrument Unload to remove one or all instrument drivers from the Instrument menu When you select the Unload command the Unload Instrument dialog box appears In this dialog box you have the following options Use the mouse or the cursor keys and space bar to individually select which instrument drivers to unload Select all instrument drivers by clicking the Check All button Deselect all instrument drivers by clicking the Check None button Click the OK button to unload the selected instrument drivers Click the Cancel button to return without unloading any instrument drivers Instrument Edit The Edit command lets you invoke the Function Panel Editor or modify the relationship between the function panel file and its associated program file When you select Instrument Edit the Edit Instrument D
386. submenu Target Settings for Executables When you set the Target Type to Executable and select Build Target Settings the Target Settings dialog box has the following options Application File The names of the executable files for the debug and release versions of your program Change the value of the ring control to edit the filenames for the debug and release configurations You can use the Browse button to select an existing filename Application Title A descriptive title for your program This title appears in the Start menu of Windows if you create a distribution kit using the Create Distribution Kit command in the Build menu The operating system registers it when a user starts the application Application Icon File A file that contains a descriptive graphical icon for your program You can double click on the icon in the Windows shell to start your executable You can use the Browse button to select an existing icon file Icon The graphical representation of the Application Icon File You can double click on this control to browse for an icon file on disk The sample program samples apps iconedit exe ships with LabWindows CVI so that you can create your own icon files Runtime Support You can choose the runtime support for your stand alone executable in this ring control If you select the Instrument Driver Only item your project does not link to the entire set of LabWindows CVI libraries but instead links to a smaller s
387. suspends If you assigned these expressions to line 23 in your program you would have to define x and y before line 23 Watch Expressions You can use watch expressions to suspend program execution conditionally Watch expressions do not apply to specific lines of code Instead LabWindows CVI evaluates them before each statement in your source code Refer to Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows for more information about watch expressions National Instruments Corporation 5 23 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Debug Run Interactive Statements Running in a Source Window If the Target Type is Executable the Debug menu item runs the project s target executable for the currently selected configuration You set the active configuration using the Configuration submenu in the Build menu If the Target Type is Dynamic Link Library the Debug menu item runs the executable you specify with the External Process menu item Before running the executable the Debug menu item compiles any source files that must be compiled and builds the project s target executable or DLL if you made changes since you last built the target DLL or executable Running in the Interactive Execution Window Select Run Interactive Statements in the Interactive Execution window to execute code in that window You do not have to enter a complete program in the Interactive Execution window For instance you can execute varia
388. t Edit oie re petto ds 3 51 Accessing Function Panels from the Instrument Menu ss 3 51 Library Men n Hune ena mette ti ed n oen I er eres 3 52 SEES on EL 3 52 Tools Create ActiveX Controller essere 3 52 Tools Create ActiveX Server mooiii esiin iE NE 3 53 Tools Edit ActiveX Server ne eet ere E TE xac 3 53 Tools Create IVI Instrument Driver eene 3 53 Tools Source Code Control eese eene nennen 3 53 Tools Source Code Browser eese nnne 3 55 Browsing on Files intente tet iet titres 3 55 Browsing on Functions eese 3 56 Browsing on Variables Data Types and Macros 3 56 Tools UIto Code Conve rtet inia ree emt eser 3 56 Using the UI to Code Converter Utility eese 3 56 Using the Generated Code esee 3 57 UI to Code Converter Limitation eese 3 58 Tools User Interface LocaliZer oooonnccnnnocinnnnncononnconncnonnconnconnnconcconanonnnconccnnnos 3 58 Tools Convert UI to Lab Style eene 3 59 User Defined Entries in the Tools Menu eene 3 59 Window Menu eo ei tii 3 59 Window Cascade Windows essent nennen nnns 3 59 Window Tile Windows 2 rrr e exe ERU SON Ur Pris 3 59 Window Minimize All esee enne enne enne 3 60 Mindow
389. t Code View Variable Value in a Function Panel window to invoke the String Display window when the name of a string variable is under the keyboard cursor or is in the active function panel control Multi Dimensional String Array Use the Reset Indices command to specify which index of a multi dimensional string array to use as rows in the String Display window LabWindows CVI disables Reset Indices when you view a single string variable or a one dimensional string array For a string array of two or more dimensions you can specify which index to use for the rows of the display The other dimensions remain constant at indices that you specify When you select Reset Indices the Reset Indices dialog box appears National Instruments Corporation 11 3 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 11 Array and String Display Windows The dialog box shows the size and display index for each array dimension The letter R indicates the dimension displayed as rows The indices for the remaining dimensions remain constant at the specified values If you enter an invalid character or any alphabetic character besides R or r or an invalid index an error message appears File Menu This section contains a detailed description of the File menu for the Array and String Display windows File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI The New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the File menu of the User Interface Editor work like New
390. t External Process This command applies only when you set the Target Type item in the Build menu to Dynamic Link Library Use the Select External Process command to specify a stand alone executable that uses your DLL When you execute the command a dialog box appears in which you enter the pathname and command line arguments to an external program The Run Project item in the Run menu then changes to Debug xxx exe where xxx exe is the filename of the external program When you execute the Debug xxx exe command LabWindows CVI starts the external process and attaches to it for debugging If you have set any breakpoints in the source files for the DLL LabWindows CVI honors them LabWindows CVI stores external program pathname and command line arguments in the project Run Execute The Execute command launches the executable for the active configuration without attaching the debugger to the executable You must create the executable using the Create menu item in the Build menu before you use this command This command is dimmed if the Target Type for the project is DLL or Static Library Run Threads The Threads command brings up a dialog box listing the threads in the program being debugged Use this dialog box to select the threads whose local variables and call stack you wish to view When you select a thread from this dialog box and click on OK to close the dialog box LabWindows CVI displays the local variables for the selected thread in
391. t in the project the full pathname appears Select a source file from this menu to bring its window to the front For more information about the Source window refer to the Source Windows section of Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Options Menu You use commands in the Options menu to set up preferences in the LabWindows CVI environment and execute various utilities Options Build Options You can set the LabWindows CVI compiler options by selecting Options Build Options in the Project window This command opens a dialog box that allows you to set the following LabWindows CVI compiler options Compatibility With This option displays the current compiler compatibility mode For more information on external compiler compatibility refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual Default Calling Convention This option sets the compiler s default calling convention For both compilers the default calling convention is normally cdec1 but can be changed to st cal11 Do not change the default calling convention to Stdcall if you plan to generate static library or object files for both compatible external compilers Refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual for more information Note If you want to create an object file static library file or DLL that exports functions witht
392. t name of the User Interface object you want to go to and select the Find UI Object command from the View menu in the Source window iyi Note You cannot use the View command for menu callback functions National Instruments Corporation 4 19 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 4 User Interface Editor Window Code Preferences Use the Preferences command to change the default settings of case statements generated for control callback functions and panel callback functions or to specify the target file location for generated code Use the Default Panel Events or Default Control Events commands to select which events LabWindows CVI places into the switch construct of the code for panel or control callback functions respectively You can choose from several events and you can choose to Add Default Switch Case Selecting Code Preferences Default Panel Events opens the Panel Callback Events dialog box Selecting Code Preferences Default Control Events opens the Control Callback Events dialog box To set the Default Panel Events or Default Control Events select the events you want to be included in the code as case statements and then click on OK For each option you choose LabWindows CVI includes in the source code a case statement that corresponds to this option Note Default control events are ignored for timer control callbacks for which the only event cases are EVENT TIMER TICK and EVENT DISCARD When the Always Append Code
393. t options from the old project to the new project The Options Menu section describes these options If you choose Workspace a dialog box appears with a message that asks if you want to unload the current workspace and its associated project s Select Yes to unload the current workspace LabWindows CVI stores in the workspace the settings that do not affect the way your project builds Because LabWindows CVI requires you to name a workspace as soon as you create it you must use the Save button in the next dialog box that appears to name and write the workspace to disk If you choose Function Tree a new Function Tree Editor window appears in which you can create a new p file Refer to the Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor for more information about Function Tree Editor windows National Instruments Corporation 3 8 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window File Open Use the Open command to open various types of user specified files When you select Open a dialog box appears prompting you for a filename to load into a new window One feature of this dialog box is the Directories ring which is at the top of the dialog box When activated this ring displays a list of directories from which you have opened files previously If you choose Source or Include a Source window appears with your specified c or h file If you choose User Interface a User Interface Editor window appears with your specified uir file
394. t the source file displayed in this indicator This does not apply if you use LoadExternalModule to load only DLLs e Other Symbols Select this option if your run time modules refer to symbols other than those covered by the previous two options Such symbols include functions or variables that you define globally in your executable or DLL and to which your object or static library run time modules expect to link This option creates an object file for you to link into your executable or DLL Header File Insert the name of an include file that contains complete declarations of all the symbols necessary to resolve references from run time modules Object File Enter the name of the object file to create Click on the Create button to create the file You must include this file in your external compiler project The bottom of the External Compiler Support dialog box contains a list of library files for you to include in your external compiler project The files are as follows e cvilextliblcvirt lib e cvilextliblcvisupp lib e cvilextliblcviwmain lib Use cviwmain 1ib only when the external compiler requires you to define WinMain when you do not define it in your project and when any of the libraries the external compiler automatically links do not define it In general console applications do not require WinMain GUI application wizards sometimes automatically include it in the source code they generate LabWindows CVI User
395. t were another type Selecting a type from the Available Types dialog box displays the variable as the new type If Interpret As does not offer the exact type you want you can use a watch expression National Instruments Corporation 10 13 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows Options Estimate Number of Elements The Variables window normally cannot expand variables for which LabWindows CVI does not have user protection information You can use this command to estimate the number of elements for a variable Once you have estimated the number of elements for the variable you can view the elements in the Variables window Options Add Watch Expression Variables Window Only Add Watch Expression invokes the Add Edit Watch Expression dialog box from the Variables window The Edit Menu section describes this dialog box Help Menu The Help menu for the Variables and Watch windows works the same way as the Help menu in the Project window Refer to the Help Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for information on the Help menu LabWindows CVI User Manual 10 14 ni com Array and String Display Windows This chapter describes the Array and String Display windows Use these windows to inspect and modify the contents of a single array or string during a breakpoint iyi Note When strings appear in ASCII format there is no visual distinction between a space ASCII 32 and a NUL byte ASCII 0 Yo
396. teral characters Table 5 1 in Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows describes the regular expression characters Name Activate this option to include the variable name field of the Variables Watch window in the search Value Activate this option to include the value field of the Variables Watch window in the search Type Activate this option to include the variable type field of the Variables Watch window in the search Button Bar Use this option to enable or disable the built in dialog box for interactive searching LabWindows CVI User Manual 10 4 ni com Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows Find Prev and Find Next search for the closest previous or next occurrence of the specified text Stop terminates the search leaving the highlight on the current line Return terminates the search moving the highlight to where you initiated the search The search hot keys remain active even if you disable the Button Bar The search hot keys in the Variables and Watch windows are the same as the search hot keys in Source windows Use the Keyboard Help command in the Options menu of a Source window for a list of the search hot keys Edit Next Scope In the function subwindow Next Scope highlights the function that called the current function In the Global subwindow Next Scope highlights the next module This command is not available in the Watch window Edit Previous Scope In the function subwindow Pr
397. tet e ter e eite tese n 3 8 View Sort by File Extension s ne O a enne nnne 3 8 WAC W INOSSOFUDS ve erret rer bte ad 3 8 Build Menus er epp ede deme le aded ed s 3 8 Build Configuration uii tada 3 8 Build Create Debuggable Executable eene 3 9 Build Create Debuggable Dynamic Link Library eee eects 3 9 Build Create Release Executable eese 3 10 Build Create Release Dynamic Link Library eere 3 10 BuildsCreate Static Libraty ettet tte a Rete Eae ts 3 10 Biuld Batch Build respete ea mte ette 3 11 Build Target Lype cotton 3 11 LabWindows CVI User Manual vi ni com Contents Builds Target Settings cs uini etd oret e te esa losa 3 12 Target Settings for Executables sse 3 12 Target Settings for DLLs eet sti tete Peters 3 15 Target Settings for Static Libraries ooncnnnionnncnoonconcnancnncnnccnncnn conos 3 20 Build Compile File eoe nts hs idea er te re iaa 3 20 Build Mark File for Compilation eese 3 20 Build Mark All for Compilation eese 3 21 Build External Compiler Support eee 3 21 Build Create Distribution Kit essere 3 23 Run Menu ees aeneo rper oqurnpa tende iolompe elias 3 31 OuPIBDA 3 31 Run Time Error Reporting eese 3 31 Debugging DELS iio tee
398. that contains the definition for the function along with the line number in the code e References a hierarchical list of files where the function is referenced e Calling list of functions that the function is calling and the number of references Calling from a hierarchical list of functions that call this function Browsing on Variables Data Types and Macros Under the Views column you can choose from the following e Definition a list of file locations where the variable data type or macro is defined e References the files and line numbers where you can find references to the variable data type or macro Tools UI to Code Converter Use this utility to generate code that programmatically creates the panels and menu bars in the user interface resource uir files you select Refer to the help dialog box in the UI to Code Converter utility for more information The UI to Code Converter is a LabWindows CVI application that reads the contents of tui files alternate format uir files and generates code to build a UI programmatically eliminating the need to distribute a separate file with your LabWindows CVI application The UI to Code Converter works best on tui files created with LabWindows CVI v 5 5 Using the UI to Code Converter Utility You specify all code generation parameters from the UI to Code Converter s main panel The first step is to select panels and menubars for which you would like to
399. the Browse button to select an existing filename Sy Note If you select the LabVIEW Real Time Only option for Runtime Support the filename you select must conform to the 8 3 DOS standard to be downloadable to a LabVIEW Real Time board Import Library Base Name Normally the name of the import library is the same as the name of the DLL except that the extension is 1ib There might be some cases however where you want to use a different name For example you might want to append _ 32 to the name of your DLL to distinguish it as a 32 bit DLL but not append it to the import library name This is in fact the convention used for VXIplug amp play instrument driver DLLs If you want to enter a different name for the import library deselect the Use Default option Enter a name without any directory names Where to Copy DLL Use this ring control to instruct LabWindows CVI to copy the DLL to a different directory after creating it Your choices are the following Do not copy Windows System directory VXIplug amp play directory the bin directory under the VXIplug amp play framework directory Runtime Support You can choose the run time support for your DLL in this ring control If you select the Instrument Driver Only item or the LabVIEW Real Time Only item your project does not link to the entire set of LabWindows CVI libraries but instead links to a smaller set of functions DLLs you create with the Full Runtime Eng
400. the help text into the Help Editor window National Instruments Corporation 9 3 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 9 Adding Help Information Refer to the Options Help Style section in Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor for more information on changing between the new and old style help modes Function Panel Window Help Old Style Help Only When you use the old help style you can display help information that pertains to a function panel window by selecting Help Window in the Function Panel menu bar Alternatively you can click on the background of the function panel window with the right mouse button to display the function panel help When you use the old help style you enter function panel window help information from the Function Panel Editor Complete the following steps to add function panel window help 1 Select Edit Window Help in the Function Panel Editor menu bar The Help Editor window appears Alternatively you can click on the background of the function panel window with the right mouse button to display the Help Editor window 2 Enter the help text into the Help Editor window Refer to the Options Help Style section in Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor for more information on changing between the new and old style help modes Control Help You can display help information for a specific function panel control by selecting the control and selecting Help Control in the Function Panel menu bar Alternative
401. the name of the file File Hide The Hide command visually closes a window while retaining the contents in memory File Save All The Save All command saves all open files to disk File Most Recently Closed Files For your reference two lists appear in the File menu Alist of the four most recently closed files other than project files Alist of the four most recently closed project files File Exit LabWindows CVI The Exit LabWindows CVI command closes the current LabWindows CVI session If you have modified any open files since the last save or if any windows contain unnamed files LabWindows CVI prompts you to save them to disk Edit Menu for the Variables Window This section contains a detailed description of the Edit menu for the Variables window Edit Edit Value You can change the value of a variable with the Edit Value command You can invoke the Edit Value command with the mouse by double clicking on the variable name When the dialog box appears type in the new value National Instruments Corporation 10 3 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows The value that you enter in the Edit dialog box depends on the type and display format of the variable as the following instructions demonstrate Edit integers and longs in the format in which they appear Edit real numbers in either scientific or floating point format regardless of the display format Edit individual array
402. thin the environment These options inform LabWindows CVI where to find system files where to place temporary files and so on You might not need to set any of these options Getting Started with Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI contains installation instructions for LabWindows CVI and a hands on tutorial It is a good idea to be familiar with the material in Getting Started with Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI before you go through Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI User Manual LabWindows CVI Startup Options You can append certain options to the cvi command line separating various parameters by spaces The valid startup options appear in the following table Option Purpose filename LabWindows CVI automatically loads the file at startup The file can be any of the types available under the File Open command in LabWindows CVI run This option automatically invokes the Debug command from the Run menu of LabWindows CVI run then exit This option automatically invokes Run Debug and then automatically invokes File Exit LabWindows CVI when the project terminates This option also suppresses the LabWindows CVI startup screen and Project window newproject LabWindows CVI starts with an empty Project window pProcessID LabWindows CVI attaches to the process that ProcessID identifies When the process subsequently loads DLLs LabWindows CVI can debug them if you created them with
403. tions Toggle Control Style Slide binary and ring controls insert a number into a function call in the generated code box The value of this number depends on the item you select in the control You can override the configured values of these controls by using the Toggle Control Style command Toggle Control Style replaces a slide binary or ring control with an input control You can use this input control to enter a variable name constant or expression This entry appears in the generated code box in the same position as the parameter that the original control produced The variable name or constant that you enter must match the type specified for the control such as short long single precision double precision string and so on Otherwise a syntax error occurs when you execute the function LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 18 ni com Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Options Change Format Change Format lets you change the numeric format for scalar controls The list of formats depends on the data type associated with the control You can display short and long data types in decimal hexadecimal octal or ASCII form You can display real numbers in floating point or scientific format Options Edit Function Panel Window The Edit Function Panel Window command puts the Function Panel window in edit mode The function panel window is a collection of panels that represent all functions that users can interactively call from that wi
404. to the next reference by selecting Edit Go to Next Reference or return to the previous location by selecting Edit Go Back You also can type a substring or the entire name of the file function variable data type or macro in the Identifier Filename box Wildcards are not supported and the search is not case sensitive All search matches appear in the Matches Found box Browsing on Files Under the Views column you can choose one of the following Functions the functions defined in the file The line number where the function exists in the code appears next to the function name Static functions are identified e Included files a hierarchical display of included files in the file e Macros the macros in the file The line number where the macro exists appears next to the macro name e Referencing a hierarchical list of variables and functions grouped according to module explicitly referenced in the file e Referenced from the functions and variables grouped according to module referenced from another file e Types the types defined in the file e Variables the variables defined in the file Line numbers appear next to the variable name Static variables also are identified next to the line number National Instruments Corporation 3 55 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Browsing on Functions Under the Views column you can choose from the following e Definition the file
405. trument Directories list from one session to another To find out more about referencing one instrument from another refer to Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor for more information You also use the Instrument Directories list when you load a project file that you have moved since you last saved it Ifa fp file listed in the project cannot be found using either its original pathname in the project or its location relative to the project LabWindows CVI searches the Instrument Directories list for a p file with the same base name Options Run Options The Run Options command invokes a dialog box you use to set the following options e Save Changes Before Running You can configure LabWindows CVI to never save modified files to always save modified files or to ask whether to save modified files before running Break on Library Errors When you enable this checkbox a breakpoint occurs when any function call to a LabWindows CVI library results in an error Break On First Chance Exceptions This option determines what LabWindows CVI does when your program causes an exception If you enable this option LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 68 ni com 3 Chapter 3 Project Window LabWindows CVI suspends your program before it can catch and handle the exception In general disable this option if you are debugging code that generates exceptions that your code catches and handles If LabWindows CVI suspends your program before your pr
406. ts Corporation 3 19 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window For more information on creating DLLs refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual Target Settings for Static Libraries When you set the Target Type to Static Library and select Build Target Settings the Target Settings dialog box has the following options Library File The name of the static library files for the debug and release versions of your program Changing the value of the ring control allows you to edit the filename for the debug and release configurations You can use the Browse button to select an existing filename Library Generation Choices This button lets you choose whether to create a static library for each of the compatible external compilers or create one for the current compatible compiler only Refer to Chapter 3 Compiler Linker Issues in the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual If you want to create a static library for both compilers you must not include any object or library files in your project because such files are specific to a particular compiler If you choose to create a static library for each compiler LabWindows CVI creates the files in subdirectories named msvc and borland LabWindows CVI also creates the library for the current compatible compiler in the parent directory e OK This button accepts the current inputs and
407. ts Corporation 3 67 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window Options Include Paths The Include Paths command invokes a dialog box in which you can list paths that the compiler uses when searching for header files with simple pathnames The Include Paths dialog box has two lists of paths in which to search for include files LabWindows CVI saves the top list with the project file LabWindows CVI saves the bottom list from one session to another on the same machine regardless of the project Refer to Chapter 1 LabWindows CVI Compiler of the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Programmer Reference Manual for a description of the entire include path search precedence Options Instrument Directories Use the Instrument Directories command to list directories that LabWindows CVI can search for instrument drivers on which other instrument drivers depend The p files of the dependent drivers store the names of the p files of the drivers on which they depend When loading an instrument p file that references other instrument p files LabWindows CVI tries to find the referenced instrument p files and load them It searches for each fp file in the following directories and in the following order 1 The directory of the referencing fp file 2 The directories listed in the Instrument Directories dialog box 3 The subdirectories under the cvi tools1lib directory 4 The cvi instr directory LabWindows CVI saves the Ins
408. ts the Edit Instrument dialog box without modifying the function panel Tools Menu Use the commands in the Tools menu to generate function definitions and declarations into your source and include files jump to function definitions and declarations and invoke the instrument driver developer wizard and attribute editor Tools Create ActiveX Controller Refer to the Tools Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of this command Tools Create ActiveX Server Refer to the Tools Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of this command LabWindows CVI User Manual 8 16 ni com Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor Tools Edit ActiveX Server Refer to the Tools Menu section of Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of this command Tools Create IVI Instrument Driver This command initiates the instrument driver developer wizard Refer to the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide for more information on the instrument driver developer wizard Tools Edit Instrument Attributes Edit Instrument Attributes initiates the attribute editor Refer to the Measurement Studio LabWindows CVI Instrument Driver Developers Guide for more information on the attribute editor Tools Enable Auto Replace Enable Auto Replace enables the updating of instrument driver source files to reflect changes to function names in the function tree This option is global to LabWindows CV
409. u 10 5 Next Tag command View menu 5 15 Next Tool command Options menu 4 21 NI Developer Zone B 1 NI Reports Support control Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 26 NI BC macro 3 67 NI 1386 macro 3 67 NI mswin macro 3 67 NI mswin32 macro 3 67 NI SC macro 3 67 NI VC macro 3 67 No Sorting command View menu 3 8 non void functions requiring return values for 3 65 to 3 66 NT macro 3 63 NUL byte difference from space character note 10 1 11 1 Numeric Array data type 3 43 Numeric command Create menu 8 10 to 8 11 numeric control parameters specifying 6 5 National Instruments Corporation 1 25 Index 0 O option making compatible with CVI 5 0 1 3 64 object files creating 5 34 required in project file list 3 1 Object option Add Files to Project command 3 6 ODL file generating 7 12 one dimensional array displaying in Array Display window figure 11 2 Graphical Array view figures 10 9 to 10 10 Open command File menu Array and String Display windows 11 4 creating help information 9 5 Function Panel Editor 8 2 Function Panel windows 6 7 Function Tree Editor 7 2 invoking Function Tree Editor 7 1 Project window 3 4 Source and Interactive Execution windows 5 6 User Interface Editor 4 3 Variables and Watch windows 10 3 Open Quoted Text command File menu 5 6 Operate Function Panel command Options menu 8 19 Operate Visible Panels command Options menu
410. u can see the difference by displaying the string in decimal format In the String Display you can see beyond the NUL byte by selecting Options Display Entire Buffer Array Display Window You can use the Array Display window to view and edit the contents of an array or string during a breakpoint From the Variables window use the View Array Display command to invoke the Array Display window for the currently highlighted array You also can double click on an array to invoke the Array Display window Select Run View Variable Value in a Source window or Code View Variable Value in a Function Panel window to invoke the Array Display window when the name of an array variable is under the keyboard cursor or is in the active function panel control The following figure shows the Array Display window for a single dimensional array National Instruments Corporation 11 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 11 Array and String Display Windows cw Array Display y OF x File Edit Format Run Window Options Help double y 10 Slice R Index 2 D 083862304687500 a 881225585937500 mo O 000000 0o0b 905700683593750 303649902343750 573425292968750 665161132812500 565185546875000 118957519531250 694458007812500 4O CO 7 C Cl 4s CO hJ E CD The Slice indicator shows the dimension that appears You can display a single dimensional array by row R or column C using the Options Reset Indic
411. u must include acall to QuitUserInterface When you choose Code Generate All Code the Generate All Code dialog box prompts you to choose which callback functions terminate the program You can select one or more callback functions to ensure proper program termination File Menu This section describes how to use the commands in the User Interface Editor window File menu File New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI The New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the File menu of the User Interface Editor work like New Open Save and Exit LabWindows CVI commands in the Project window For more information on these commands refer to the File Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window File Save As Use the Save As command to write the uir file to disk using a name you specify The Save As command changes the name on the User Interface Editor window title bar to the new name you specified If you want to append an extension other than uir type it in after the filename If you do not want to append any extension enter a period after the filename File Save Copy As The Save Copy As command writes the contents of the active window to disk using a name you specify without changing the name of the active window File Close The Close command closes the active window If you have modified the contents of the window since the last save LabWindows CVI prompts you to save the file to disk File Save All The Save All
412. uild menu 5 21 Insert New Item option Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 7 Insert Separator option Edit Menu Bar dialog box 4 7 instrsup dll target settings for DLLs 3 16 to 3 17 cvi lIvrt dll subset 3 17 libraries supported by 3 16 Utility Library functions contained in 3 16 to 3 17 target settings for executables 3 12 to 3 13 libraries supported by 3 12 to 13 Utility Library functions contained in 3 13 Instrument command adding instrument drivers to project 3 7 Create command Function Tree Editor 7 5 Instrument Directories command Options menu 3 68 instrument driver function panel fp files adding to project list 6 7 creating help information 9 5 to 9 6 dummy fp files for support libraries 3 72 File menu commands Function Panel Editor 8 2 to 8 3 Function Tree Editor 7 2 to 7 4 National Instruments Corporation I 21 Index purpose and use 3 1 Instrument Driver Only option Run Time Engine Support Create Distribution Kit dialog box 3 24 to 3 25 Runtime Support option Target Settings dialog box Target Type Dynamic Link Library 3 15 Target Type Executable 3 12 instrument drivers compared with user libraries 3 72 data types 3 41 to 3 47 overview 3 41 to 3 42 predefined 3 42 to 3 44 user defined 3 44 to 3 45 VISA data types 3 46 definition 3 36 documenting 3 50 files for instrument drivers 3 36 to 3 37 forcing source code for loaded driver into Interactive window 3 70 functions 3 40 to 3
413. unction Panels View Menu This section contains a detailed description of the View menu for Function Panel windows View Toolbar Use the Toolbar command to toggle between viewing or not viewing the Function Panel window toolbar View Error If an error occurs during the execution of a function panel you can use the Error command to toggle between the error message and the code in the generated code box View Include File The Include File command displays the include file associated with the library or instrument driver in a Source window The include file contains all the function prototypes for the library or instrument driver View Current Tree The Current Tree command displays the Select Function Panel dialog box for the most recently used function panel making it easy for you to return to the location of the current panel in the function tree View Function Panel History The Function Panel History command displays a scrollable list of the function panels you have used during the current LabWindows CVI session You can display function panels from the list as new windows or you can overwrite the current Function Panel window View Find Function Panel When you select the Find Function Panel command a dialog box appears in which you can enter the name of a function You can enter just a substring and the Find Function Panel command finds all functions that contain that substring anywhere in their names For inst
414. unction Tree Editor context menu 7 1 Generate Source For Function Panel command Tools menu Function Panel Editor 8 17 Generate Visual Basic Include command Options menu 5 34 Generate Windows Help command Options menu 7 12 Generate WinMain Instead of Main checkbox Generate Main Function dialog box 4 18 generated code box Function Panel window 6 3 Get Latest Version command Source Code Control submenu 3 54 Get Latest Version of All command Source Code Control submenu 3 54 global control 6 6 Global subwindow Variables window 10 1 Global Variable command Create menu 8 12 Go To Cursor command Run menu 5 25 Go To Declaration command Tools menu Function Panel Editor 8 18 Function Tree Editor 7 10 Go To Declaration option Function Tree Editor context menu 7 2 Go To Definition command Edit menu 5 10 National Instruments Corporation 1 19 Index Tools menu Function Panel Editor 8 17 Function Tree Editor 7 10 View menu 10 8 Go To Definition option Function Tree Editor context menu 7 2 Go To Execution Position command View menu 10 8 Goto command Edit menu Array Display window 11 5 String Display window 11 6 Graphical Array view 10 9 to 10 12 1D arrays figures 10 9 to 10 10 2D arrays figures 10 11 to 10 12 Graphical Array View command View menu Array and String Display windows 11 7 Variable and Watch windows 10 9 to 10 12 H header files including in project 3 7 optional in p
415. unction and output variables where the function can store its results Output parameters often contain values that the function reads from the instrument and formats for the user Data Types You must define a data type for each parameter in each instrument driver function All data types the instrument driver uses must be intrinsic C data types or data types that you define in the h file and list in the p file You specify the data type of a parameter when you create its corresponding control on a function panel This data type must also be consistent with the function prototypes in the instrument driver header file LabWindows CVI uses the data type information to implement the variable declaration and run time checking capabilities when users operate function panels When you declare a variable from a function panel LabWindows CVI presents options based on the data type you National Instruments Corporation 3 41 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window specify for the function panel control When you run a function from a function panel LabWindows CVI verifies that the data type of the control matches the prototype of the function Data types are divided into three classes predefined data types user defined data types and VISA data types Predefined Data Types Predefined data types are available by default in the LabWindows CVI environment The predefined data types consist of intrinsic C data types and
416. unction panels by selecting Option Edit Function Panel Window from a Function Panel window by selecting Edit Edit Function Panel Window from a Function Tree Editor window or by selecting Tools Edit Function Panel from a Source window that contains the instrument driver source or include file when the text cursor is over the name of the function in the driver e You can modify the instrument driver program file by selecting Instrument Edit in a Function Panel window by selecting Tools Go To Definition from a Function Panel Editor window or by selecting Go To Definition from the context menu in the Function Tree Editor window e You can modify the instrument driver include file by selecting the h file using the File Open Include h in the Project window by selecting Tools Go To Declaration from a Function Panel Editor window or by selecting Go To Declaration from the context menu of the Function Tree Editor window Instrument Driver Fundamentals If you want to add functions to a driver or if you develop a driver without using the Instrument Driver Development Wizard you must know the instrument driver fundamentals in this section Although the wizard is the preferred method for developing a driver for an instrument that you control through a GPIB VXI or serial interface many users develop instrument drivers for other purposes such as common utility functions analysis algorithms or for controlling custom hardware that does
417. unless the file is read only on disk Edit Menu Use the commands in the Edit menu to modify controls panels and functions add context sensitive help information or align and distribute objects in the Function Panel Editor Edit Undo and Redo The Undo command reverses your last action Use the Undo command for reversing the following actions e moving controls e cutting copying or pasting controls making changes using the Control Coordinates command You lose your undo information when any of the following occurs e You create a control e You edit a control make a change and click on the OK button e You cut the panel National Instruments Corporation 8 3 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 8 Function Panel Editor e You close the window You advance to another function panel in the same window The Redo command reverses your last Undo command Edit Cut Controls The Cut Controls command removes the selected controls from the function panel and places the controls and their associated help information on the clipboard The contents of the clipboard stay in place when you change panels Edit Copy Controls The Copy Controls command copies the selected controls and their associated help information to the clipboard The contents of the clipboard stay in place when you change panels Edit Paste The Paste command copies objects from the clipboard and places them on a function panel window You
418. ur project If you use an ActiveX control in your project you must manually include the control in the File Groups list box and enable the Register Files As ActiveX Servers and Install ActiveX Container Support options Enabling Register Files As ActiveX Servers causes LabWindows CVI to attempt to register all the files in the file group regardless of file type as ActiveX servers The installation does not show any warnings or errors for files that failed to successfully register as ActiveX servers If a project is an ActiveX server the distribution kit registers the project as an ActiveX server regardless of whether you enable this option e Advanced Opens the Advanced Distribution Kit Options dialog box Default Resets all controls in the Create Distribution Kit dialog box to their default values When you create a new distribution kit you can click Default to undo changes you have made to the controls in the dialog box B Note When you use the Create Distribution Kit dialog box to modify an existing distribution kit Default replaces your existing file groupings and settings with default values If you click Default in error click Cancel in the dialog box that appears to prevent this change to your distribution kit e Build Builds your distribution kit e Cancel Cancels the Create Distribution Kit operation Refer to the Customizing Create Distribution Kit Installers in LabWindows CVI 6 0 application note for informat
419. uration submenu and the Static Library item in the Target Type submenu The Release item is always checked Use this menu item to compile and build a static library without debugging information This command ignores the value of the Debugging level control on the Build Options dialog box You can specify the filename of the static library as well as other static library settings by selecting the Target Settings menu item You can set other compile and run options using the menu items in the Options menu of the Project window If you include a 1ib file in a static library project LabWindows CVI includes all object modules from the 1ib in the static library This differs from creating an executable or DLL in which LabWindows CVI includes only the 1ib modules that other modules in the project reference In addition LabWindows CVI reports an error if you attempt to build a static library when you have a DLL import library in your project LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 10 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Build Batch Build Use the Batch Build dialog box to build multiple projects Configurations list box Displays all the valid configurations for the projects in your workspace e Check All Debug Selects all the debug configuration items in the list e Check All Release Selects all the release configuration items in the list e Check None Deselects all the items in the list e Build Switches to and builds each selected co
420. urrent location of the keyboard cursor You can copy code to any open Source window or to the Interactive Execution window You determine the destination window by selecting Code Set Target File If the destination window contains selected text LabWindows CVI displays a dialog box that gives you the option of replacing the selected text or inserting the generated code after the selected text Refer to View Recall Function Panel section in Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows for more information Code Set Target File Use the Set Target File command to set the destination file for the Insert Function Call command Set Target File brings up a dialog box from which you can select from any open Source window or the Interactive Execution window Code View Variable Value Use the View Variable Value command to view the contents of arrays structures and global variables that appear in a function panel Highlight the variable that you want to see and select View Variable Value Depending on the type of the variable the Variables Array Display or String Display window appears with the variable highlighted Code Add Watch Expression Use the Add Watch Expression command to view the value of an expression that appears in a function panel Highlight the expression you want to see and select Add Watch Expression The Watch window appears with the expression highlighted LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 14 ni com Chapter 6 Using F
421. ut return values and global variable controls Code Declare Variable Use Declare Variable to declare a variable to be placed in the currently active control on the function panel Variable Type Indicates the data type associated with the currently active control on the panel You can use more than one data type for some controls In such cases a ring control allows you to select the data type Variable Name Enter the name of the variable you want to declare LabWindows CVI automatically prefixes scalar output variables with an ampersand amp Number of Elements Appears when the currently active control is for an array or a string Enter the number of elements Execute Declaration Enabling this option causes LabWindows CVI to execute the variable declaration immediately in the Interactive Execution window Add Declaration to Top of Target File i1ename Enabling this option causes LabWindows CVI to insert a copy of the declaration at the top of the file you select using the Set Target File button Add Declaration to Current Block in Target File i1ename Enabling this option causes LabWindows CVI to insert a copy of the declaration at the beginning of the code block that contains your current position Set Target File Sets the destination file for the Insert Function Call command The Set Target File dialog box opens a dialog box from which you can select any open Source window or the Interactive Execution windo
422. ute int panel int control int attribute Var Args Var Args specifies a variable number of parameters that can be any of the intrinsic C or user defined data types You must define the parameters as in the function prototype The printf and scanf functions in the ANSIC library have examples of the Var Args data type Following the format string parameter in each function you can specify one or more parameters of different data types to match the type specifiers in the format string In printf the parameters are passed by value In scanf they are passed by reference and thus are really pointers For both functions one Var Arg function panel control is used and appears in the following function prototypes int printf const char int scanf const char User Defined Data Types LabWindows CVI also lets you define data types and use them in function panels You must declare user defined data types in the function panel file of an instrument driver and you must define the data type in the include file for the driver Declare user defined data types with the Data Types command box in the Function Panel Editor For example you can define a waveform var data type for an instrument driver to represent waveform data This waveform var data type could be a structure that contains an array of doubles to represent the individual points in the waveform a float for the time of the first point and a 1oat
423. vides a resolution of 1 ms If you set useDefaultTimer to False under Windows 2000 NT LabWindows CVI attempts to use the performance counter timer The performance counter timer provides a resolution of 1 ms If the performance counter timer is not available LabWindows CVI uses the multimedia library timer which provides a resolution of 1 ms The default value for useDefault Timer is False Font Options Under Windows LabWindows CVI provides configuration options to set the fonts that LabWindows CVI uses in dialog boxes and menus DialogFontName DialogFontName specifies the font that LabWindows CVI uses in dialog boxes and the built in pop up panels as in the following example DialogFontName Courier DialogFontSize DialogFontSize specifies the font size that LabWindows CVI uses in dialog boxes and the built in pop up panels as in the following example DialogFontSize 30 DialogFontBold DialogFontBold specifies whether the font that LabWindows CVI uses in dialog boxes and the built in pop up panels is bold as in the following example DialogFontBold Yes LabWindows CVI User Manual 1 4 ni com Chapter 1 Configuring LabWindows CVI MenuFontName MenuFontName specifies the font that LabWindows CVI uses in menus as in the following example MenuFontName Courier MenuFontSize MenuFont Size specifies the font size that LabWindows CVI uses in menus as in the following example MenuFontSize 11 MenuFontBold MenuFont
424. w as the destination file LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 8 ni com Chapter 6 Using Function Panels e OK Declares the variable according to the options you selected e Cancel Cancels the operation and closes the Declare Variable dialog box When you use the Declare Variable command LabWindows CVI always declares the variable using the static storage class unless you enable the Add Declaration to Current Block in Target File option In addition to generating the variable declaration the Declare Variable command also places the variable name in the currently active control overwriting the previous contents of the control If the currently active control already contains a syntactically correct variable name it appears in the Variable Name text box when the Declare Variable dialog box first appears Code Clear Interactive Declarations Variables declared in the Interactive Execution window remain in effect until you explicitly remove them Because of this feature you can use these same variables in succeeding executions of the Interactive Execution window and different function panels can access the same variables The Clear Interactive Declarations command removes the variables without deleting the contents of the Interactive Execution window Code Select UIR Constant The Select UIR Constant command can help you use the function panels for the User Interface Library The command lets you select from the list of constant na
425. with multiple classes example 7 14 to 7 15 definition 6 2 7 1 editing items example 7 16 functions adding to empty tree or class 7 7 browsing 3 56 cutting and pasting functions and panels example 7 15 inserting into existing tree 7 7 requiring return values for non void functions 3 65 to 3 66 functions for instrument drivers 3 40 to 3 41 building function panels 3 48 to 3 49 building function tree 3 48 defining function parameters 3 41 hierarchy of functions 3 41 required functions 3 47 to 3 48 structuring functions 3 40 to 3 41 writing function code 3 49 G Generate All Code dialog box 4 16 Generate DEF File command Options menu 7 12 Generate DLL Import Library command Options menu 5 34 Generate DLL Import Source command Options menu 5 33 Generate Documentation command Options menu 7 12 Generate Function Prototypes command Options menu 7 12 Generate IVI C Wrapper command Tools menu 7 9 Generate Main Function dialog box 4 17 Generate menu 4 15 to 4 19 All Callbacks command 4 18 All Code command 4 16 to 4 17 ni com Control Callbacks command 4 18 to 4 19 Generate All Code dialog box 4 16 Main Function command 4 17 to 4 18 Menu Callbacks command 4 19 Panel Callback command 4 18 Generate New Source For Function Tree command Tools menu 7 10 Generate ODL File command Options menu 7 12 Generate Prototypes command Build menu 5 21 Generate Source For Function Node option F
426. ws CVI Help When you select a library name in the Library menu you can access the library function panels For more information refer to the Accessing Function Panels section Tools Menu Refer to the Tools Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for information about the Tools menu Window Menu Use commands in the Window menu to bring any open window to the front for viewing or editing Refer to the Window Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for a description of the commands in the Window Menu National Instruments Corporation 6 17 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Options Menu This section contains a detailed description of the Options menu for Function Panel windows Options Default Control Default Control resets a control to its default value and configuration Options Default All Default All resets all the controls on the current Function Panel window to their default values and configurations Options Toolbar Use the Toolbar command to select which icons appear in the Function Panel window toolbar Refer to the Toolbars in LabWindows CVI section of Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows for more details on editing the toolbar Options Exclude Function The Exclude Function command disables the current function panel so that the function call does not appear in the generated code box and is not in effect when you select Code Run or Insert Op
427. x The Find command operates the same way as it does in the Variables window but with fewer options Refer to the Edit Menu for the Variables Window section in Chapter 10 Variables and Watch Windows for information on how to use options in the Find dialog box Edit Goto The Goto command moves the highlight to a particular location in the current string or array plane When you execute the Goto command a dialog box appears where you can enter the row and column number of the desired location For a single string you specify only the column Edit Menu for the String Display Window This section contains a detailed description of the Edit menu for the String Display window Edit Edit Character Use the Edit Character command in the String Display window to change one character at a time Edit Edit Mode The Edit Mode command places the String Display window in edit mode so you can directly edit the string from the keyboard This mode is valid only when you select the ASCII display format from the Format menu Also you can edit one character at a time using the Options Edit Character command National Instruments Corporation 11 5 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 11 Array and String Display Windows Edit Overwrite Use the Overwrite command in the String Display window to toggle between the overwrite and insert modes of editing The Overwrite command has no effect unless you activate the Edit Mode command Edit F
428. x Click on OK Select Window Function Tree and select the file called m1tc1s Position the selection on the item Class 1 Select Edit Copy Return to the New Instrument file through the Window menu National Instruments Corporation 7 15 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor 8 Position the selection on the line beneath the name of the instrument 9 Select Edit Paste Below Class 1 and its associated functions appear in the new tree When you paste a class into a new tree all information associated with the class and the functions of the class are retained Editing Items in the Function Tree In this example you edit the names displayed in the function tree You edit all the function tree items by selecting Edit Edit Node Complete the following steps to change the name of the instrument driver and its prefix 1 Select New Instrument 2 Select Edit Edit Node The Edit Instrument Node dialog box originally used to create the instrument appears 3 Change the name of the instrument to Tree 2 and the prefix to tree2 Click on OK The changes in the instrument driver name appears at the top of the function tree in the Function Tree Editor as well as at the bottom of the window The changes to the prefix are reflected in the Generated Code Window in each function panel LabWindows CVI User Manual 7 16 ni com Function Panel Editor This chapter describes how to create and modify instrument driv
429. xt applies to a particular control on the function panel the Function Panel command selects the control Tools Edit Function Tree Function Tree opens the Function Tree Editor window and jumps to the function tree node that contains the current help text Window Menu Use commands in the Window menu to bring any open window to the front for viewing or editing Refer to the Window Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for command descriptions Help Menu You use the commands in the Help menu to access information about LabWindows CVI Refer to the Help Menu section in Chapter 3 Project Window for command descriptions National Instruments Corporation 9 7 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 9 Adding Help Information Help Information Examples Adding Help Information in the Function Tree Editor In this example you add instrument and function class help information to a function tree Complete the following steps to create a new instrument and function tree and add help information to the function tree Be OO id vocc A E na o 11 12 13 14 Choose File New Function Tree fp Choose Create Instrument Enter Help Information Examples as the Name and help as the Prefix Click OK Choose Create Class Enter Class 1 as the Name Click OK Select the line beneath Class 1 Choose Create Function Panel Window Enter Function 1 as the Name and fun1 as the Function Name Click OK Th
430. y Detect Unreachable Code This option generates a compiler warning for statements that the compiler cannot reach on execution When you enable the Detect Unreachable Code option the LabWindows CVI compiler generates a warning at each line of code LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 64 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window that cannot be reached during the execution of your program For example LabWindows CVI reports a warning on the break statement in the following code switch intval case 4 return 0 break e Detect Unreferenced Identifiers This option generates compiler warnings for identifiers that are not referenced in your program Detect Assignments in Conditional Expressions LabWindows CVI checks for possible errors in conditional expressions that can make the conditional expression an assignment Require Function Prototypes This option requires you to precede all function references with a full prototype declaration A full prototype includes the function return type and the types of each parameter If a function has no parameters a full prototype must have the void keyword to indicate this case A new style function definition one in which you declare parameters directly in the parameter list can serve as a prototype Missing prototype errors can occur at the following places ypedefs such as typedef void FUNTYPE Function pointer declarations such as void fp whether used as a global
431. y selected control and or label to the default control font and or default label font Edit Control Style Use the Control Style command to change the style of the selected control For example you can change a ring slide control to a ring knob control and the label value pairs remain intact Edit Edit Custom Controls You can create custom controls to save control configurations To create a custom control create a control as you normally would Select Create Custom Controls Edit to display the Edit Custom Controls dialog box When you click Add in the Edit Custom Control dialog box you see a list box that contains a list of all the controls on the user interface panel Select the control you want to add as a custom control and click OK The control you added appears in the Create Custom Controls submenu LabWindows CVI saves your list of custom controls between sessions You can rename delete and move your custom controls in the Edit Custom Controls dialog box Create Menu This section explains how to use the commands in the User Interface Editor window Create menu Use the Create menu to create panels menu bars and controls Create Panel Refer to the Edit Menu section for more information on editing the panel Create Menu Bar Refer to the Edit Menu section for more information on editing the menu bar Create Controls The remaining options in the Create menu allow you to create GUI controls After you cre
432. y when you unload the current project or when you select Build Clear Interactive Declarations LabWindows CVI User Manual 6 12 ni com Chapter 6 Using Function Panels Data Type Compatibility Compatibility between data types is a more complex issue than you might expect LabWindows CVI uses a number of heuristics The heuristics differ based on whether the variable is known to the compiler Variables known to the compiler include variables you declare in the Interactive Execution window and variables you declare in project files that you have successfully compiled For such variables LabWindows CVI uses the following factors to determine whether the variable is type compatible with a function panel control e LabWindows CVI reduces data types you declare with the typedef keyword to their most intrinsic type as long as the typedef is known to the compiler For example assume the compiler has processed the following declarations typedef int typeA typedef int typeB typedef typeB typeC A variable of type typeA is an exact match for a function panel control that has type typeC e LabWindows CVI considers all numeric types compatible with each other except that floating point variables or expressions are not considered compatible with integer function panel controls e LabWindows CVI considers types that have the same base type but differ in levels of indirection to be compatible For example the following are all compatible int
433. you can access the function panel window help which describes all the functions contained in that function panel window National Instruments recommends that you use the new help style for all help information for instrument drivers that you create in LabWindows CVI Refer to Options Menu section in Chapter 7 Function Tree Editor section for more information on new and old style help Most of the discussion in this section assumes you are using the new style help National Instruments Corporation 9 1 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 9 Adding Help Information Help Options The user of an instrument driver can view the following types of help information listed in the following table Types of Help Information Type of Help Location of Help Instrument help Function class and function help dialog boxes Function class help Dialog box that appears when a user selects an instrument from the Instrument menu Function help New style help only Help menu in the function panel window menu bar Function panel window help Dialog box that appears when a user selects an instrument from the Instrument menu Directly editable only in old style help In the new style help it is generated from the function help for each function in the window Control help Help menu in the function panel window menu bar Editing Help Information There are four types of help information that y
434. you select text on a single line before you execute the Find command the selected text appears in the Find What text box Otherwise the text you last searched for appears in the box You can access a history of selections for the Find What text box by clicking the mouse on the arrow to the right of the Find What text box or by using the up or down arrow keys on your keyboard e CaseSensitive Finds only the instances of the specified text that match exactly For example if CHR is the specified text the Case Sensitive option finds CHR but not Chr Whole Word Finds the specified text only when the characters that surround it are spaces punctuation marks or other characters not considered parts of a word LabWindows CVI treats the characters A through Z a through z 0 through 9 and underscore _ as parts of a word e Wrap Specifies to continue searching from the beginning of the window once the end of the window has been reached e Regular Expression lf you select this option LabWindows CVI treats certain characters in the Find What text box as regular expression characters instead of literal characters Table 5 1 describes the regular expression characters National Instruments Corporation 5 11 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 5 Source and Interactive Execution Windows Table 5 1 Regular Expression Characters preceding character or expression Purpose Character Description Example Wildcard matching
435. ype Any Type specifies a parameter that can be any of the intrinsic C or user defined data types If the parameter is an output parameter you must define it as void in the function prototype If the parameter is an input parameter you must define it as in the function prototype and it must be the last parameter in the function The Value output parameter of the National Instruments Corporation 3 43 LabWindows CVI User Manual Chapter 3 Project Window GetCtrlAttribute function in the User Interface Library is an example of the Any Type data type The function obtains the value of a particular attribute for a particular user interface control Different attributes have different data types Users pass the attribute value parameter by reference and it is therefore a pointer Consequently the attribute value parameter is of type Any Type and is defined as void in the following function prototype shown below int GetCtrlAttribute int panel int control int attribute void value The Value parameter of the SetCtrlAttribute function also applies to attributes of different data types but it is an input rather than an output parameter Users pass this parameter by value rather than by reference and thus it can have different sizes For example it might be an int or a double Consequently the attribute value parameter is of type Any Type and is defined as in the following function prototype int SetCtrlAttrib
436. ypes generate a doc file create a DLL project and select whether to enable VXIplug play style Options FP File Format FP File Format allows you to select the format for the current function panel file as well as the default format for new function panel files Two function panel file formats are available The following table lists the features of the two formats FP File Format Features CVI 5 0 1 and CVI 5 5 and Feature earlier format later format Maximum Instrument Prefix Length 8 31 Maximum Function Name Length 31 79 Maximum Class Name Length 31 79 Maximum Window Name Length 31 79 Maximum Type String Length 50 80 Default Text for Output Controls Not supported Supported Function Qualifiers Not supported Supported Set Precision on Numeric Controls Not supported Supported Options Help Style Help Style lets you choose the help style New Recommended or Old LabWindows DOS when you are editing context sensitive help information of the function tree The new and old help styles differ significantly The old help style maintains compatibility with function panels created in LabWindows version 2 3 or earlier This help style uses the DOS IBM character set so that it can display special extended ASCII characters that many older instrument drivers use Also the old style gives help information for the entire function panel window not the individual function panels within a function p
437. ys a dialog box where you can confirm your source code control actions Use Default Comment Enable this option if you do not want to be prompted for a comment when you check in or add files to a source code control project Enter the comment that you want LabWindows CVI to pass to the source code control system Use Default Username You can change your username by enabling this option and entering a new name Advanced Click this button to access advanced options provided by your source code control system If your source code control system does not provide advanced options this control is dimmed Options Font Use the Font command to select the font and font size for the text in the Project window LabWindows CVI User Manual 3 74 ni com Chapter 3 Project Window Options Colors Use the Colors menu item to select colors for the Project window Source window Interactive Execution window Standard I O window Watch window Variables window String Display window and Array Display window The Colors menu item does not affect dialog boxes function panels and the User Interface Editor window The Colors menu item opens a dialog box that contains a list box Each line in the list box describes the purpose of the color and shows its current color state To change the color click and hold on the color control at the bottom left of the dialog box A color pop up palette appears While holding the mouse button down move the pointer

Measurement Studio LabWindows/CVI User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents